BN2Dyh84

1file\Adventures\animals.txt.txt
2Wolves
3A pack of wolves slowly moves towards you. They are silent and do not attack, they just stand there and stare at you.
4Slaughter them! [Fight]
5Try to figure out what they want.
6Whatever, just leave.
7You kill all the wolves, except for one pup, who just lies on its back, whining at you. Now that it has nowhere to go, you can take it with you.
8Take the wolf and leave.
9The wolves turn around and run away. One of them looks at you for a moment before he runs after his friends, as if he wants you to follow them.
10Run after them.
11You see a tower in the distance and it looks like the wolves are running towards it.
12Go to the tower.
13Tower
14You approach the tower. The wolves are sitting near the base, it looks like they are waiting for you to open the door.\n\nThe door is locked however, and opening it may prove to be difficult.
15Try to unlock the door. [Intellect]
16Come back later.
17You open the door, and the wolves immediately run pass you and climb the stairs.
18Follow them.
19You reach the top of the tower and enter a big room. You see humans who seem to be working on some scientific projects, and many captive animals. Some wolf pups are locked in a cage, but there are birds and rats as well. All the animals have been treated very poorly, some of them have wounds, others are ill from injections or neglect, and many are either over- or underfed. Some of the rats are forced to run on a wheel to generate some sort of power for the scientists.\n\nYour wolf friends are snarling and growling at the humans, and are ready to attack.
20"What's going on here?!"
21You try to open the door, but someone in the tower notices your attempt to infiltrate their stronghold and shoots at you with his bow. Some of your people get hit, and the wolves scatter.
22Shoot back!
23Flee.
24You killed the archer and he falls down to the ground. Taking his bow but more archers start raining arrows down at you from the tower.
25We can't win this. Run!
26One of the scientists speaks up. "Listen, we are working on inventions that will help us humans rule the world! These animals are just...helping us! Yes, they have to endure some hardships but in the end this will benefit all of us. Imagine a world where humans, only humans, are in charge. There will be no more wars and we shall all prosper. That benefits you too. You will profit from this and rule with us!\n\nSo do us a favour and kill these wild dogs for us will ya? We'll even give you some of our old inventions that we no longer need."
27Kill the wolves.
28"If human domination means animals get tortured, then we will not help you take over the world!" [Fight]
29The wolves did not expect you to attack them and were unable to strike back.\n\n"Excellent", the scientist says. "Now, take these trinkets and leave us be, will ya? We have to get back to work. We'll let ya know when we've achieved world domination."
30Leave.
31You help the wolves kill the scientists. When the deed is done, the wolves immediately run to the cages of the wolf pups, but also the other animals, and try to break them open.
32Help them open the cages, then loot the place.
33You open the cages. The birds fly out of the windows while the other animals run out with the wolves. One rat that has been given way too much to eat is having trouble keeping up with the animals and stays with you instead.\n\nYou find trinkets, materials, and books with valuable knowledge.
34Take everything and leave.
35Hunter
36A man with a bow approaches you. "Oi! You folks look like ya know somethin' bout huntin'. There's a huge birdie nearby with lots of treasure. Whaddaya say we hunt it together and share the spoils?"
37Sure! [Hunting]
38Sorry, we're busy.
39Kill this guy and take his stuff!
40You kill the man and take his bow.
41Move on.
42After a long hunt you finally find the crow, and your archers get ready to shoot it.
43Shoot it down!
44Try to tame it!
45The crow flies down to you and accidentally drops its treasure. While you tame it, the hunter catches the treasure and manages to escape with it.
46Oh well, atleast we have a new pet.
47You kill the crow and share the treasure with the hunter.
48Good.
49bearescue
50You find a man and his bird at a hill, looking down at an orc camp. He may have seen you but he doesn't react, and is watching the camp intently.
51Walk up to the man and ask what he's doing.
52What are we waiting for? Let's kill him!
53No time for this, let's move on.
54" Keep your voice down, or they'll hear! ", the man hissed. " Those damn orcs...they've captured Fluffy. They're planning to eat her. But I can't stop them on my own. Oh, Fluffy is my bear pet. She's still young  but I've grown attached to her...I can't let her die! "
55We'll help you save her!
56Just storm them! [Fight]
57Attack them from two sides! [Tactics]
58The bird swooped down to attack the orcs, but they quickly figured out it wouldn't just attack an entire orc camp on its own. They looked around and discovered both groups, and were able to win now that you have lost the element of surprise. Your best fighter died but the rest managed to escape and so did the hunter.
59UI_EXIT
60Your group escapes with the hunter and it seems like there is no way to rescue the bear now. He thanks you for trying to help and gives you some armor that belonged to the bear. Then he departs into the woods.
61Time to move on.
62The plan worked perfectly. You took the orcs by surprise and they were unable to fight off both your groups. The person who led the assault has learned alot about tactical combat. You loot the village and find a cage with Fluffy inside.
63Open the cage.
64You kill the orcs and loot their village. One of you spots a cage with a bear inside.
65You open the cage and she instantly runs towards the hunter for a bearhug. He thanks you and gave you some rare stones as a reward.
66Why don't you come with us?
67" Thanks, but I prefer to live with my animals in the woods. "
68Okay weirdo.
69The hunter accepts your invitation and along with his pets joins the village.
70Leave together.
71Boar
72You hear rustling noises outside your village.
73Have a look.
74Don't bother.
75You see a beautiful, majestic, boar, and she seems much less aggressive then most boars you've met. In fact, she runs away as soon as she sees you, but the tracks she leaves are clear as day and finding her will not be hard.
76Perhaps we'll check it out later.
77The area around your village is clear, and whatever made the noise appears to be gone. You do find some branches which may be useful.
78Take the branches back to the village.
79The area around your village is clear, and whatever made the noise appears to be gone. You do find some herbs which may be useful.
80Take the herbs to the village.
81Boarspawn
82You find the boar and some of her friends, but they all appear to be poisoned.
83We could use some good bones, let's kill 'em! [Fight]
84Try to save them! [Sickness]
85You failed to cure the boars and your party gets poisoned.
86Oh well.
87You manage to save the boar you saw earlier, but the rest of them die. Now that her pack is gone, it looks like she wants to come with you.
88Crows
89You are attacked by a large number  of crows!
90We have enough bows to shoot a few down before they reach us! [Fight]
91Kill them! [Fight]
92Run!
93Bats
94You see bats in the sky, but they are no ordinary bats. They do not attack you, they just fly away and shriek in pain. It feels like they are calling out to you.
95Follow the bats.
96Hunterlady
97You see a woman and her wolf. They are killing some crows.
98Ask if you can help.
99Kill the woman and her wolf, then take her stuff.
100"One of these damn birds has taken my pet snake!", the woman says while shooting arrows in the sky.  "If I don't find him soon he'll be bird food! Help me kill the crows and find my snake, will ya?"
101Help her kill the crows. [Fight]
102Your scout spots the snake in a tree filled with crows. Go to the tree.
103You killed the crows and found many trinkets, but the snake is nowhere to be found. The woman and her pet became impatient and ran off to find him while you take the loot. When you look up, the woman is nowhere to be found.
104All the birds flew away when you arrive at the tree, leaving the snake dangling on it.
105Climb the tree and rescue him. [Physical]
106Your climber grabbed the snake, but it was slippery and they both fell and died. \nThe woman left with her wolf frowning and in despair.
107Return to the World
108You save the snake and the woman joins you with her pets.
109Cool.
110spotruins
111You spot ruins in the distance. It may contain some treasure but there seem to be a lot of crows in the area.
112Maybe we'll check it out.
113ruins
114You approach the ruins and the crows get ready to fight you.
115You slay the crows, and you are now free to loot any treasure.
116Look for treasure.
117At first you don't find anything of value, but eventually you see a treasurer who has taken all the rare loot. He seems afraid of you and does not want to part with his treasure, but perhaps he can be convinced to join you.
118Ask him to join you.
119Kill him and take his stuff.
120Spiders
121As you walk through the terrain, one of your people gets trapped into a spiderweb and many spiders appear out of nowhere and crawl towards them.
122Keep the spiders at bay while freeing the prisoner, then escape together. [Tactics]
123Leave them behind and flee! [Lose weakest character]
124You fail to free the prisoner and your tactician died to razor sharp web traps.
125Run away.
126Leshy
127An old leshy visits your village. "Please, you must help me," he says. "I found an injured deer in the nearby forest, she's going to die unless I find some herbs. Do you folks have any herbs for me? I can give you some good wood for them."
128Yes, we have 50 herbs to trade.
129We don't have enough herbs, is there any other way to save the deer?
130No, we can't help you.
131Kill the Leshy.
132"Oh thank you," the forest spirit says. "Now I can save Bambi."
133You're welcome, good luck with the deer.
134"Well, yes...there is a cave with magic water that can heal animals, but it is far away and I can't enter it. If you folks could go in there and fill this vial with the water, we can save the deer..."
135Alright, we're on it.
136Walkingtree
137"Have you brought me the water or 50 herbs?"
138We have 50 herbs now, we'll trade them for the wood.
139We brought you the magic water.
140No, we'll be back later.
141"Thank you, I'll feed this to Bambi and she'll be better in no time! I will give you my blessing as your reward."
142Thanks!
143Bye.
144Cave
145You enter the cave and fill the vial with water, but you suddenly get attacked by many creatures who apparently live here!
146Defend yourselves! [Fight]
147Cmok
148You reach the bats. To your surprise, their leader, a Cmok, starts talking to you. "Please, help us...we've been cursed. We will die soon, but we will not rest unless the curse is lifted. But if you fail to dispell it, you might not survive..."
149Try to lift the curse. [Hex]
150One of you knows how to save the bats. [Sickness]
151It's too risky. Let them die and loot their corpses.
152file\Adventures\Bandits.txt.txt
153Orc Bandits
154You are ambushed by Orc bandits!\r
155To arms! [Fight]
156Drop your bags and weapons on the ground and run, hoping they will take the stuff and leave you be.
157Try to find their weakness or use your tactical skills to figure this out. [Tactic]
158'Stop, you filth! Will you attack your own kin? This is my clan, so do not challenge us, lest you face Zorza's wrath as we put you to the dirt!' [Tactic]
159Use your tactical knowledge to create a defensive formation in time to withstand the Orcs' charge.
160Form up! [Tactic]
161Your formation worked and you manage to push the Orcs’ main attack away. \r
162'We're not that easy to defeat, as you can see, so let's just part ways, alright?'
163Use this opportunity to counterattack! [Fight]
164’You are the champions of Zorya, yes? We know her by a different name, and we worship her as one should, as the only true Goddess, but you place her as a mere second. \r
165'Fine, we will try.' (only 3 random champions will take part) [Fight]
166'No, thanks.'
167Good, greet the new companion and leave together.
168Okay, leave.
169’You fought well and have proven yourselves worthy warriors, so we will leave you be. Till we meet again. For the glory of Zorza!'\r
170Good, leave this place.
171You drop your bags and weapons and make a run for it, and the Orcs do not pursue!
172Good, keep running.
173Your plan failed! The Orcs ram into you and your defensive tactics fall to pieces.\r
174Alright, better keep running!
175You have defeated the Orc ambushers! You realise a few of them have broken their weapons in a last act before dying, but perhaps some can be salvaged.
176Good, gather up the goods and leave.
177You were defeated! The Orcs carry off all of your goods, but leave those who survived the battle alone.
178The Orcs attacking you slowed down a bit, and some of them hesitate for a moment.\r
179Form up to withstand the Orcs' charge! [Tactic]
180As you get up to leave, you realise your Orc friend has abandoned you, and you see your former comrade walking off after the bandits willingly.\r
181Damn it!
182Elven Bandits
183You are set upon by a small group of angry-looking Wood Elves! \r
184'Fine, have our equipment, just leave us be.'
185'No way! We'll kill you, Elven scum!'
186'Please reconsider your words, my brethren. It does not become our kin to act like mere mortals would, to raise a weapon on one of our own. My own soul is tormented by the curse, yet I do not allow it to consume me, to turn me into an abomination. Calm yourselves.' [Social]
187'We did not mean any disrespect here. Please reconsider and let us talk about this!' [Social]
188You hand over your goods and the Elves watch you as you leave.
189Just keep walking.
190You have defeated the Elven attackers! \r
191Gather up the stuff and leave.
192You were defeated! The Elves carry off all of your goods, but leave those who survived the battle alone.
193Keep running.
194One of the Elves looks taken aback by your apology. She shakes her head and speaks:\r
195Share some food. [Lose 10 food]
196Actually, we changed our minds. You must die!' [Fight]
197'You speak well, mortals, yet you could never fathom the depths of our sorrow, nor the depravity of this corruption that eats away at our souls. \r
198Damn those Elves!
199The Elves sheathe their weapons. One of them nods at you, allowing you to speak.
200'We know the Darkness hurt your kin the most, and the curse eats away at your bodies and souls, but surely you cannot turn to common crime? Let us share some food together, not fight.' [Social]
201The Elves thank you for the food and you eat together. One of them speaks up:\r\n\r'You have reminded us of who we were, and I do not wish to forget again. You seem to be resistant to our curse, so I will join you and fight by your side from now on.'
202Great, welcome the new addition and leave together.
203The Elves thank you for the food and you eat together. One of them speaks up:\r
204'Thank you. Now it is time for us to leave.'
205'You must remember the song of the Silveroak, cleanse your thoughts from the Darkness, and set your minds back to the time of Light. I have done so, and I am myself again. Try it, my brethren, I beseech you!' [Social]
206Goblin bandits
207You are ambushed by a band of Goblin bandits!\r
208Just run away. No time to fight with Goblins.
209You massacre the Goblins without breaking a sweat.\r
210Gather up their stuff.
211The Goblins beat you and took some of your stuff before running off.
212Damn those Goblins!
213Among the dead, you find one Goblin still breathing. He looks up at you, terrified, and cries:\r
214'Fine, come with us. But you’d better not make us regret it!'
215'No way, we don't need you!' Kill it!
216The Goblin claps his hands and bows to you, many times:\r
217Alright, let's go.
218file\Adventures\Cat.txt.txt
219Child
220Your cat has wandered outside the village and found a baby being attacked by some wolves. They single pawedly killed the all the wolves and brought the baby back to your village.
221Hurray!
222begin
223You hear rumours of a rat infestation at a nearby graveyard. If you don't stop them soon they may breed and take over Thea! But they may already have a large army so you might need one as well.
224We'll check it out at some point.
225evil lair
226You arrive at the graveyard, and prepare to slay the mighty rat army.
227Enter!
228You find a few rat carcasses but no living rats. You also see a small kitty, it looks like it has taken care of the rat infestation for you.
229Guess our job is done here.
230You leave but the cat follows you. There seems to be no way to get rid of it.
231Okay...let's take it back to the village.
232Animal Kinship
233One of your villagers played with the cat and learned something about animals.
234friend
235Your kitty has found a new friend and brought them back to the village!
236food
237Your kitty has caught some prey, and brought the leftovers to the village.
238Your cat has found some string to play with, but they got bored with it and left it in the village.
239missing
240Your cat is missing. Nobody has seen it for some time.
241Try to find it! [Hunting]
242Unfortunately you were unable to find your cat. It looks like it won't return.
243Aww.
244You found some pawprints and they led you to a tree. Sure enough, the cat is stuck in the tree. One of your villagers climbs it and saves the cat.
245Take it back to the village.
246file\Adventures\Choices2.txt.txt
247oldman
248You come across an old blind sage. He looks ill and weak, and apart from the ragged clothes he's wearing, he does not seem to have any possessions. "Hello, champions of Thea. I know who you are, and I know you are going to save Thea. I want to help you, but I am old and weak. However, I can guide you to a place that will bring you great fortune. May I ask you some questions?"
249Sure.
250No, we don't have time for this. [Leave]
251"Let's say there is a great treasure nearby, but you can't reach it because a humongous plant with many thorns blocks the way. What do you do?"
252Smash it!
253Come back later with tools so we can safely cut it without any injuries.
254It's not worth harming nature for some treasure, we would leave.
255"You are hungry because you haven't eaten for days. You finally find some food but it belongs to an angry giant who doesn't want to share."
256SMASH IT!
257Try to reason with the giant and convince him to give up some food.
258The giants have created our world, and so we must respect them. If he does not want to give up his belongings, we woud leave.
259"Boy, you sure like to smash things huh?", the old man chuckles at you. "Perhaps I know of something for you to whack at all you want. My old friends tried to hunt a bear for food. The fools chased him right into his lair where his family was. Needless to say, it did not go well for my friends. But they had some good weapons which should still be there. If you think you can take on the bears, I will tell you where the lair is."
260Alright, let's smash 'em!
261"A sacred living tree tells your party it needs to eat one of you to survive."
262We can't let the sacred tree die, one of our own would sacrifice themself.
263if we sacrifice our own people like that we'll never survive as a group, but fighting it would cause too many problems. We would run away.
264"Such a nature-loving party! The nature can be kind to people who treat it with respect, you know. I know of an ancient grove with magic plants. If you pay tribute to them they will surely bless you."
265We'll check it out.
266"You walk through a forest when suddenly a violent earthquake shakes the ground and knocks over the trees."
267Seek shelter outside the forest.
268We would wait till the earthquake is over and then see if we can plant new seeds in the forest. After all, our goal is to rebuild Thea.
269Just keep going, if we can't deal with a silly little eartquake we'll never be champions of the gods.
270"Ah, you are quite cautious, and always think before you act, huh? Very good, the world needs clever people like you. I think you can learn a lot from your ancestors, their vast amount of knowledge helped them in their daily lives. I know of an ancient library not too far from here, I don't know if there's anything left but if you search the place I'm sure you'll find something useful."
271naturethingy
272You find the grove, but a group of filthy orc is trying to eat the sacred plants!
273Kill them all! [Fight]
274Tell them to get the hell out of here. [Social]
275There are plenty of plants, we can come back later.
276The orcs apologizes and left the grove.
277Check if the plants are okay.
278The plants are still alive. As a reward for saving them, they give two of your people magic powers.
279Excellent.
280bearlair
281You find the bear lair and hear beary noises echoeing from inside.
282Go in and smash the bears! [Fight]
283library
284You find the ancient library. Most of the ruins are empty, but you find one  building that is still intact, and it could still have books inside. However, the door is locked and the building looks unstable, so forcing your way through does not seem like a good idea.
285Try to open the lock. [Intellect]
286You open the door and discover many books inside. Your villagers absorb the knowledge, and you take some books that can help you research new things with you.
287You were careless and the building collapsed on top of you while you were trying to open the door. You manage to get out but you can't find any books in all the rubble.
288Oh well, leave.
289hunt
290Your hunter finds some animal tracks to the left. You also see many bones to the right.
291Go left. [Hunting]
292Go right.
293There's no time for this, just keep going forward.
294The tracks split at a fork.
295Go left again.
296You find a lone, starving wolf. It charges and jumps at one of your people, but doesnt harm them. It eats some food from their bag and then follows them.
297Guess we have a new pet.
298You find the carcass of a wolf. It looks like it was healthy and well fed when it was alive and you cannot find any wounds. When you skin the wolf, you see that its bones are enchanted by magic. Perhaps it was killed by some magical creature.
299Take the bones and leave.
300You find a cat who blesses your party before it runs away. 
301You find a cat who blesses your hunter before it runs away.
302You find a pack of giants who charge at you.
303You kill the giants and loot their stuff. You hear something crying behind the tree where the giants were standing.
304Check it out.
305You see a small, healthy human baby. Maybe the giants were taking care of it.
306Take the child and leave.
307undead giant
308You are attacked by a giant undead and some smaller undead minions.
309Banish them! [Hex]
310You take some hits before you manage to escape.
311You banish your enemies, but one of the undead doesn't disappear. Instead, he just stands there. As you look closer, you realize he's not undead at all, but a human.
312Um, hello?
313You are about to kill the last of your enemies, but he suddenly speaks up. "P-please don't kill me, I'm not undead! I'm human, just like you!"
314What were you doing with them?
315"Well, you see...I used to travel with a different group, but they were slaughtered by these undead. I didn't know what to do and...I just kinda acted like I was one of them. They fell for it and I just hung out with them since then, I didn't know where else to go...\n\nI gotta say, I'm gonna miss hanging out with undead. They're not so bad once you get to know 'em. They shared their food with me and all that."
316Well, you can hang out with us instead.
317Isn't it dangerous to be so close to undead all the time?
318"It could be but...", the man thinks for a while. "What if they could be controlled? I've heard rumours of an ancient city where they learned necromancy. Ofcourse, it's long gone, but perhaps there are still some books there...I must find it!"
319That sounds dangerous. You should come with us instead.
320Alright, you go ahead and do that.
321"I will, and I'll let you know when I find it!"
322vision
323You see a vision of the old man who is obsessed with undead. "I've done it, I've found the ruins of the ancient city! Please, come to me and help me to raise the corspes! Oh, by the way, there aren't any corpses here. Can you bring 300 bones with you? Monster bones will work too, but I'm afraid the other, magical bones will create a dangerous uncontrollable creature.\n\nOh, and some meat is also necessary! 100 pieces of meat should be enough."
324Guess we'll check it out at some point.
325necruins
326You find the man standing in the ancient ruins. "Did you bring the 300 bones and 100 meat?"
327Yes, here they are.
328The man performs a ritual create an undead creature. The bones and meat fly around in circles and slowly form a powerful yet docile undead creature. However, the magic takes its toll and the old man dies. One of your own people who knows a thing or two about magic gives the zombie some orders and it responds appropriately. \n\nYou also find old books in the ruins that teach you some new things.
329Leave with the zombie.
330MurderMystery
331You find the naked corpse of a man on the ground. It looks like he has been killed with a sharp weapon, he has many cuts and stab wounds.\n\nYou also see footprints that may or may not lead to the killer.
332Follow the footprints!
333Bury him, then follow the footprints.
334home
335You enter and see a woman in a chair, wearing a beautiful dress adorned with gems. As you look around, you realize she must be quite rich. You see alot of gold, a knife with sparkling rubies in the hilt, and many other gems and jewels.\n\n"Who are you?", the woman asks. "Have you come to finish the job?"
336What do you mean?
337We found a corpse nearby and the footsteps led to this house.
338"Me and my lover, Boguslav, were ambushed by masked thugs. For a second I thought you were them, but you don't look as rough. I do not know who they were, but I believe they were hired to murder my lover. I can think of two people who would do that. His older brother, who has always been jealous because I chose Boguslav over him. The other one is a greedy little goblin, who probably thought it will be easy to rob my house now that my lover is gone. I am quite certain one of them did it, and that they'll come after me next. Please, find the murderer for me. Protect me from these evil men and bring justice for my lover!"
339We'll go after his brother first, any idea where we can find him?
340We'll go after the goblin first, any idea where we can find him?
341The footprints, the knife, the gems...how do we know you didn't kill him for his gold?
342Who cares about all this anyway? Let's just kill her and loot all her stuff.
343The footprints lead to a nearby house.
344Enter.
345Enter with the brother.
346Enter with the goblin.
347"How dumb do you think I am? Do you really think I would murder someone and then walk back to my house, leaving the footprints up so anyone can find me? Besides, the knife is clean, as you can see. I have not used it much, and certainly not to kill the one I love.\n\nAnd we shared everything. I was already rich, I did not need to kill him to become rich."
348Alright, we'll get more information first. Where can we find his brother?
349Alright, we'll get more information first. Where can we find the goblin?
350We don't know for sure, but we can't really be bothered figuring this out. Execute her and take her stuff.
351You kill the woman, and your entire party gets cursed. You are free to take all her treasure, but you might not be strong enough to carry it anymore.
352Oh well, loot it anyway.
353You put all the gold and gems in your bag. The knife is not very suitable for combat but you can dismantle it and take the rubies with you.
354"He does not have a home, he is usually just wandering the lands fighting the darkness on his own or helping people. He is not a bad man, he is just a bit...unstable in the head.\n\nI know of a graveyard not too far from here where he often stays to make sure the dead don't rise again. You can probably find him there."
355We'll find him.
356"He is a despicable little creature, even his own kind won't associate with him. He lives in a small, stinky hut. When my husband and I passed it he wanted to go in and see if the goblin was okay, but the little beast only had eyes for our gems. The more I think about it, the more convinced I am that he is the one, and I cannot feel save until he is neutralized! I will mark his house on your map."
357You find the woman inside, sitting in the same chair as before. "Ah, there you are! Yes, that is definitely him, well done! Now execute him, for Boguslav and for me!"
358What about the goblin?
359[Skip Story]
360You find the woman inside, sitting in the same chair as before. "Ah, there you are! Yes, that is definitely him, well done! Now execute him and be done with it!"
361What about the brother?
362"Ah, the goblin...I tried to hunt him down myself but I was too late. He had already been killed. He had many enemies you see, nobody liked him, not even other goblins. No matter, he couldn't have done it anyway. He was far too cowardly and weak. It was his brother, I'm sure of it!"
363Hear what the brother has to say.
364"He actually came to my house right after you left. He was badly injured. Poor man had been saving other people and fighting undead all day. He came here because he wanted to see his brother one last time, he wanted to apologize for his jealousy which has caused so many fights throughout the years...I could not tell him his brother died, instead I gave him food and water and let him sit in my house until his wounds inevitably killed him...then I buried him outside.\n\nNo, he couldn't have done it. He was a good man. It was the goblin, I'm sure of it."
365Hear what the goblin has to say.
366"I only leave my hut to hunt, yesh I do. I wouldn't come all the way here jusht to kill him, what purposhe would it sherve? \n\nThish woman ish evil, yesh she is! She has always despised me for no reason! She shays she gave his brother water, I shay she gave him poison! Because anyone who knows her would teshtify againsht her! \n\nBeshidesh, she shays they were ambushed by bandits who killed her boyfriend, and yet here she shits, without a shingle shcratch on her body. How did she eshcape so easily? It ish clear that she is a lying, murdering wench, yesh she is."\n\nYou give the woman a chance to reply and she denies everything. She says she doesn't know how she escaped because it all happened so fast. Maybe they let her go because they weren't hired to kill her.
367"As I have said before, I was very close to my brother and have no reason to kill him. She claims I was jealous but even if that was true, how exactly would killing him help me? Is she gonna date me because I killed her husband?\n\nShe is actually a very greedy woman, and I think she killed him for his gold. Hell, I wouldn't be surprised if she killed that goblin as well and took his trinkets.\n\nShe said bandits have ambushed them and killed my brother, but have you ever wondered how she escaped without a single scratch? If they can kill my brother surely they can kill her as well, or atleast harm her. Her whole story reeks of dishonesty."\n\nYou give the woman a chance to reply and she denies everything. She says she doesn't know how she escaped because it all happened so fast. Maybe they let her go because they weren't hired to kill her.
368You kill the woman and are now free to take all her gems.
369Take her stuff and leave.
370You kill the man and take his weapons and armour with you.
371You kill the goblin and take his trinkets with you.
372A vision of Perun appears before you. "You've made the right decision. Executing a person without knowing for sure if they were guilty, that is no way to bring justice." Your party feels blessed and the vision fades.
373A vision of Zorya appears before you. "You've made the right choice. Killing a person without knowing for sure what they've done, and without giving them a chance to defend themself would be unfair." Your party feels blessed and the vision fades.
374A vision of Veles appears before you. "An excellent decision. You cannot bring justice if you don't know who the culprit is." Your party feels blessed and the vision fades.
375A vision of Mokosh appears before you. "You've made the right decision. Executing a person without knowing for sure if they were guilty, that is no way to bring justice." Your party feels blessed and the vision fades.
376A vision of Lada appears before you. "Well done my dear champions. You cannot kill the pretty lady, or anyone else, without knowing for sure if they've committed the crime." Your party feels blessed and the vision fades.
377A vision of Horos appears before you. "You've made the right choice. Sometimes we have to accept that we simply cannot catch the culprit, and that the sly cowards will get away with their crimes." Your party feels blessed and the vision fades.
378A vision of Svarog appears before you. "You've made the right decision. Executing a person without knowing for sure if they were guilty, that is no way to bring justice." Your party feels blessed and the vision fades.
379A vision of Morena appears before you. "Ofcourse you could've just killed them for their possessions, but if you really care about this justice thing then you've made the right decision, since you didn't know for sure who the murderer is." Your party feels blessed and the vision fades.
380It is time to make a decision. You could execute one of them for murder, or you could leave them alive if you aren't sure.
381Execute the woman.
382Execute the man.
383Execute the goblin.
384There isn't enough evidence. Don't kill either of them.
385We've heard everything we need to know.\n\nYou pondered for a moment, recollected with your party.
386brother
387You find a man fighting several undead creatures. He doesn't seem to have any problems dealing with them. He has a good set of weapons and armor, yet he seems to possess some magical powers too. He is certainly capable of killing people, but of course you don't know if he really would.
388"Hello! Are you Boguslavs brother?"
389He looks at you, a little startled. "Oh, hello there. I was just finishing off these undead. Yes, I am his brother, and who might you be?"
390We are the people who found his corpse. We're sorry to say this but he was murdered.
391"That's awful! He was a kind man, who would do such a thing to him?"
392His wife accused you of being the murderer. She said you were jealous because she chose him.
393The man looks stumped for a second. "That's ridiculous! I would never kill my own brother! I admit I've always thought his wife was a great person, but I felt the same way about my brother!"
394Will you come with us to her, so you can talk it out?
395"I will gladly come with you, and prove her wrong. I want to find out the truth. Perhaps she is not such a good person after all. Have you considered that she might be the murderer? She may tell you that she has nothing to gain from it, but the truth is, they had many fights and I doubt they'd be together forever. Perhaps she wanted his gold, or perhaps she just acted out of emotions, but it seems likely that she did this and tries to pin the blame on someone else."
396Let's go back to her house.
397goblin
398A foul stench leads you to a small hut. You are certain that this is where the goblin lives.
399Check if he's inside.
400You knock on the door and a goblin opens it from inside. He is eating what appears to be rotten flesh, and his clothes and body are clad with shiny baubles and trinkets.\n\n"Yesh? Can I help you?"
401You are accused of murdering Boguslav! Come with us so we can uncover the truth!
402"W-what, I would never murder him, he wash so kind to me, yesh he was. Oh, it'sh his woman, ishn't it? She killed him and blamesh me, yesh she did. Very well, I will come with you and prove that she is the murderer, and then we can exshecute her and share her gems, yesh? You're not gonna hurt me, are you?"
403If you are innocent we will not. Let's go back to her and find out who is right.
404DemonTakeover
405Your villagers leave, and if you had any expeditions they have realized that it isn't safe to go back. The demons settle in their new village, and the divine powers cure them of their affliction. They now feel obligated to worship the god that cured them, and finish their quests. They feel they haven't seen the last of the former inhabitants.\n\nThe magic stone is no longer a threat but you could still take revenge on the humans who nearly killed you.
406Guess I'll guide them now...
407Your village is attacked by eight demons. Their leader, a Vodnik, speaks up. "You, humans. Your kind has nearly destroyed us with that magic stone you've built. We're not gonna let you, we will survive, but we need your holy village for that. If you don't want any bloodshed, leave right now. You can take your children with you but you must leave all your equipment and other goods behind."
408Magic stone? What's this all about?
409You know your village and the layout better then them. Use a tactical plan to beat them. [Tactics]
410Alright, we'll leave. But if you take the village it will fall to you to defeat the darkness. [Lose all characters and children no matter where they are, and play the rest of the game as the demons]
411"We don't know either. All we know is that some of you humans have built a magic stone and used it to attack us. Some of us escaped, but we have been afflicted with a disease that will slowly kill us. We believe your gods can cure us and we need your village to survive. And we need you to leave, we won't trust humans after what you did."
412We had nothing to do with that. That stone sounds pretty dangerous, we can try to help you get rid of it.
413You fight the demons and there are losses on both sides. Eventually they die to their affliction and their bodies turn into stones. 
414Gather the stones.
415You kill the demons and their bodies turn to stone. One of the stones has magical powers and enhances your best shield.
416Great.
417The Vodnik thinks for a moment. "Hmm, that could work...if you destroy the stone that will probably dispel the magic. We could show you where it is, but if you take too long we're just going to take your village by force. Otherwise we'll die."
418Alright, we'll destroy it as soon as we can.
419No deal. Use a tactical plan to beat them. [Tactics]
420Eh, just take the village now. [Lose all characters and children no matter where they are, and play the rest of the game as the demons]
421You fight the demons and there are losses on both sides. \nEventually they die to their affliction and their bodies turn into stones. 
422Revenge
423You are ambushed by a group of mostly humans. You realize they are the ones who used to live in your village and they seem to have made some new friends.
424Get rid of them once and for all! [Fight]
425You failed to kill the humans. You manage to escape, but you may meet them again in the future.
426Damn humans!
427You kill the humans, they won't bother you anymore.
428Demons shall rule Thea!
429Runestone
430You find the runestone and it is guarded by a group of bandits.
431"That stone is dangerous, it can harm Thea! We must destroy it!"
432"No way we're getting rid of this thing. We'll rule the world with it! If you want to destroy it you'll have to get through us first!\n\nOf course you could just do the sensible thing and leave us. If you promise to leave us alone we'll even grant you some of its power."
433"No, we must destroy it!" [Fight]
434"Alright, we'll take the power."
435We can't side with them but we can't beat them either. Come back later. Can't wait too long though, or the demons will take over the village.
436The bandits use the stone and it fires a magic beam at you. It empowers you, but it also teleports you away and you can't find the bandits or the stone anymore.\n\nYou now have the power to ward the village from demons and it is no longer in danger.
437Great!
438You kill the bandits and destroy the runestone. The demons are no longer going to die.\n\nOne of them comes back to your village and says he wants to join your group and repay you for saving them.
439Take him in.
440You took your revenge and kill the humans. You destroy the stone and your demons feel empowered.
441Aw yeah!
442DTakeoverForRealsies
443All your people escaped and your expeditions realize it is no longer safe to return. \nThe demons settle into their new village, and the divine powers cure them of their affliction. \nThey now feel obligated to worship the god that cured them and and to continue in fulfilling their quests. \n\nThey feel they haven't seen the last of the former inhabitants.
444The demons you met earlier attack your village and this time they give you little time to react.\n\nBut due to the last incident, \nyou had planned and prepared for this day to come.
445You managed to rout the surprise attack of the demons, and the force falls and turned into stone, \nexcept one, a Treasurer.\n\nBefore your men could struck him down, Elder called to cease attack and approaches the demon. 
446" We have no wish to be hard on you. Was you demons who launch an attack on our village, and now that your leader and forces are gone. \nDo you still wish to fight? \nWe could provide you with a shelter and do what we can find the source that is illing you. "\n\n\t\t\t" What say you. "
447The Treasurer on hearing Elder's words, dropped his weapon and admit its err and would like to offer its service for a chance, \n\t\t\tfor the cure. \n
448Treasurer has joined the village. 
449Bear Split
450Your expedition spots a large pack of bears, heading towards your village!
451Kill half of them, the villagers will deal with the rest. [Fight]
452Let the villagers deal with all of them. [Fight]
453You stop half of the bears, but the other half eventually reaches the village.
454Defeating these beasts,\na moment of relief for the village.\n\nThe men scavenges the remains and found useful materials.
455Sharing the burden, the beasts were defeated,\na moment of relief for the village.\n\nThe villagers scavenges the remains and found useful materials.
456The village defeated the beasts,\na moment of relief.\n\nThe villagers scavenges the remains and found useful materials.
457file\Adventures\Choices.txt.txt
458DyingDwarf
459You notice a small creature in the distance. As you approach, you see that it is a gravely injured dwarf, crawling towards you. "Please...help my brethren. It is too late for me, but you can still save the others. Trapped in a mine...by the orcs." He gives you a map, which is stained by his own blood but you can still see where the mine is. The dwarf closes his eyes forever.
460Take the map and all his other stuff.
461Take the map and bury the dwarf.
462Goldmine
463You find the goldmine and see that it is guarded by heavily armed orcs. They spot you but they don't react.
464These must be the orcs the dwarf told us about! Attack! [Fight]
465Ask them if there are any dwarves nearby.
466This is too scary. Let's come back later.
467The matriarch speaks up. "Yes, there is a large group of dwarves trapped in this mine. We are waiting for them to die."\n\nYou are shocked by the coldness of her words. You can't help but feel that something terrible has happened here.
468Why do you want these dwarves dead?
469The matriarch lies on the floor and with her dying breath she speaks her final words. "You fools...what have you done...these dwarves tried to enslave us. You must not...let them free."\n\nThere are many boulders blocking the entrance of the mine. It will take alot of strength to move them.
470Try to enter the mine. [Physical]
471Well let's leave then.
472The orcs are too strong for your party. You manage to escape, but some of your people have been injured. You won't be able to save the dwarves.
473Oh well, too bad.
474You try to move the boulders, but after half a day you have made no progress whatsoever. Some of you have even been wounded by falling rocks. You realize that this won't work and by now the dwarves might be dead anyway. 
475Time to leave I guess.
476The orc stares into the distance and pauses for a moment before beginning to tell her story.\n\n"Us orcs have lived in this area for a long time. Our ancestors were here even before the darkness came. This has always been our home.\n\nNot too long ago, a group of dwarves came to our home, begging for food. They came in peace, they said. Yeah, right.\n\nApparently they were driven away from their homes by giants. Can you imagine that, giants crushing little dwarves? It would be an amusing sight to see.\n\nWe told them to leave, but we let them stay in the nearby woods. That was our mistake."
477How so?
478You move the boulders and enter the mine. Many of your people feel stronger after this experience. You find the dwarves inside, It is a large group with powerful arms, but they are weakened, hungry, and some of them seem to be dying. They look at you with hope in their eyes. "Have ye come t'rescue us?"
479We heard what you did to those orcs, we only came here to hasten your death! [Fight]
480They tried to enslave the orcs, let's capture them and enslave them instead! [Sneak]
481Use our medical skills to save the dwarves. [Sickness]
482"Over the next weeks, many of our orcs who left the village alone did not return. Eventually we found out that the dwarves forced them to work in the gold mine. \n\nThere wasn't much we could do. They outnumbered us now and our morale was low.\n\nAt first they only targeted our men. Later they came for our women and children too. That was their mistake."
483Oh?
484"They captured our witches and put them in the mine. Our witches were able to use their magic to blast an opening in the back of the mine. So we escaped and when the dwarves went inside to see what's going on, we blasted both openings to make them collapse and trap the dwarves inside.\n\nA few dwarves stayed outside. We ambushed and slaughtered them. Only one of them managed to escape, but he was heavily wounded. He's probably dead by now.\n\nSo now you know why we want these dwarves dead. We have every right to kill them. Don't try to rob us of our vengeance."
485What the dwarves did was wrong, but what you're doing is no better! Let us through or we'll have to kill you! [Fight]
486The dwarves did a terrible thing, but you can't just leave them to rot! Can't we work something out? [Social]
487I guess they deserve to die then, we'll leave. [Event will disappear]
488You were not able to convince them to leave the dwarves alive. One of the witches loses her patience and curses  some of your people. You realize there is no hope for the dwarves.
489You negotiate with the orcs. They tell you they are building a new village so they have a place to go if something like this happens again, and they need to bring the gold from this mine to that village to make equipment.  They agree to let the dwarves out, if they help carry all the gold to the new village. They also have to surrender all their weapons and armor.
490Free the dwarves.
491You fail to kill the dwarves, and you are forced to retreat out of the mine.
492Escape.
493You kill the dwarves. They have many good weapons that you can take, and there is lots of gold in the mine, as well as some other rare stones.
494Loot EVERYTHING!
495You take all the loot and get ready to leave the place.
496Great, let's go!
497The dwarves were more prepared then you thought. A small group of them distracted you, while the rest of them fled the mine, taking all their stuff with them. Just as you were about to charge the small group, they scattered and ran away. You only managed to grab one, but you accidentally killed him.
498Woops, let's leave then.
499Working together with the orcs, you have no problem moving all the boulders that block the entrance. You all enter the mine and find the dwarves. Many of them are weakened and some of them are already dead. The orcs give them some food and water, and their witches heal some of the wounds.\n\nThe dwarves agree to carry the gold to the village, but many of them are sick and tired. They ask you to help carry the gold.
500Alright then.
501It did not go well. You only healed two of the dwarves, but they ran off with all the loot while you tried to heal the others.
502Blast!
503You gather most of the gold. The orcs and dwarves get ready to leave and tell you to follow. "And no funny business", the matriarch says. "We won't let the dwarves go until you arrive with the gold."
504Follow the orcs.
505You manage to capture two of the dwarves, but one of them dies. The rest of them flee with their stuff. The surviving dwarf says he is a good smith and will help your village if you leave him alive.
506Very well, leave together.
507Some of the dwarves die but you manage to save most of them. They thank you and ask if there's anything they can do in return.
508Yes, you can join us and help us defeat the darkness.
509First we want to know if the orcs told the truth. Did you really try to enslave them?
510"Most of us 'ave kids we need te get back to, but we can give ye our finest warrior. He doesn't talk much but he'll gladly kill yer enemies for ya.
511Sounds good. Leave with the warrior.
512No deal, try to capture all of them! [Sneak]
513No deal, attack the dwarves! [Fight]
514Most of the dwarves look away uncomfortably but one of them begins to tell their side of the story.\n\n"Ya don't understand, we lost our entire village when the giants came, we 'ad nowhere t'go. The entire area was destroyed by giants. We were 'ungry and many of us starved to death while we were tryin te find a new place te live.\n\nWhen we finally found an orc village they just told us this is their land and we had te leave. They didn't give us food or nothin'. We settled in the nearby woods 'cus there was food and water, but we knew they wouldn't let us live there. We had te attack them first."
515Despicable. You  don't deserve to be saved after what you did. Attack! [Fight]
516We don't approve but you've already been punished, we'll just leave it at this. Now about that reward...
517We can see your point. I guess we'll leave you alive then. Who wants to come with us?
518Orc Village
519You see the matriarch and walk up to her. "Did you bring the gold?"
520No, we'll bring it later.
521Yes, here it is.
522Now that they've led us to their village, we can loot the place! [Fight]
523Very well. We will now let the dwarves go, but we're only letting them go one at a time, and we're sending them off in different directions, so they don't regroup and attack us.\n\nWould it be alright if you took this one with you? He's a mean one, try to keep him honest if you can.
524Sure!
525You fail to kill the orcs, but you managed to escape with the gold. The dwarves also died in the midst of the chaos.
526You slay the orcs. The dwarves also died during the battle. You are free to loot everything in the village.
527Take the loot and leave.
528Treasurefight
529You see an orc, an elf, and a dwarf, fighting by the water over a treasure chest.
530Tell them to calm down.
531Steal the treasure while they're distacted! [Sneak]
532Push them in the water, then take the treasure! [Physicial]
533Let's not get involved.
534They see you coming and quickly escape with the treasure.
535Damn!
536They startle when they hear you, then they turn their blades to you.
537Easy. There's no need to fight. Now tell us what's going on.
538They all start shouting over each other. From what you can make out, they are friends who found the treasure together. The orc accuses the others of trying to sneak away with the treasure at night. The elf says it was just the dwarf who did this, and he just followed him to get the treasure back. The dwarf says the orc tried to steal it earlier, so they tried to hide the treasure. But the orc denies it.
539What's in the chest, anyway?
540They all start shouting again. Apparently the chest is filled with rare gems. The dwarf wants to use them to make powerful weapons, the elf wants them to build an altar for Mokosh, and the orc wants to trade them for supplies with a group of humans who live nearby.
541Making weapons seems reasonable, you will all benefit from them.
542Worshipping the gods is important. We know Mokosh will definitely return the favour if you build that altar.
543Trading is a great way to make more friends.
544They were tougher then you thought. The orc and dwarf hold you back while the elf escapes with the treasure. Then the orc and dwarf run after him. You follow them, but were unable to find them.
545"Ya hear that lads?", the dwarf says to his friends. "We're gonna make those weapons, whether you want to or not!" He picks up the treasure and moves to your party. The orc and elf don't say anything, they just walk away.
546Alright, good luck making those weapons.
547"I know of a magical forge not too far from here, I'll take the gems to the forge, but I'll need more materials to make them. If you bring 30 gold bars to the forge we will share the weapons. And ya best bring an army too, those guys have many friends. I don't think we've seen the last of 'em." The dwarf hands you a map and takes the treasure with him to the forge.
548Take the map and go.
549"It is decided then, we shall build the altar.", the elf says. The orc gets angry and tries to take the treasure but the elf attacks him. Meanwhile, the dwarf tries to steal the treasure and sneak away.
550Stop the dwarf! [Fight]
551You were unable to beat the dwarf, and the elf seems to be losing as well.
552Escape!
553You kill the dwarf, but the elf is losing his battle.
554Help him out!
555You run to the elf to help him. The orc sees he is outnumbered and runs away.
556Check if the elf is okay.
557The elf has a few wounds but nothing serious. "Thank you for your aid friends, who knows what would've happened if it wasn't for you. I will build the altar nearby, I know the perfect place for it. However, I'm going to need alot of wood to make it. Could you bring me 50 dryad wood? We will build the altar and share the blessing. And please, bring an army with you, that orc has many friends and I fear we haven't seen the last of him." He marks the spot of the future altar on your map and leaves.
558The elf refuses to accept this and tries to take the treasure, but the orc attacks him. Meanwhile, the dwarf tries to steal the treasure and sneak away.
559You were unable to beat the dwarf, and the orc seems to be losing as well.
560You kill the dwarf, but the orc is losing his battle.
561Help him!
562You run to the orc to help him. The elf sees he is outnumbered and runs away. "You fools!", the elf shouts. "I'll be back!"\n\nThe orcs grins at you and thanks you. "I'm  going to take the treasure to the human village. Is there any chance you could follow me? They might just rob me if I'm alone, and who knows what the elf will do. He has many, many friends..."
563Alright, we'll meet you there.
564Forge
565You arrive at the forge and see the dwarf with his hammer, ready to make the weapons. "Have ye brought the gold?"
566Actually, this could be dangerous. We'll be back later with a bigger army.
567The dwarf starts making the weapons. Not much later, you are attacked by both an elf army and an orc army.
568Fight the orcs while the dwarf holds the elves back. [Fight]
569Try to reason with the elves while the dwarf holds the orcs back. [Social]
570You quickly persuade the elves to avoid bloodshed, but they demand to get their share of the weapons The orcs realize they can not win on their own and leave.
571Craft the weapons and share them with the elves.
572You eventually persuade the elves to avoid bloodshed, but by then the orcs have already killed the dwarf and they left with the treasure.
573Both you and the dwarf lost the battle. The dwarf died but you manage to escape. However, you've lost all the treasure.
574You kill the orcs, but the elves managed to take most of the treasure and escape.
575Craft the weapons with the rest of the materials.
576The dwarf makes the weapons and shares them with everyone. "Well, thanks fer all the help lads. Say, I just lost my friends and I don't know any other dwarves. Do ya mind if I come with ya? As ya can see I am good at making weapons, and I can fight too!"
577Ofcourse! Welcome to the team!
578Altar
579You arrive at the spot and see the elf, he has already started building the altar. "Did you bring the dryad wood?"
580Yep, here it is.
581The elf starts building the altar, but an army of orcs arrive to take their revenge.
582Protect the altar! [Fight]
583Some of your devout followers know how to use the altar to banish the orcs. [Hex]
584You banish the orcs and Mokosh blesses her followers.
585Finish the altar.
586Together with the elf, you manage to beat the orcs.
587The ritual failed because the altar was not finished. The ground starts shaking and trees are falling. Some people are still fighting, others are running away, and some are dying to the earthquake. You lose three people during the chaos.
588Flee before something terrible happens!
589You finish the altar and see an image of Mokosh. She blesses your party.\n\nThe elf says you are clearly worthy followers and decides to join your party.
590Human Village
591You see the orc and met with the humans. They agree to trade. However, a huge army of elves arrive and they start to attack you. The humans see it too and think their village is under attack, so they join the battle and fight the elves. Some of them think this was all set up and try to attack your party as well.\n\nYou are vastly outnumbered by both sides, there is only one thing you can do.
592You took some wounds but you managed to escape. The treasure and anything else you've been trading is lost in the chaos.\n\nThe orc escaped with your party and now that he has no treasure, no supplies, and no friends he wants to join your party to survive.
593Alright, welcome to the group.
594canyon
595You come across a deep canyon, and you see a dwarf and an orc hanging onto the edge. It looks like they are about to fall to their deaths.
596Save the dwarf! [Physical]
597Save the orc! [Physical]
598Save them both! [Physical] [five highest level characters will split from your party]
599We can't risk our own lives trying to save them, just leave.
600You failed to save him, and two of your own people fell to their deaths.
601Oh well, move on.
602You manage to pull up the orc. After he calms down he thanks you for saving his life.
603You're welcome. What happened here anyway? Were you fighting that dwarf?
604You pull up the dwarf and he thanks you for saving his life.
605Sure thing. So what happened here? Were you fighting that orc?
606"That dwarf...no.", the orc grunts. "He was my friend, and there were many others...orcs, goblins, humans...all kinds of races. We are all followers of Zorya, and we've been fighting the darkness together. But they're all dead now..."
607So what happened here?
608"We were at war with an elven army. They are actually working together with the darkness, I don't know why. But there have been many times when they attacked us in the rear while we were fighting creatures of the darkness..."\n\n"Anyway, there was a huge battlefield here. All our men and women fought side by side against these evil elves. They killed many of my close friends. They even killed my husband."\n\n"But then the giants came." The orc smirks sadly. "You'd think we'd see them coming, but we were too focused on the battle. They came out of nowhere and stomped all over the battlefield, killing many combatants on both sides. Some elves managed to escape I think, but my entire party is dead."
609That's horrible!
610"I do not blame the giants. Did you know they built our world? I think the darkness corrupted them, they can't help it."\n\n"The elves on the other hand...they were themselves when they cold-bloodedly murdered my friends, my husband. They must pay for their crimes."\n\n"I am all alone now, and weakened. I cannot take vengeance myself. But I know where their city is. If I tell you where they live, will you bring them to justice? I will forever be in your debt. \n\nBy the way, just a little hint. Don't try to reason with the elves. They have smooth tongues and will tell as many lies as necessary to get away with their crimes."
611Alright, we'll see.
612Your five strongest people left to help the dwarf while the rest of you tries to save the orc.
613Let's go! [Physical]
614Without the help of your strongest people, you completely failed to save the orc, and four of your weaklings died. The dwarf fell down before your stronger party reached him, but atleast they are unharmed.
615Well, crap.
616You pull them both up, and everyone is unharmed. The orc and the dwarf both thank you for saving them.
617No problem. What happened here, were you in a fight?
618The dwarf speaks up. "Aye...but not with eachother. We're followers of Zorya, and  we were battling a large group of elves. Not just us, we had a pretty large army as well."\n\n" But then the giants came and crushed all of us. I don't know if there are any other survivors. We're going back to our village and see if there's anyone else. If ye want, ya can come visit us and we'll give ye some rewards. We have many good weapons there, as well as many rare minerals and other resources."\n\nThe dwarf tells you where the village is, then they both left.
619"No", the dwarf said sadly. "He was me friend, and there were many others. We are all followers of Zorya. We fought many, many battles tegether. Just now, we were fighting a huge army of elves."
620Did they kill your friends?
621"No, well not all of them. We were in a battle so ofcourse they're gonna try to kill us aye? But y'see, there's nothin' wrong with that. In fact, many of us like t'get drunk and just have a huge brawl, y'know? It was quite a glorious battle until... "
622Until what?
623"Until those damn giants came! They came outta nowhere, they did. I mean, not literally...I guess if we paid some more attention we woulda seen 'em coming, aye? But we were so focused on the battle..."
624So what will you do now?
625"I'm gonna hunt down those giants ofcourse! Well, not right away, I haven't eaten in hours and I must've dropped my weapon somewhere. But as soon as I'm ready, I'll get 'em!"
626You're gonna take them all on by yourself?
627"Hm, now that ya mention it, that does sound like a pretty bad idea. Say, why don't you kill 'em for me? I'll be in me hut right over there t'get some food and new weapons and I could really use some booze as well, but I should have some more stuff for ya over there. If ya kill the giants, I'll give ye a nice reward."
628Alright, we'll try.
629elf village
630You approach the elven city, and the guard immediately spot you and call their leaders. Another guard yells at you. "State your business!" 
631We've come to avenge our friends! [Fight]
632We were sent here by an orc. He told us you murdered his friends!
633"Murdered you say? Is this about the battle? Yes, ofcourse we kill our enemies in battle, they were trying to kill us after all. You're well armed, and for a good reason I assume. Tell me, how many people have you "murdered" during your travels in Thea?"
634He told us you're working together with the darkness, and that you attacked them while they were fighting dark creatures.
635"And you actually believe him? The creatures of darkness are our enemies, and so are those evil followers of Zorya. We do what we can to survive, sometimes that means using cunning tactics. Did he also tell you about the time when they captured a few of us and tortured them for information, or did he conveniently leave that part out?"
636He kinda left it out...
637"They had found and captured some of our foragers, and they wanted to know where their hideout is so they could raid it. The victims eventually told them, but they didn't tell them how big our army is. The group was quite surprised when they found our city."\n\n"And yet, those arrogant bastards still demanded that we hand over our weapons and supplies. A fight broke out, they retreated, and we've been at war ever since."\n\n"Tell you what, There aren't many of them left, right? And you know where they are. If you get rid of them for us, and end this war once and for all, we'll forget this whole thing happened and forgive you for trying to attack us. We'll even toss you a few weapons as a reward, and a blessing. But only after the deed is done. We will contact you when they are dead."
638The orc warned us about this, we won't let you manipulate us! [Fight]
639Alright, we'll kill him.
640You kill the elves and loot their village. Now that the deed is done, it's time to go back to the orc and let him know about it.
641You lose the battle and escape. Some of your people want to go back to the orc anyway, and tell him what happened. 
642Orc
643You meet the orc. He's made a few other orc friends by now. "Is it done, have you killed the elves?"
644Not yet, we'll be back.
645We tried but they were too strong. We're sorry.
646Yes, they are all dead.
647The elves told us you tortured their people! You are no true followers of Zorya!
648"I see...I'm afraid my wounds have gotten quite bad, and to tell you the truth I don't really have the will to live anymore, after I've lost everything. I'm still grateful to you and I will give you the few things I have left. I lost my weapon but I will give you my armor and some other supplies."
649Take the stuff and leave.
650"You did it, well done! I made a few friends here, some have to get back to their own tribe, I'd like one of them to join you so I can repay you. You killed my enemies, he'll kill any of your enemies for you! "
651Sounds good!
652"What? N-no, that isn't true...atleast I don't think any of us did that. I...I wasn't involved, I s-swear."
653Well, they certainly were more convincing then you.
654"Grrr...I told you not to reason with the elves! Look what they did to you! They've manipulated you! They've cast a spell on you!"\n\n"So be it, the war continues right here, right now. We will slaughter the elves and their minions!"
655Kill the orcs! [Fight]
656Alrighty.
657elfreward
658You find the elf who had invaded your mind, and she speaks to you in a solemn tone. "As promised, here are your rewards. Now leave us in peace, we do not like to deal with strangers."
659Accept the rewards and leave.
660orcdwarf
661You arrive at the village, but it had been destroyed by giants. They are still here, and they are about to attack the orc and the dwarf.
662Help them! [Fight]
663Run! [event will disappear]
664You win the battle and take whatever loot you can find from the giant corpses. Unfortunately there is nothing left in the village ruins, so the orc and dwarf are unable to give you the rewards they promised, but they are both willing to join you since they have nowhere else to go.
665You join forces with the orc and the dwarf.
666Fight the giants together! [Fight]
667Your strongest villagers held the giants back so the rest can escape. Unfortunately the stronger ones did not survive.
668You are about to leave, but suddenly an image of Zorya appears in your minds and she rewards you for your valiance.
669Awesome!
670Giants
671You find the giants, it is a mixed group of wildwives and vielkolud. They have spotted you and charge at you.
672You kill the giants and looted their corpses.
673Time to go back to the dwarf for our reward!
674You lose the battle but manage to escape.
675dwarfhut
676You arrive at the hut, the dwarf heard you coming and steps outside. "There ya are! Have ye killed the giants?"
677Yep!
678We tried, but they were too strong.
679"Ah...well, ya tried. Tell ya what, I'll give ye some stuff anyway fer savin me life! Apparently I 'ave a good spear, no idea where it came from but ya can have it!"
680Cool, thanks!
681"Well done! Now, about that reward...I had some good stuff here but I kinda don't have it anymore, heh. I don't know what happened to it, maybe I got drunk and threw it away? In any case, I can reward ya by joining yer group, I'll kill as many giants, elves, and other creatures as ya want!"
682Dragon
683A huge dragon suddenly lands in front of you.
684Ahhhhh!
685"Fear not little ones, I mean you no harm. I simply wish to talk."
686Oh, phew. What's up?
687"I'll keep it short, bandits tried to steal my treasure. Although they could not take everything, they have stolen my gold. Ofcourse I would just kill them all myself, but they are hiding in their little cave and, well, I'm too big to get in there! And if I destroy their cave then I'll never get my gold back!  If you get it back for me, I will reward you with my blessing.\n\nIf you don't want to risk a fight with the bandits, I know of an altar that will give you magical powers, the bandits won't stand a chance. But I must warn you, it is very far away and it could be dangerous."
688Alright, we'll fight those bandits head on!
689We'll find the altar.
690She said she has more treasure, let's kill her! [Fight]
691We have some gold ourselves, perhaps we can trade it for your other treasure? [Intellect]
692Sorry, we're kinda busy.
693You wave the gold in front of the dragon and she is completely entranced. You trick her into giving you more valuable minerals for the gold, but because this is such an unfair trade, she gives you some weapons as well.
694The dragon is enticed by your gold, you can see she wants it but she doesn't want to part with her other treasure. She takes all your gold and flies away.
695bandits
696You find the bandit hideout.
697Attack! [Fight]
698You kill the bandits and loot the gold. You can bring it back to the dragon, but ofcourse you could just keep it for yourself.
699Leave
700You fail to get the gold. After you escape, you see that the bandits have realized they are no longer safe here and flee the area with their stuff.
701Oh well, maybe we should tell the dragon we failed.
702You are about to leave, but one of you spots a snake in the cave.
703Take it with us!
704Butcher it for its scales!
705You have a new pet now.
706Cool cool cool.
707You skin the snake and take the leather.
708Let's go.
709magicaltar
710You finally find the altar, and there is an elf standing next to it. It looks like he is praying, or performing some kind of ritual.
711Hi, is this the place where we can get awesome magic powers?
712The elf is startled, he looks at you in fear. "W-who are you? Did she send you?"
713"Some dragon told us we can get new powers here."
714"T-the dragon. You must not listen to her, she is evil! She has corrupted this altar! Yes, it will give you powers, but you'll go insane! You might die! I have been trying to cleanse it, but it seems to be impossible as long as she lives. We must kill her!"
715Killing a dragon seems kinda hard.
716"Not necessarily. I have created a poisonous brew that can kill her. If you coat it on this gold bar and give it to her she will die and the altar will be cleansed. She'll die right away, so you'll be free to take all her treasure if you do this."
717Sounds  good, we'll take the poison and the gold.
718No, we want that magic power, step aside! [Hex]
719How could you ask us to do such a vile thing? You're no better then her! We won't do any of this! We'll just go back and tell her it didn't work out.
720You are about to leave, but one of your people asks what we should do with the elf.
721Kill him, maybe he has some good stuff!
722Just leave him.
723Your leader steps up to the altar and touches it, but slowly loses their sanity while the dark magic washes over them. The elf tries to perform another ritual to save them, but he needs your help to do it.
724Join the elf. [Hex]
725Your leader dies and the elf sighs. "I told you it was dangerous. Can you please get rid of the dragon now?"
726Alright, give us the poison and the gold.
727We'll talk to her, but we're not gonna poison her.
728Your leader has gained new powers, but they seem different. They just have a permanent blank expression now and they don't talk anymore. They still follow your group, but they won't be able to lead anymore.
729Damn, this is messed up! We're gonna kill the dragon, could we have that poison now?
730Let's go talk to the dragon and see if there is anything we can do about this.
731Walkingdragon
732"Hello, friends. Have you brought me my gold?"
733Yes, here it is! [Hand her the poisoned gold]
734Why didn't you tell us the altar is corrupted?! We could've died!
735Yes, here it is! [Lose 50 gold
736We tried, but we could not beat them. They have left their cave and we don't know where they are now.
737Not yet, we'll be back later.
738The dragon accepts the gold, but quickly realizes that it is poisoned. It is too late for her to stop it, but she curses your entire party before she dies. You are now free to loot the rest of her treasure.
739The dragon hangs her head in shame. "I had to do whatever I could to get my gold back! I enhanced the altar to give people unnatural powers, so they can help me kill the bandits! But yes, it can also corrupt your mind. I'm sorry, I went to far. I cannot undo the damage it has done, but I can give you my blessing to make it up to you. Forget about the gold, I don't deserve to get it back."
740We accept your blessing.
741The dragon breathes her fire at you, but it does not hurt you. You feel her blessing washing over you.\n\n"I will go to the altar now and destroy it. It is the only way to stop it from hurting more innocent people. Farewell my friends."
742Goodbye.
743"Ah, but you have still done me a great favour! Now that they have left their hiding spot, I will try to find them and kill them myself. I will give you my blessing. Thank you for the help, my friends!"
744Thank you too!
745"My gold, you have my gold! Thank you dear friends, you have my eternal gratitude! Please, accept my most powerful blessing and you will be able to use magic."
746Alright!
747meanbandits
748A group of bandits approaches your village. You get ready to defend yourselves, but their leader speaks up. "Relax, we just want to talk to you!" 
749We don't trust you, attack! [Fight]
750What do you want?
751"We've heard rumours of some goblins peddlers, they should be nearby. If you help us find and kill them, we can share the loot!"
752Alright, deal! [Hunting]
753We won't let you kill innocent goblins! [Fight]
754We won't help you with this, leave us alone.
755You fail to track down the goblins.
756Ok.
757One of your scouts reports the location of the goblins.
758Let's get 'em!
759You kill the bandits and take their stuff. One of the younger bandits had dropped his weapon and surrendered, and says he was forced to fight.
760Goblins
761Both your party and the bandits have reached the goblins. They are outnumbered and look at you frightened.
762Attack them together with the bandits. [Fight]
763Scare the goblins, but let them escape!
764Warn the goblins of the bandits and switch sides! [Fight]
765Charge them alone so you can take all their loot! [Fight]
766The goblins run away and the bandits chase them. The goblins enter an abandoned hut and the bandits  are about to attack them.
767Burn down the hut when they are all inside, then you can loot whatever is left.
768The bandits have their backs turned on us, we can easily kill them now!
769You kill the goblins and loot their stuff. They have some books that teach you new skills. You are worn out from the battle, and the bandits approach you.\n\n"What the hell, I thought we had a deal! Give us our share or we'll kill you!"
770You just saw how we kicked their asses, are you sure you want to fight us?
771The bandits talk amongst themselves for a moment and decide to back out.
772Unfortunately nearly every useful thing is burned down and there isn't much left for you to take.
773Oh well, take it anyway and leave.
774You save the goblins and their shaman thanks you and rewards you with a blessing.
775thiefhunt
776A hooded man approaches you. "Greetings friends. I am looking for skilled hunters to help me out."
777What are you hunting?
778A thief, ... a murderer. Me and my subordinates are building a village, but an elusive bandit keeps stealing from us. He even killed one of our women. So far, we have not been able to capture him, and we've only caught a glimpse of him. He is quite slippery.
779Alright, we'll try to find him.
780This guy is alone, let's kill him and take his stuff!
781Not our problem, now leave us alone.
782Excellent! I'll give you a map to our village. I'm going to meet up with my friends who are gathering resources nearby, the bandit has stolen nearly all our food so it is quite urgent. When you find him, bring him to me, dead or alive. Ofcourse there will be a reward for you if you catch him.
783village
784You arrive at the village and tell the people your story. They tell you the thief has recently struck again and has stolen some minerals. They fear they can't survive much longer if the thief keeps robbing them.
785Try to find him. [Hunting]
786You could not find the thief.
787Your hunters find some hidden footprints that could lead to the thief.
788You find a mysterious woman hiding in the bushes. She realizes she's been caught and comes out to face you.
789Are you the one who stole from the villagers?
790"I am, and I would do it again. All my life I've lived in the forest in peace, eating off the land. I did not need to steal from anyone. But then those scumbags settled nearby and built a village. Apparently their village needed to be humongous and they needed resources from my forest. They've cut down the entire thing. Guess my home wasn't important to them. There were no more animals for me to hunt, no more fruits to pick.\tI had no choice, my only way to survive was to take from the settlers.\n\nI had considered talking to them but after I saw what they did to the goblins who lived here when they tried to reason with the villagers, I decided it was too risky."
791What about the woman you murdered?
792The thief starts to sob. "I was tired, sick, I hadn't eaten for weeks. I thought I was going mad. Then I found a wolf pup...I had to have it. But this woman saw me. She was one of them tree hugging types and tried to stop me. She said she actually wanted to stop the forest cutting, but she was afraid of the hooded man and had to bite her tongue to survive. But she felt guilty after that and wouldn't let it happen again, she had to save the pup.\n\nI don't know how it happened, but suddenly we had our weapons drawn and were fighting. The poor woman...she just wanted to protect the pup. I killed her, just so I could have my dinner. I ate it all...the belly, the back, the hands, the feet, the legs and arms. I know it is a horrible thing to do but I couldn't control myself. I was so hungry, so very hungry..."
793We understand. The hooded man asked us to kill you but we won't do it.
794You are sick! You deserve to die for what you've done! [Kill the woman]
795"He is such an arrogant man!" Her sadness seems to have turned into anger. "He is the one who ordered them to cut the forest. He is the one who murdered the goblins. And he is the one who's been trying to kill me. He is the problem.\n\nIf he wasn't here, I could probably  join the rest of the villagers. I can talk my way into the group. That pretentious prick is the only reason why I haven't done it yet.\n\nPlease, you must get rid of him for me. It is the only way to end this nightmare."\n\nShe looks at you with deep sadness in her eyes, and you feel you have no choice but to do it. It's almost as if she's cast some sort of spell on you.
796Alright, we'll do it.
797"Oh, thank you! Let me give you my blessing, as a gesture of good faith. I am weakened now, but I will join the villagers and regain my strength. When this is all done, I will give you a more powerful blessing, that will be your reward for helping me out of this mess."
798You kill the woman and find the minerals she stole, as well as some other supplies.
799Let's tell the hooded man.
800bossdude
801"Greetings. Have you killed the thief?"
802Aye, we killed her.
803We couldn't find him.
804No, but we'll kill you instead! [Fight]
805Alright, I suppose we'll have to try for ourselves. Here, we found some gadgets we don't need, I suppose we can give them to you for trying to help.
806Take the reward and go.
807Her? Are you sure you killed the right person? Well, we'll see if the thief is really gone. If we don't get robbed anymore, we will visit your village with your reward.
808Okay...
809You kill the hooded man and his friends. A vision of the woman appears in your mind and you feel her blessing washing over you.
810That feels good!
811reward
812The hooded man visits your village again.\n\n"Greetings. We have not been robbed again, it looks like you really did kill the thief. As promised, here is your reward."
813file\Adventures\Destabilizing events.txt.txt
814Earthquake
815The ground starts shaking all over Thea. All your people are having trouble staying afoot.
816Try to survive! [Physical]
817Use magic to stop the earthquake! [Hex]
818Your people are hurt, some of your buildings and other objects are destroyed.
819Time to rebuild!
820You survived, no one is hurt and your people feel blessed.
821Your people survived and they feel blessed.
822fire
823A drought has struck Thea and everything is on fire!
824Your wise ones know the best way to stop this! [Intellect]
825Extinguish the fire! [Tactics]
826Your people are hurt, Some of your buildings and other wooden objects burn down.
827crows
828Your village and expeditions are being attacked by crows.
829After the battle the crows fly away with your food, shiny objects, and a child.
830Crap!
831Huffer
832You've heard rumours of a giant boar called Huffer that has been destroying many villages. You feel that you must kill him before he targets your village.
833Hunt down Huffer! [Hunting]
834Use a tactical plan to beat him! [Tactics]
835Sneak up on Huffer! [Sneak]
836Beat him up! [Physical]
837You fail to kill Huffer. He has attacked your village, destroyed some buildings and broken all your bones.
838Friggin Huffer...
839You kill Huffer. You take his carcass to the village so you can eat him later.
840goblinbandits
841A very organized group of goblin bandits has been robbing people all over Thea. They sneak up from all sides under cover of night, steal valuable stuff and then quickly disperse. The only way to prevent this is to sneak up on them before they can attack.
842Sneak up on them! [Sneak]
843Hunt the goblins down! [Hunt]
844Use a tactical plan to beat them! [Tactics]
845Beat them up! [Physical]
846You fail to stop the bandits and they rob your village. They take all your food, many other objects, and a child.
847You kill a few goblins and they realize your village is too dangerous to attack.
848sickness
849A plague has struck Thea and everyone is in danger of dying to the sickness.
850Try to cure your sick villagers! [Sickness]
851All your people get sick and some of them die. Your food is also infected and can no longer be eaten.
852elves
853You are ambushed by a large group of elves.
854Threaten them. [Social]
855You fail to scare the elves and they kill one of your people. You run away but you dropped some stuff.
856The elves flee in terror and drop some books.
857Pick up the books and leave.
858Giant
859A giant is headed towards your village.
860Slay the giant! [Physical]
861Kill him slowly without letting him notice you! [Sneak]
862You kill the giant, but some of your people got hurt and he destroyed one of your buildings.
863You slay the giant and your people feel blessed.
864You kill the giant and your people feel blessed.
865file\Adventures\dlc2main.txt.txt
866holy pig arrives
867As the morning sun welcomes another day, you feel the Gods are pleased with your recent efforts. \r
868Examine it.
869The pig looks ordinary, yet you feel it is not. It is clearly a holy hog, a gift from the Gods for your efforts!
870Great, take it!
871holly pig blessings
872The holy hog brings many blessings. What will they be on this day?
873A child touched the holy hog and grew instantly into an adult!
874The holy hog brings wisdom to your people, so they may prosper faster!
875Word of the holy hog spread and brought some refugees!
876The hog's holy presence brings luck to your gatherers.
877holly pig stolen
878During the night, thieves broke into your homes, and to your great dismay, they carried off the holy hog!
879Track them, before the Gods get angry at your loss!  [Hunting]
880It was tough and your deity is not pleased with you, but you track the bandits.
881Holy pig tracked
882You come to a place where the bandits have camped, and you even find the hoof prints of the holy hog. Alas, the trail grows cold from here.
883Have a look around.
884Seek aid in Silveroak.
885Look for help in Dusktown.
886The scholars at the University may help. Go to them.
887You discover a tied-up Goblin with a peg leg and strange glasses on his forehead.
888'It's you, the one who helped us with the Giants!' Let him loose.
889'Who are you?'
890'Yes, it is I. And since you have dealt with the Umbrage Lord and the Cosmic Tree problem, I am inclined to join you now and sort this mess out!'
891'Great, but what mess?'
892'I am a shaman; the name is Kushir. I commune with the spirit world, and it is in peril from those filthy cultists. I see you have troubles with them.  Will you let me help?'
893'Okay, let's go!'
894'Okay, let's go, but first we’ll go to Dusktown for more information.'
895'Okay, let's go, but first we’ll ask the Elves in Silveroak for wisdom.'
896'What trouble? How will you help?'
897'No clue, really, but the spirits say that cultists are binding their will, so I want to investigate and you have issues with them, right? The spirits will guide me to them, so let's go!'
898On your way to Silveroak, you meet a delegation from the city:  \r
899'Those bastards, they must be the same cultist who took our hog! Do you know where to find them?'
900'The... hog... you speak of is a holy gift, yes? Interesting. They stole a relic of ours, a sculpture made of the Cosmic Tree and adorned with a black stone from the depths of the earth. It is a symbol of the kinship between the rock children and the forest dwellers in days long past.'
901'Is it magical? Why did they take it?'
902'It is infused with old powers, and we know not why they spirited it away, but it is troublesome.   \r
903'Oh sure, we'll just do all the dirty work again.'
904'We will do our best to retrieve your relic, although the hog remains our priority.'
905Take the map and go find those bandits!
906Before you’re able to leave the place, a scouting party from Dusktown approaches you in haste:  \r
907'Well, what is it?'
908'Ah, friends of Dusktown! I was sad to hear of your, eh, pig problems, so we sent our scouts to learn of your bandits. But those scallywags actually assaulted Dusktown! My own kin with their ugly mugs painted in fancy swirls...' \r
909'Who are they?'
910'Ah, if only I knew for sure, laddies. I only know they are clearly tryin' to keep us busy, and they took somethin’ from our vaults, an anvil, it was somethin' important to my kin once, but we have no Runesmiths here, so we do not know its significance now. \r
911'Thanks, we will get those bastards for sure!'
912Holy Hog bandits1
913You come to the bandit hideout, where you find clear signs of struggle. A group of bearded Dwarves stands over some bandit bodies. The bodies are clad in black robes and now you see that they are mostly Dwarves as well, but beardless.  \r
914Attack the Dwarves.  [Fight]
915'So you beat us to it? Did you kill them all?'
916'Who are you, and have you seen a pig?'
917You win the fight and are about to finish the job when a bellowing voice shouts:  \r
918’We don’t want to talk. Die, all of you!’ [Fight]
919'Okay, let’s talk, then.' Leave the beaten Dwarves and step aside.
920'Good, good. I am Berthod, a Runemaster from the city of, well, that's unimportant. From our capital. We have come to the surface in dire need, and these fallen brethren of ours seem to be in our way, and perhaps in yours?'
921'They stole from us, that's all.'
922'The capital? From underground, you mean?'
923Your own Dwarven friend speaks: 'We are not all like them, brothers. Aye, we all carry our shame, that we do, but some of us choose to carry it with honour still!'
924'Stole, you say? And will ya share with us what they took?'
925'Our holy hog!'
926'No, why should we?'
927'Yes, so we have heard. As painful as ye beardless faces are to us, we are not here to talk of it. The birthstone is in danger and we must find it!'
928'The birthstone?’
929'Aye, the capital, deep in the core of the earth and none of your concern, surfacer. Now, we must talk of these here cultist scum. They are not your mates, eh?'
930'Certainly not! They stole from us.'
931'They are not, and how about you?' Who are these cultists to you?'
932'And why not, eh? Those buggers took somethin' from us both, so why not beat them up together?'
933'Fine, let's work together.'
934'But why do you chase them?'
935'You could say they stole from us too, or they intend to steal, an ancient treasure that is paramount to our culture. It is called the birthstone.'
936'Okay, so let's just get them together!'
937'What is this birthstone?'
938'The birthstone is what the Cosmic Tree was to ya surfacers in some ways. A pillar of sorts. It holds the earth together and now that the blasted Giants woke, we're worried.'
939'So they stole this stone from you?'
940'The Giants?'
941'There is not time to explain all to ya. We must go. Will ya join us?
942'We were hoping ya would tell us. It smells of the dark arts, yet I recognise none of the sigils. The symbolism is that of death, and we fought with spirits commanded by the bandits. It worries us that Dwarves should follow such ways and threaten our birthstone like this.'
943'Birthstone?'
944'The spirits? Aye, ya green pests, ya always had your way with those, and I wonder that this cult now commands ghosts, eh? Well, it is your business how ya do it, but we will still help if ya’d like to join forces.'
945'Yes, we'd like to join forces, but we'll follow the spirits.'
946Yes, let's join forces and just chase down those bastards!'
947'I am sorry, brother, your dishonour bans ya from our side. But prove your worth in this quest, and who knows, eh?'
948'Alright, then, we will go to this hideout!'
949The Goblin shaman speaks: 'There is another way. The spirit world may tell us more of this.'
950You lost the fight but the Dwarves only stand over you:   \r
951'Alright, let us speak.'
952There are no more leads to follow to find the holy hog's kidnappers, so you must now abandon your quest.
953Ah, damn it.
954'A relic of the human gods, why would they need that? Troubling is what it is. I fear these cultists may have vile intentions towards your porky friend.'
955'Fine, then, let's work together.'
956'Aye, I knew ya were smart laddies and lassies, and whatnot, when I saw ya! One of my brothers will join ya and give ya aid. Farewell, and may we meet in victory!'
957'Farewell, and thank you for the help!'
958'A what now? We have come here seeking answers and found these foul servants of some human God instead. \r
959'No talk!'  [Fight]
960'Who we are is none of your concern, though perhaps we could talk of common goals.'
961’Good! Now, we need to follow our own path, but we can offer our help if ya like. We have news of where their next hideout may be, but we cannot go ourselves.'
962Your Dwarven friend speaks: 'But we are your kin. Can we help?'
963'Suit yourselves, why don't ya. But one of my brothers will join ya and help.'
964'It is Dwarven business, but I will say that it is for us what the Cosmic Tree was for you surfacers. When the Giants woke, the earth moved and some of our tunnels fell, cutting off our way to the birthstone. \r
965'This sounds dire. Let’s fight them together!'
966'Aye, but that's another story altogether.\r
967Holy Hog bandits2
968You approach the camp, and you see many figures clad in long brown robes with faces painted in macabre symbols of skulls, Demons and wraiths.   \r
969Attack the cultists and get the truth out of them!  [Fight]
970Sneak up to the main tent and try to find the information.  [Sneak]
971You beat the cultists and question the survivors. It proves an almost impossible task, as their devotion is endless. Finally, one does speak:  \r
972'What are you talking about?'
973You sneak up to the main tent and find some scattered notes from the cultists:  \r
974Damn crazy bastards! Search for the hog.
975You fail and are caught by the cultists!  \r
976'We envied your God's graces, we wept for our old homes, we were lost, but he who is death and life found us and led us to revenge. \n\nThe earth itself served our purpose as we robbed you all and now it is too late. You are all doomed and our lord will rule once more!'  \r
977You don't find the hog, but you discover tracks to a nearby cave, where you think the final hideout may lie.
978Good, time to find our hog!
979Holy Hog Cultists 
980During your search for the hog. You find the dead bodies of a mixed group including two Orcs, a Dwarf, several Goblins and a few Humans. They lie dead, their bodies posed in a semicircle, their throats slit and their entrails dragged out.   \r
981Read it.
982’With the seed of the Cosmic Tree restored, the gates to the underworlds should slowly reopen.   \r
983Put down the letter and check the bodies.
984’With the seed destroyed, it is unclear where the souls of the dead would go in the centuries to come. But with magic dwindling, the assumption was they would weaken and lose their footing in the physical world.   And yet, there seems to be a new anchor holding them here.  I think it is the cultists who are responsible somehow.’
985’With the seed locked away, it was never going to be easy living alongside the demons and the unliving.   \r
986You turn your attention to the bodies and see their souls bursting out of the corpses. The dead flesh rips open and dark fluids spill out as the spirit forms tear themselves free and, seeing you, attack!
987To arms!  [Fight]
988The Hangedman ghost you once helped appears and bellows:  \r
989Take the advice and flee!
990Stay and fight anyway!  [Fight]
991holy hog final
992You emerge from the tunnel deep in the core of the earth and within, you find a chamber filled with fading blue light. \r
993Go in and look for the hog!
994In three corners of the chamber you see objects connected to the stone. You see your hog, tied up and bleeding into a cauldron. You see an Elven relic in flames, slowly turning into ashes. And you see an anvil, red hot and melting into the shape of a key.  In the fourth corner stands a figure clad in blue robes with his face painted in the shape of a white skull, chanting in an unknown language. You also notice above you, on the ceiling, tens of spirit forms, circling the cracked stone.
995You stood with the Dusktowners in their struggle and you made peace with the Umbrage Lord, so the shadows heed your will and can protect you as you sneak in to take back the holy hog! [Sneak]
996You stood with the Dusktowners and Horos is your God, so you can try to use stealth to reach the holy hog!  [Sneak]
997You restored Balance with the Cosmic Tree and you follow Veles, the master of the Underworld and Magic, who can break this spell! [Hex]
998You restored the Cosmic Tree, you parleyed with the Umbrage Lord, and your path is that of peace, so speak to the cultist and sway him to your cause! [Social]
999You burnt the seed and killed the Umbrage lord. Your path is that of clarity, so use your wits to break this ritual! [Tactic]
1000You came here with the aid of the spirits. Now join forces and kill these foes! [Fight]
1001The holy hog is nearly drained, but if you kill the mad man fast, you may yet save it! [Fight]
1002You stood with the Dusktowners who favour the shadows, so use stealth to reach the holy hog!  [Sneak]
1003You restored the Cosmic Tree and your deity favours peace. Talk to the cultist.  [Social]
1004You burnt the seed in defiance of the laws of magic! Use your wits to stop this parade of ancient beliefs!  [Intellect]
1005You kill the cultist and his ghostly minions. The room shakes and is likely to collapse soon!  \r
1006You go to grab the holy hog, but alas, it is dead already! Still, you must run.
1007Take the hog and run
1008You sneak up to the holy hog and free it from its bonds. The room shakes and the unnatural blue lighting flickers as the spirits that circle the ceiling go into a frenzy.   \r
1009Take the holy hog and leave.
1010Search the body before leaving this place.
1011You speak out, your voice firm and commanding and your words true and full of conviction.  The cultist wavers for a second, and that was all that was needed to break the ritual.  \r
1012’Yes.’
1013No, leave him.
1014You realise that breaking away one of the relics will likely disturb the ritual, but you also know that the spirits will try to stop you. So you split up, distract the ghosts with a fake attack on the cultist, and grab your holy hog to break the ritual.  Your plan works and the whole room shakes while the spirits scream in pain and relief.
1015Grab the cultist!
1016You realise that the cultist collapsed with blood spilling out from under his robes.   \r
1017Search the room and take the other relics to safety.
1018All your efforts come too late as the ritual seems complete! A portal of blue light opens and takes the cultist and his ghosts away, while the three relics, including your holy hog, are nought but ashes!
1019Damn it! Leave this place.
1020You kill the cultist and his ghostly minions. The room shakes and is likely to collapse soon! \r
1021Take the hog and run.
1022Your magic proved stronger than whatever dark arts the cultist used. As his power is destroyed, a portal opens and sucks away all of the spirits that were bound to him.\r
1023holly hog blessings2
1024As more power returns to your deities, their influence on the world grows!
1025The Night Stalker and Master of the Moon now howls as the Alpha God, and his call rings loud in your hearts!
1026The beautiful Lady Lada now reigns supreme and will teach the others that her gentle touch can be just as deadly! You feel her grace upon you.
1027The time has come for the Mother to rule her brood, with both discipline and just reward.
1028The wisdom of Morena will now guide the other deities into the light of knowledge. You feel your divine teacher’s praise upon you.
1029Perun was oft worshipped as supreme, but now he also has the power of his thundering brothers, so the skies are truly his! You feel the Father’s pride in your hearts.
1030The sun has awakened and thus the God of Light takes his rightful place as supreme, the bringer of the divine rays! You feel his grace fall upon you.
1031The Master of the Underworld sits in the shadows no more as he now reigns supreme over his divine kin. You feel his wisdom and grace upon you.
1032The lights of the two stars now shine as one, supreme and unwavering! Zorya’s call to arms rings loud and clear in your hearts and souls, and her grace falls upon you.
1033All of the deities of the Cosmic Pantheon look upon you with their favour for restoring the balance in their ranks.
1034holy hog ghost
1035You follow the ghost and it leads you to where the bandits may be. Before it disappears, it speaks:  \r
1036Try to ward the ghost from this foul magic! [Hex]
1037Leave it be and go look for the robbers.
1038holy hog shamans way
1039You come to a small grove where the shaman performs the rite of the dead — a ritual to summon the ghosts of old.  \r
1040Seek out the ghosts.  [Intellect]
1041Use your own magic to seek out the ghosts.  [Hex]
1042Ghosts appear all around and speak in one voice:  \r
1043'But why?'
1044’He feels power returning to Veles, and he cannot bear it. Thus, he wants to destroy the gift from your gods, for he can do little else!'
1045’So how do we stop him?'
1046'Nyia is but an idea, a whisper in the weak hearts of those who are lost. Destroy them and their dark ritual, and you will stop this madness, for now at least.  \r
1047'Great, thank you.'
1048'You have passed the test of will, so our wisdom we will impart upon your minds.'
1049'Thank you.'
1050You feel weakened and barely succeed in your task, but eventually some Ghosts appear all around and speak in one voice:    \r
1051holy hog end
1052Outside, you are greeted by the Dwarven Runemaster:  \r
1053'Yes, we got our hog back, but your stone seemed in bad shape.'
1054'Aye, that it is, bad shape indeed. Worry not, surfacers. It will likely not touch ya in your short lifespans.  \r
1055'Farewell.'
1056'Oh, and we can take the anvil back to this Dusktown of yours, since we're headin' there to speak to our brethren and learn of this new... peace. \r
1057'Alright, take the anvil back to them.'
1058You walk off and an Elven scout meets you:   \r
1059'Thanks. Until the next time we need to do the job...'
1060Upon returning to the village, you find a note:  \r
1061Oh, nice.
1062'Aye, that it is, bad shape indeed. Worry not, surfacers. It will likely not touch ya in your short lifespans.   \r
1063'Aye, that it is, bad shape indeed. Worry not, surfacers. It will likely not touch ya in your short lifespans.    \r
1064holy hog reclaimed
1065The holy hog brings blessings. What will they be on this day?
1066file\Adventures\dlc2side.txt.txt
1067bee hive
1068While collecting some firewood you come across a bee hive and it is not guarded at the moment.
1069Let's see what the bees have.
1070The honey is not worth the risk, leave the place before some giant bees come back.
1071While some of you collect the honey, the others keep watch and spot more hives hidden amongst some thick bushes.\r
1072Leave the place with stomachs filled with honey, before the guards return!
1073You have some skilled hunters, so stay and create a trap for the bees!  [Hunting]
1074Your scouts are good and so you see the bees approach with plenty of time to stand ready yourselves for a fight!  [Fight]
1075Just get those bees!  [Fight]
1076After a tough fight, you finally clear the area of those nasty bees! Beyond the hive, stashed in the bushes, you discover bodies of fallen men and women who were clearly not as lucky as you, but at least they left their belongings for the taking.
1077Poor bastards, take their stuff and leave.
1078spor
1079As you inspect your snares set up in the fields you discover a large rat trying to wiggle free. Its eyes are greenish and it has spores on its fur.
1080Leave the creature, it doesn’t look like an ordinary rat.
1081Kill the creature, rats are often servants of dark forces.
1082Examine it further.
1083After a closer inspection, you see the creature is no rat, but more likely a Spor: a benevolent, good natured spirit of fertility and prosperity. It often takes on the form of a snake, rat or frog - all seen as servants of witches and the such, thus it can frequently be mistaken as an evil spirit. The Spor can actually turn nasty and create poisonous clouds when it feels threatened.
1084Release it.
1085Better just leave it be, it may still be evil.
1086When bound in its physical form, the Spor can actually be bound to service by a ritual. Try it.  [Hex]
1087You take a swing at the rat and its blood splatters on the ground. But with its last breath of life its skin grows massive pores and then exudes a nasty smelling green cloud from them!
1088This was clearly a Demon, likely a Spor. Try to use magic to destroy its body before the ill effects hit you.  [Hex]
1089The malicious cloud is likely to cause you harm. Have your wise ones try to fight off the effects of it with some special incense!  [Sickness]
1090There doesn't seem to be anything more to do here. Leave.
1091You approach the trap carefully and gently dismantle it:\r
1092The creature looks terrified and poisonous pores appear on its skin, puffing out clouds of green smoke! The thing runs away and there is little more to do now.
1093The creature nods in thanks you and then it disappears in a puff of white smoke, but you feel a blessing upon you. Leave.
1094The creature seems really grateful. It opens up a pouch on its belly and gives you food and then joins your group! Leave together.
1095The creature disappears in a puff of white smoke. Leave.
1096The banishment spell worked and the creature, together with its poisonous smoke, disappears into thin air. \r
1097The old ritual worked and the smoke from the burning incense fights off the nasty Demon cloud. The creature lies dead and you learn some folk knowledge from this experience.
1098Good, time to leave.
1099zrujnowany domek
1100You come across the ruins of a house hidden away from the main track. The damage looks fresh and there are signs of a violent struggle.
1101Move the rubble to see if there’s any loot.
1102Leave, whoever did this could be around somewhere.
1103You carefully move the stones and logs and uncover four bodies. Some of their belongings are still usable.
1104Take the stuff and bury the bodies.
1105As you prepared the bodies for burial, some of the corpses rise up and attack you!
1106You begin to move the rubble to get to the house when a group of Goblins attacks! They were likely the culprits of the initial destruction.
1107You defeat the Unliving and they collapse, hopefully for good this time.
1108As you perform a makeshift burial ritual, placing the bodies in a shared tomb of stones, you feel the spirits leaving and blessing you for the good deed.
1109You kill the bastardly Goblins and you carefully move the stones and logs and uncover four bodies. Some of their belongings are still usable.
1110polowanie na zubry
1111You see some big animal tracks, most likely some bison.
1112Send out your scouts to look closer.
1113Follow the tracks.
1114You see a herd of bison grazing in the fields.
1115You have good hunters so you can stalk the bison.  [Hunting]
1116Attack!  [Hunting]
1117Your hunters are not skilled enough and they prey escapes. Leave.
1118You track the bison and come across a small herd. The animals hear you and get spooked, you have little time to try and act!
1119You have some good hunters, so you can still try to get these bison!  [Hunting]
1120Run away!  [Physical]
1121You follow the tracks, but find only a dead carcass of a bison and a pack of wolves feasting on it.
1122Your scouts give you enough warning to make it an easier fight. Attack!  [Fight]
1123Attack the wolves!  [Fight]
1124Run away!
1125You kill the wolves and you can still salvage some of that bison carcass.
1126wyrawa po wode
1127You discover a small pond near your village and you send out a party to check it out. When you get there it looks normal, but, it seems very quiet, almost too quiet.
1128You spot some dead fish and you sense dark magic in the air. Your wise ones can try and break the curse!  [Hex]
1129The pond remains still and uneventful. Get some water and fish for the village.
1130It's too weird, just leave it.
1131dziwna kostkapaczka
1132As you gather some water from the well, you find what looks like a very old oil lamp with strange, foreign symbols on it. \r
1133Keep cleaning it, the smoke may bring something good.
1134Nah, better throw it out.
1135The smoke rises and soon becomes a dark, menacing cloud!
1136Quickly, throw the damn lamp away even though you feel one of you may already be touched by it!
1137Try to dispel whatever dark force this is!  [Hex]
1138Your wise ones know that such evil powers will accept blood sacrifice. Give them one child and you may even get a reward!
1139You have defeated what turned out to be a dreadful ensemble of childlike wraiths! They disappear into thin air.
1140You have been beaten and you feel a terrible curse upon those who survived.
1141Damn.
1142You use your magic to cast off the dark entity! As it dissolves, you hear the bone-chilling cries of a thousand souls. \r
1143You tried breaking the evil magic, but it was too strong! Your people feel a Darkness seeping into their very souls!
1144ulewa
1145The heavens split open and pour down with heavy rains that flood the area!
1146Damn it! Our food stocks are washed away.
1147Damn it, some of our food washed away! But you rescued a friendly Demon who decides to stay and serve you.
1148Luckily, your village did not suffer.
1149spadajaca gwiazda
1150You see a falling star shooting across the night sky. For some, it may be a blessing of Zorya, for others, a warning. Only the Gods know what comes next.
1151Rejoice in the blessing of Zorya!
1152Accept what the Gods send.
1153umieralace dzieci
1154A child falls gravely ill!\r\n<ANS>Something magical is afoot, but have your healers work day and night to help the youngster!  [Sickness]\r\n<ANS>Your wise ones know this illness to be a curse and they can try to control the outcome. The child will likely be lost either way, but it could be transformed into something else and live on.  [Hex]\r\n<ANS>This child was marked by the woodland spirits. Your elders know of an old folk ritual, whereby the child's spirit will be guided into the body of its animal guide.  Try it.\r\n<ANS>This child was marked by the woodland spirits. Your elders know of an old folk ritual, whereby the child's spirit will be guided into the body of its animal guide.  Try it.\r\n<ANS>This child was marked by the woodland spirits. Your elders know of an old folk ritual, whereby the child's spirit will be guided into the body of its animal guide.  Try it.\r\n<ANS>This child was marked by the woodland spirits. Your elders know of an old folk ritual, whereby the child's spirit will be guided into the body of its animal guide.  Try it.\r\n<ANS>Let us leave it in the hands of the Gods.\r\n<ANS>Let us leave it in the hands of the Gods.\r
1155ruink
1156You come across an old tower that looks like it’s been abandoned for a while. It is layered with cobwebs and dust and there is an overwhelming chill coming from within.
1157Go in and have a look.
1158Inside, you see the tower is in ruins: broken furniture, plundered rooms and a fallen, winding staircase.  But you could still try to climb to the upper floors and explore further.
1159Climb up.  [Physical]
1160Nah, leave.
1161We have some clever crafters, let them build us a sturdy way up.  [Intellect]
1162You enter and find a ragged band of angry scavengers inside!
1163Use tactics to outsmart them!  [Tactic]
1164The tower proves more fragile than you thought and it crumbles beneath your feet! \r
1165The fight was tough, but you won! The scavengers are either dead or running for their lives. Apart from some loot, you discover they had a prisoner. The prisoner is in a bad shape, but may make it yet.
1166Good, take the prisoner if they live  and leave.
1167Your tactics failed and you barely run away with your lives.
1168Damn it.
1169strzyga atak
1170You are ambushed by Strigas!\r
1171Just run away. No time to fight with Strigas.
1172You massacre the Strigas without breaking a sweat.\r
1173Gather up their stuff and leave.
1174The Strigas beat you and takes one of you for supper.
1175Damn those bastards!
1176One of the beaten Striga still 'lives' and you sense its bond with your village. You may be able to save it and bind its loyalty.
1177Try the ritual.  [Hex]
1178No, just kill it!
1179pajaki w okolicy
1180Your village gatherers report an increase in spider webs. It may mean some spiders want to set up a nest here.
1181Send scouts to investigate.
1182Just charge in and kill any spider you find!
1183Spiders are dangerous, so leave them be.
1184Your wise ones can set up a folk ritual to ward off the spiders.  [Intellect]
1185The scouts discover a nest hidden in a small cave nearby. If you strike now, you may stop them spreading.
1186You have some skilled hunters, set a trap for the beasts.  [Hunting]
1187Attack the spiders! [Fight]
1188No, just leave them be.
1189You kill the spiders and find some stuff in their lair.
1190Gather the remains and leave.
1191Lucky for you, the spiders didn't stay in their nest. It could have been that the food source run out, or maybe they were here only to breed. \r
1192Good riddance.
1193znalezisko w obozie
1194While you set up a camp you discover a heavy metal chest hidden away in some shrubbery.
1195Try to figure out how to open the locks.  [Intellect]
1196Hit it with things!  [Physical]
1197Maybe it is best left alone.
1198As you divide your new loot you are ambushed by some Dwarves who seem to think the stuff is theirs!
1199'Hey, come on! We didn't know this chest was yours. But it's ours now!'  [Social]
1200‘Prepare to die Dwarven scum!’ Attack!  [Fight]
1201You open up the chest and find mostly rubbish but there are still a few gems!
1202Take the stuff.
1203You were defeated! The Dwarves carry off the chest, and luckily, leave you alive
1204Your words fail to make an impression and the Dwarves charge and get in a few hits on the way.
1205zatrucie strawa
1206Some of you fall ill with food poisoning. If only you had some charcoal to cleanse the gut.
1207You do have some coal and a medic, things may not be so bad!  [Sickness]
1208You don't have coal, but you do have a medic so you may yet be fine.  [Sickness]
1209No coal and no good medic, still, you must fight on.  [Sickness]
1210medrec w obozie
1211As you rest in your camp, an old man approaches you.
1212Welcome him.
1213Better not risk it, chase him away!
1214Only the strong survive, kill him!
1215You kill the old man but he has nothing much of use on him.
1216You kill the old man, but not before he utters a curse upon you. He has some stuff you can take.
1217'Thank you kind children. If you will be so nice as to share your food with me I will impart some of my ageing wisdom upon you in return?'
1218'Our people need the food, we cannot share.'
1219'Why not, we have some food to spare.'
1220The man only nods and after some rest he continues his travels.
1221The man only nods, then utters some blessing upon you and after some rest he continues his travels.
1222Thank the man and also leave.
1223'Alright, sit and listen to my tales.'
1224Teach us Medicine.
1225Teach us Crafting.
1226Teach us Folk Knowledge.
1227'Why don't you stay with us?'
1228'Well, you are kind and I am old and tired, so I accept. So let me teach you something as well.'
1229Perun
1230A raging storm engulfs your expedition and you believe it must be the wrath of Perun himself!
1231In Perun's name, enter the storm with pride!
1232We do not follow Perun, so will not bend to his will!
1233Perun's thundering hammer rips the skies open before you and the storm grows yet more powerful!
1234Find cover and hope Perun's wrath passes quickly.
1235Embrace Perun's grace!
1236Embrace Perun's grace, but brace yourselves for his wrath.  [Physical]
1237Ask Mokosh for her favour!  [Physical]
1238Brace yourselves!  [Physical]
1239Your arrogant proclamations have angered the God and his thundering hammer rips the skies open before you. Many are struck with his wrath and your supply bags are destroyed!
1240It seems Perun's favour has fallen upon you!
1241Give thanks and rejoice!
1242Mokosh's grace has clearly calmed her mate as the storm eases!
1243Mokosh
1244During your travels you come across a Goblin lying near dead in some trap.
1245Mokosh favours life, we shall rescue the Goblin!  [Physical]
1246Kill the greenskin and rob it!
1247Just leave him be, it's not our concern.
1248We will not interfere with the wheel of fates, if Morena wills it, the creature may survive on its own.
1249Try to help the guy out of the trap.  [Physical]
1250You set the Goblin free:\n\n'Oh I thank you people, I thank you! May the spirits walk your path in good graces!'
1251'It was Mokosh's will, friend. Will you not join us now?
1252'It was Mokosh's will, friend. Farewell to you.'
1253Alas, you failed to free the Goblin in time, he was too weak and died in the attempt. Still, you may feel the grace of Mokosh upon you.
1254Give him a burial and leave.
1255You kill the wretch but find nothing of use and later, you feel your God's displeasure at your act.
1256You kill the wretch but find nothing much of use.
1257As followers of Morena you allow fate to take its course.
1258Alas, by the time you dismantle the trap, the Goblin is dead.
1259Damn it. 
1260You set the Goblin free:  \n\n'Oh I thank you people, I thank you! May the spirits walk your path in good graces!'
1261'Come stay with us?'
1262'No problem and farewell to you.'
1263Morena
1264You come across an abandoned tower and when you peek inside, you see it stands empty, but for a series of wooden chests scattered on the floor. You also notice a worrying amount of humanoid bones layered on the floors.
1265With Morena's guidance, surely we can figure out what trickery is at hand?
1266Zorya favours the bold, go in!
1267Go inside, carefully.
1268There is no time for this, leave.
1269You approach the chests trying to figure out what tricks may have led to the other explorer's demise, yet you see no clues and the chests are empty. Suddenly, the doors slam shut behind you and you hear a voice bellowing:\r
1270There is a solution to every trap, think on it!  [Intellect]
1271Your Dwarven friend is confident he can open these tower doors, despite the trap.
1272Your Goblin friend has yet to find a trap he cannot beat; he dismantles it in no time!
1273Just force your way out, it may hurt, but you may even get some materials out of it!  [Physical]
1274Your Goblin friend has yet to find a trap they cannot beat; he dismantles it in no time!
1275Let's try to figure this out.  [Intellect]
1276Eventually, you manage to solve the puzzle but you feel your lady's displeasure at your slow wits!
1277You eventually beat the mechanism, but it took what seemed like days not hours! You feel strangely exhausted afterwards.
1278You did manage to break the door, but it was tough and left some wounds. 
1279Veles
1280You come across some dead bodies, likely left here by bandits as they seem stripped naked.
1281Prepare a burial ritual for the dead.
1282Let's just leave.
1283Veles may not like it, but let's just leave.
1284You complete the burial rights and this time, the dead seem to remain at peace. \r
1285Good, now leave this place.
1286You feel your God's grace upon you. Alas, the underworld is beyond reach and these wretched souls rise up against you before the burial is done!
1287They must be destroyed!  [Fight]
1288Let us use Veles' might and banish those souls!  [Hex]
1289You failed to rid the place of the Unliving wraiths and even as you escape, you feel some foul sickness grab your bodies!
1290Alas, the underworld is beyond reach and these wretched souls rise up against you before the burial is done!
1291The Lord of Light may guide you to smite these creatures with his wit!  [Tactic]
1292You complete the burial rights and this time the dead seem to remain at peace.  \r
1293Svarog
1294You come across a Goblin encampment and you spot that they are holding some humans, including children, hostage and torturing them.
1295In Svarog's name, will not leave these men to such a fate! But there are too many to risk an outright attack.  [Tactic]
1296As Perun is our master, we will smite those greenskins!  [Fight]
1297Kill those greenskin bastards!  [Fight]
1298Sneak up on them to try and free the prisoners!  [Sneak]
1299Our deity may not be happy, but let's not get involved, leave.
1300Let's not get involved, leave.
1301You beat the Goblin scum and rescue the prisoners!\r
1302Good, welcome those who chose to stay and leave together.
1303You feel Svarog's light upon you as you leave.
1304Perun is surely pleased with your might. Leave.
1305You failed to beat the Goblins and they leave you some bruises.
1306Your deity is clearly not pleased with your failure.
1307Zorya
1308A falling star shoots down the night sky as if to guide you.
1309This must be Zorya's sign. Follow it!
1310The moon and the stars are one, follow Horos' mate.
1311Let's see where it leads us.
1312This could be a warning, let us leave it.
1313You follow the star and come across a small chasm where you discover a giant spider nest!
1314With Zorya's will kill the spiders!  [Fight]
1315There are too many, run away!
1316You have some beasts in your party and they know how to deal with these spiders, let them!
1317You follow the star and come across a small chasm where you discover a giant spider nest. The spiders saw your approach as well!
1318With Horos' grace, sneak up on the nest!  [Sneak]
1319Let us face them head on, attack!  [Fight]
1320You run away, but you feel Zorya's displeasure at your cowardice!
1321The spider nest is no more and you see the fallen star shine upon you with Zorya's grace!
1322Rejoice in the name of Zorya and leave.
1323Give thanks to the lady of stars and leave.
1324Rejoice and leave this place.
1325Horos
1326A black wolf crosses your path and you feel it wants you to follow him somewhere.
1327Surely this is a sign from Horos, let us follow him.
1328Better leave it alone.
1329You have dealt with the challenge set before you and you feel your Gods are pleased with your efforts!
1330Leave with Horos' blessings.
1331Leave with Lada's blessings.
1332Rejoice and leave.
1333You follow the beast and it soon disappears, but in its stead, you find a pack of rabid wolves fighting amongst each other!
1334In the name of the Lord of Night, we must cleanse these creatures before they pollute others.  [Hunting]
1335With Lada's blessing, let us try to cure these beasts, even if some may die as a result!  [Sickness]
1336An Elf in your team knows how to ease the pain of rabid animals. They can put them to rest without a fight.
1337Kill the beasts!  [Fight]
1338It may not please Horos, but it's too risky, leave.
1339It's too risky, leave.
1340You fail to cleanse the rabid wolves and you feel some of their sickness as well as Horos' displeasure fall upon you!
1341Lada
1342A rough looking bunch of bandits crosses your path, they don't look like much, but they are armed. \r\nA deranged looking captain speaks to you:\r
1343'Our Lady Lada favours life, so we will play your game.'  [Intellect]
1344'Agreed. Veles favours a good game of strategy, prepare to be beaten!'  [Tactic]
1345'Fine, we will play your game.'  [Intellect]
1346A Dwarf in your team steps up, smiling as he speaks: 'I carved my first stone set when I was a wee babe, let us play laddie and watch us leave with the winnings!'
1347'No games!' Attack.  [Fight]
1348'Oh, followers of Lada, are you? She is our Lady of Hope too, so we will not cross her children. Instead, we will share some of our food with you!'
1349'How kind and unusual for bandits, thank you...'
1350Your Dwarven friend lost and did not take this well. He punched the captain and so a brawl begun. Luckily, bumps and bruises were all that you got. In fact, you all partied together afterwards, losing a good chunk of your food.
1351Oh well, it could have been worse.
1352'Ah, this Lady Lada of yours clearly brings you luck, perhaps we should follow her too. You may go and take your winnings too!'
1353'Farewell, and if you wish to follow Lada perhaps change professions.'
1354Leave, and accept one of the bandits as a new fallower of Lada!
1355'Ah, you lost, but you played well and amused me. Leave your food and leave us be.'
1356'Right, here you go. Bye.'
1357'Ah, you play well. Go and take your winnings with you!'
1358'Veles was our guide, farewell.' Leave.
1359'You played well too, farewell.' Leave.
1360Bugaj
1361You cut some lumber recently and it seems you angered a group of forest guardians that are now raiding your village at night!
1362Forest Demons are bound by many rules, prepare a magic ritual to ward against them.  [Hex]
1363An Elf from your village speaks: 'Creatures of the woodlands, hear me as I once was your brethren. Give us peace and will do the same.'  [Social]
1364You have a Demon in your midst, let it go and bargain with the creatures.
1365Defend ourselves!  [Fight]
1366Your Demon managed to make a deal -  it will join the forest guardians and in return they will not only leave you be, but also leave a gift.
1367Agree to the terms.
1368Screw those Demons, attack!  [Fight]
1369Your Demon met with the forest guardian, Bugay, and convinced him to leave your village be if you promise not to be careless with wood chopping.
1370You failed to stop the anger of the forest Demons and they reclaim the wood you 'stole' from them and leave you with a strange illness.
1371You managed to calm the forest Demons and they begin to move away from your village.
1372Ask one of them to join your village and ensure you stay good to the forests.
1373Hala
1374A terrible storm hits your village and you soon realise it is the wind Demons, Hala that are driving it!
1375Perun is the master of storms. Commence a ritual to banish the Hala!  [Hex]
1376Let the wise ones perform a banishment ritual!  [Hex]
1377In the name of Horos, hunt these creatures down!  [Hunting]
1378In Zorya's honour, try to catch the Hala in nets to bring them down!  [Physical]
1379Hide and hope for the best.
1380You hid and only your pride and some food stocks suffer.
1381You failed to beat the Hala and their storm devastates your food stocks and leaves many wounded!
1382You did well in protecting against the storm and you feel divine favour upon you.
1383ssmok
1384A great, ancient red Dragon and his swarming minions have descended upon your lands!\r
1385Let us all fight this beast!  [Fight]
1386Dragons are creatures of high magic, try to use a ritual to chase the beast away from your homes!  [Hex]
1387'Will you accept a gift of a virgin, instead of our gold?'
1388Just let the Dragon have the gold.
1389The Dragon proved stronger, but luckily it only took the gold.
1390Well, at least it's only gold.
1391'A virgin, why? Is he made of gold? Hmm, okay, I will have this virgin of yours, why not...'
1392Leave the 'chosen one' and see what happens.
1393The Dragon takes the virgin and looks a bit confused as to what to do with them. Finally, he decides to just take them on his back and flies away with his entire entourage.
1394Phew. Good.
1395The Dragon takes the virgin and looks a bit confused as to what to do with them. Finally, he growls at you:\r
1396The Dragon takes the virgin and looks a bit confused as to what to do with them. Finally, he decides to eat the poor soul, but as he does, he chokes on them and falls dead while his minions run away in fear of your tricks!
1397What? Alright then.
1398Your ritual works and the Dragon bows to you:\r
1399mamuna
1400Your village is woken by the screams of children and you soon discover some of your young ones have gone missing! In their place you discover a changeling - a child most likely left here by Demons.
1401Set up an old folk ritual to try and determine the child's nature.
1402One of the Demons you call friend speaks: 'This isn't just any changeling; it is one held by a Mamuna for many springs. I will break the enchantment and release its true form.'
1403One of the Elves who joined your village steps up: 'This child is bound by magic and more is hidden within than the eye sees. I will try to break this spell.'
1404Your Orkish friend steps up: 'I smell the foul work of a Mamuna on this little one’s pink flesh. I will rip this foulness out it!'
1405Kill the child, it may be dangerous.
1406Let's not meddle with nature and just keep the child as it is.
1407Your Goblin friend perks up: 'Ah, friends, spirits speak through this child, yes. I will talk back and we will get true man or woman from its spirit trap!'
1408You slay the child but as it dies it lets out a puff of greenish smoke that stings your eyes and tastes like death itself!
1409Try to fight off the effects!  [Sickness]
1410The child is smeared with cow's urine and then bathed in the sweat of four elders, before it is ready for the ritual. \r\n\rThe ritual works in unexpected ways, instead of showing the child's true nature, the youngling actually transforms into an adolescent!\r
1411Great, welcome them!
1412This could be some foul magic, cast them out!
1413The child is placed upon a cradle of ancient wood and the Elf sings a sad song that brings tears to all. \r
1414Wonderful, welcome them into our midst.
1415The Orc grabs the child by its legs, slits their own vein open and have the infant drink the blood.
1416Alas, the child drowns in the blood and the Orc proclaims: 'The kid was not worthy of a second chance, it now joins the ancestors to await judgement.'
1417The child turns into a fully grown Orc and the two rejoice together.
1418werwulfes
1419The bone chilling howl of bloodthirsty Werewolves stops you in your tracks!
1420You have beasts in your party and you know sacrificing one will give you time to escape!
1421Leave two children behind, maybe the wolves will let us pass!
1422One of us will stay behind and sacrifice their life to save the rest!
1423Stand and fight! [Fight]
1424In the name of the wise Veles, we have some silver so we can ward against the Werewolves and face only their minions!  [Fight]
1425'As Horos is our master and the lord of the moon itself, you shall not attack us!'  [Social]
1426You sacrifice one of the beasts and the Werewolves accept your gift.
1427Better get out of here!
1428You left the crying children behind and ran.
1429You run away, but many moons later, a Werewolf - one of the children - comes back to their home, and despite your abandonment, wants to stay with you.
1430The brave soul charges the pack of wolves who respect the warrior’s honour and do not chase after the rest of you.
1431Your brave friend returns to you, changed, but ever loyal!
1432You defeat the Werewolves!
1433Great, gather up the loot and leave.
1434One of the wolf-men lies gravely wounded, he speaks: 'I am close to join my last hunt, but if you help me, I swear to follow your pack!'
1435Ask Horos for aid!
1436Place a blade at the beast’s throat and ask Zorya to choose its fate!
1437Ask Lady Lada for her favour.
1438Let our wise one try and ward this creature from the foul magic and thus help it heal.
1439'Alas beast, there is nothing we can do for you.'
1440'Ha! Help the likes of you, never!'
1441Alas, despite your efforts the beast dies.
1442'Argh, so you are the children of the night like us. We shall walk the path of the night lord once more, argh! Here, have our gifts in thanks.'
1443'Good, thank you. One of you should join us.'
1444'Good, thank you.'
1445The Werewolves seem even more infuriated by your barbaric ways and they attack viciously, growling: \r
1446Your words fell on deaf ears and the Werewolves attack!
1447Martwy smoks
1448You come across the skeletal remains of an ancient Dragon, clearly fallen many decades ago as the bones are covered in moss, vine and partly submerged in the ground. If it wasn’t for Lady Lada's luck today, you would have likely missed it.
1449Collect the bones, but on Morena’s wits, be careful!
1450Better safe than sorry, let us leave this place.
1451You enter the Dragon's 'belly' in search for usable bone fragments when you hear a crooked old voice:\r
1452An old hag emerges. This is surely a Baba Yaga, let's kill it, so we may learn her secrets!  [Fight]
1453Damn whoever this is, run away!
1454You feel strong magic in this place, in the name of Veles, banish this creature and claim its wisdom and rewards!  [Hex]
1455You go in closer to begin collecting bones, but one of the Dragon ribs has fallen and reveals a spider lair.\r
1456You go into the Dragon's 'belly' to search for usable bones, but you are surprised by some armour-clad Dwarves in your way:\r
1457'We'll see who gets the spoils!'  [Fight]
1458You Dwarven companion speaks: 'Now you listen me, brothers, why don't we have a wee drink and share?'  [Social]
1459'We ain't interested, laddie, your beardless mug won't sway us!'
1460You may get some bruises, but run away!
1461Attack!  [Fight]
1462'Ah, fine you beardless soft tongue. Sharin' is good too.'
1463’Great to hear, and perhaps one of will join us?’ Whatever their reply, leave.
1464elf
1465A wandering Elf walks into your village and asks for a place to rest before moving on.
1466In the name of Lada's kindness, let the traveller sit and share our food with him.  [Lose 10 food]
1467Kill the Elf and get his stuff!
1468We will not share our food, take all he has and chase him away!
1469You share food and the stranger departs his wisdom upon you as thanks. \r
1470Great, welcome him.
1471You share food and the stranger departs his wisdom upon you as thanks.
1472You rob the wanderer and he walks away, naked and forlorn. But, as you take his things you realise they spread a curse upon you!
1473You slay the Elf, who was clearly too weak to defend himself, but as his life force perishes it turns into dark green smoke that spreads a curse and sickness upon you all!
1474Damn the pointy ears!
1475You slay the Elf, who was clearly too weak to defend himself.
1476orc kapel
1477A small group of Orcs travel near your village and they ask to use your smithy.
1478Fine, let them use the smithy and rest in our village.
1479’Filthy greenskins, you cannot use our smithy, you can die!’
1480No they cannot enter, chase them away!
1481We heard you also follow the Lady Zorya, so let two of us wrestle for it.  [Physical]
1482'Thank you, friends. We will repair our weapons and you can learn some of our ways if you like.\r
1483'Of course, welcome.'
1484'No thanks.'
1485'Thank you, friends. We will repair our weapons and you can learn some of our ways if you like.'
1486'Thank you, and good journey to you.'
1487The Orcs fought well and wounded many of you, but eventually they fell.
1488Good riddance to them.
1489The Orcs fought well, but eventually they fell.
1490'Ah, you are truly the children of our Zorya. We concede to your strength, will you let us in?'
1491'Yes, come in, friends.'
1492'No, you failed so leave.'
1493'You see humans, we are blessed by Zorya, will you let us in?'
1494You let the Orcs rest in your village, but when they leave in the morning, you realise they have robbed you!
1495gobos
1496An old Goblin stumbles into your village at night and asks for a place to rest.
1497We cannot deny someone in need, let him stay.
1498Ha, foolish gobbo, give us your things and leave!' Rob him and kick him out.
1499'We don't need gobbos here, go away!'
1500Send your own Goblin to greet the stranger, and ask him to stay with you for good!
1501'Thank you, friends, you are kind. I will teach you some of my wisdom in thanks. In fact, may I stay here and live out my days in your company?'
1502'No, we do not want Goblins'.
1503'Thank you, friends, you are kind. I will teach you some of my wisdom in thanks.'
1504You rob the Goblin and kick him out into the night, but as he leaves he curses you!
1505Napasc poludnic
1506As you travel through the open plains you suddenly hear a terrible screeching in the air and it is coming your way!
1507Run for it!
1508Let's prepare for whatever is coming.
1509You stand together and soon see a pack of Field Demons - the Midday Ladies -  ascend upon you!\r
1510Try to banish the Demons!  [Hex]
1511They are too dangerous, sacrifice one child to run away!
1512krucze gniazdo
1513You come across a single tall tree that houses a large crow's nest atop of it. \r
1514In the name of Morena, a crow must be a sign. Climb up the tree and claim the rewards!  [Physical]
1515There may be a giant crow there, leave it be.
1516The tree looks tall, cut it down so we get both wood and the nest!
1517You cut the tree and get to the nest, but its occupants return in time to attack you!
1518You gather up what remained intact, as well as some good wood.
1519The climb proved too hard and you fall from the tree.
1520Oh, just leave it be.
1521You got to the top and the nest seems unoccupied, but filled with various objects.
1522Alas, on you way down the crows return!
1523You were about to leave when one of the eggs hatched and the little chic crows 'mamma' at you!
1524Great, take him with us!
1525lesna baba ambusz
1526As you camp for the night a croaking voice speaks from the shadows:\r
1527Let Veles' wisdom guide us to an answer.
1528Whatever it is, let's just kill it when it comes again!  [Fight]
1529Let the Demons in our group shield us from this foul creature's magic and fight the villain!  [Fight]
1530We know what the creature wants, so let's use our wits to ambush it!  [Tactic]
1531Agree to the deal, send a child away. [Lose one child]
1532Let's just try to run for it!
1533You think on the matter and your wise one conclude that this is likely a Lesna Baba, a type of a witch or even a Baba Yaga Demon. \r
1534Wait for the creature to come for the child and attack it!   [Fight]
1535Actually, just leave behind one child. [Lose one child]
1536Now that we know what we face, fight her with magic!  [Hex]
1537You leave one child behind and you hear its cries as the creature takes it...\r
1538You run for it, but the creature finds you!
1539Leave one child and save yourselves!
1540The Lesna Baba proves too strong and she takes all of your children!
1541Orcs return
1542You meet a band of Orcs and you find them familiar.
1543Oh, right, they were the ones that we attacked to rescue children a way back. Damn it, some survived? Attack!  [Fight]
1544Oh, yes, the Orcs who gave us the children for the Rusalka...
1545Oh, right, the Orcs that rescued the children from the Rusalka and gave them to our care.
1546Ah, yes, the Orcs who rescued the children from the Rusalka.
1547'You fleshie scum! I told you once that if harm comes to those kiddies I will track you down, and so I have, die!'
1548'We did not harm the children! The Demon attacked us and took them, we swear!'  [Social]
1549In the name of Zorya who guides us both and Horos, who is keeper of the night creatures, let us fight with honour! Two of ours against two of yours?  [Fight]
1550'You pink fleshies! I told you once that if harm comes to those kiddies I will track you down, and so I have, and I am glad I do not have to slit your throats for you kept your word!\r
1551With the aid of Mokosh's life force and the hope from the Lady Lada, we will help these children!  [Sickness]
1552'Of course, we will do our best!'  [Sickness]
1553'You pink fleshies, it is you again! We raised the children as our clan’s people, but some have proven too weak to become true Orc. Will you take them into your care now that they are older?'
1554'Gladly!'
1555'Ah, I smell foulness, but I cannot prove it, so we leave. Better pray to your puny Gods we do not return!'
1556Phew.
1557The Orcs seem somewhat unconvinced at first and land several blows on you while you speak, but then they stop:\r
1558Right, time to leave.
1559'You are truly the spawn of Zorya, despite your liking of manfolk. \n\nWe will honour her will and seek revenge no more. \n\nTill our next fight!'
1560'Till our next fight, yes. But one of you should join us and follow the path of Zorya with us!'
1561'Till our next fight, yes.'
1562'You are unworthy, we have beaten you, now we leave. Pary to your deities that we do not return!'
1563'Good riddance.'
1564'You are unworthy, we have beaten you, now we leave. Pary to your deities that we do not return!'\r\n<ANS>'Good riddance.'\r
1565femstriga returns
1566A lone Striga wonders into your village at night and speaks:\r
1567'Fine, we will do this for you.'  [Physical]
1568With the power of Veles and the command of the night Lord Horos, we can free you from these bonds!  [Strength]
1569No, you are not one of us anymore, die!
1570malestriga returns
1571A lone Striga wonders into your village at night and speaks:  \r
1572With the thundering might of Perun and the light of Svarog, we will cleanse you of this dark bond!  [Physical]
1573Hochlick returns
1574A familiar looking Hochlick flies into your village, lamenting:\r
1575Pointless creature, die!  [Fight]
1576'And who are you again?'
1577'Ah, yes, the Hochlick Thedore sent us to.'
1578'The name's Gristletoes Pummeltrinket, not that you ever asked. \r
1579'Ah you're a nuisance, die!'  [Fight]
1580In the name of Morena's wisdom and Lada's good nature, tell us the whole truth creature!'  [Social]
1581'Just speak the truth, creature, please.'  [Social]
1582'Creature! Who are you callin’ creature?! No manners, no manners at all.  \r
1583'Well, alright, we will.'
1584'No way, just leave us be.'
1585'Creature! Who are you callin’ creature?! No manners, no manners at all. \r
1586Hochlick returns2
1587You chase down a motley crew of shaggy looking Demons and you see they are carrying a lot of goods as well as potential prisoners!\r
1588'We were told you're pestering our friend, leave her be!'  [Social]
1589'From the sounds and looks of it, you're quite the character, share your goods, or else!'  [Social]
1590'Yay, I knew you would help, thanks and see ya around!'\r
1591Great, take it.
1592The Karkandza grunts and agrees to leave the Hochlick alone.\r
1593Oh, alright then.
1594The Karkandza get angry with you and prepares to charge. You realise it is not alone.\r
1595The Demons buys your threat and leave without their loot!\r
1596Repentful Orcs
1597An Orc arrives at your gates and asks to speak to you.
1598Orc, on their own? Kill them!
1599Fine, listen.
1600'I robbed you once, took all your stuff cause my mistress told me. I don't do that no more, I got a new girl who doesn't like robbin people, so here, have some back.'
1601'Huh? Okay, thanks. Join us then?'
1602'Huh? Okay, thanks.'
1603'Huh? Okay, thanks.' Now kill the Orc!
1604Guineva
1605A woman clad in plate armour and riding a magnificent, chestnut stallion blocks your path and speaks:\r
1606'We thought you people didn't have female knights?'
1607'Eh, who?'
1608'It was all the doing of the cursed sword milady! Pray do not punish us for its dark influence, we beg you.'  [Social]
1609'This is no time for idle chatter, peasants! I am a queen, not a knight and the mercenaries will fight for me.  And besides, poor Arathorn is no longer here to question my life choices... so I owe thee thanks for that. Still, kingslayer, you must now perish!'
1610'How dare you forget the name of the noble king you slain! You will pay for this impertinence with your very souls!'
1611'Indeed, I can sense the foul darkness of the sword upon your souls. Very well, I will not slay thee. Onwards I go. Farewell!'
1612'Indeed, I can sense the foul darkness of the sword upon your souls. Very well, I will not slay thee, but instead I will cast a curse upon your souls. Onwards I go. Farewell!'
1613Blasted, you can't just curse us, die!'  [Fight]
1614'Your lives are not even worth taking. Your defeat serves as proof of your lowly heritage. I curse you and your kin, may you never find peace in this world!'\r
1615mukashir returns
1616Your village is besieged by a band of Gobins!\n\nYou recognise that one of them looks a lot like Mukashir, the Goblin Chieftan whose village you attacked.
1617Before you act, two Goblins step out in fronof their cheiftan and speak.
1618You feel your diety's blessing fall upon you in the face of battle! To arms!  [Fight]
1619'Wait! We fought before, yes, but why contine this feud? Why loose more people, let us have peace!'  Your deity favours peace and so their grace falls upon you. [Social]
1620'Wait! We fought before, ys, but why contine this feud? Why loose more people, let us have peace!'  [Social]
1621'Oh boss, oh no! These hummies are good humies, we swear. They saved us, yes. We are your sisters sons, we say not kill them!'\n\nThe Chieftan halts his men as he looks unsure.
1622'We did indeed rescue your nephes sir, isn't it against your honour to attack us? Besides, the world is harsh, we had a quarrel, but let's not continue it.'  [Social]
1623The Chieftan frowns but backs down. \n\n'It is custom that a life debt can be called upon, as my nephews you have the right to ask this. We leave.'
1624'Good riddance...'
1625At least one of the Goblin brothers stays behind and asks to join you, he sais it is a matter of honour now.
1626Your words fell on deaf ears and the Goblin band attacks!
1627the two Goblin you once helped join  you! To arms!  [Fight]
1628The Goblin band raids your village and storage, sets fire to your homes, but they left without killing anyone.
1629Damn it. Put out the fires and help the wounded.
1630'Ah, you speak well and your words ring true. You are scum, but I will not risk any more lives on you.'\n\nThe Goblins leave.
1631file\Adventures\Factions.txt.txt
1632character config
1633Check for available villagers to participate in Faction. \n
1634Continue. 
1635We'll do this later. 
1636Mod info. 
1637How attractive is this character?
1638Not attractive (exclude from content that involves romance)
1639Attractive.
1640Attractive, and designate it as Player Character. (more info will follow)
1641Discard this character, replace with random
1642This character will be excluded from any romantic events.
1643The "Player Character" is a unique character that represents you, the Player. It is good to designate one of your villagers as Player Character as some events and dialogue options will only be available in the Player Character is present in the group.\nYou can only select one Player Character.
1644This character will be able to participate in romantic events.
1645The "Factions" mod introduces a number of new events to Thea, several factions that can be traded and interacted with.\r
1646Character has been replaced!
1647Welcome to Factions Mod. v1.05.1\r\n<ANS>Continue\r\n<ANS>Not now\r
1648Next character. 
1649Selecting a new one will make the previously selected Player Character a regular character.
1650Some quests also use the "build someone a building" mechanics, allowing you to support a faction by constructing a building for them.\r\nTo do so, build a building that the faction requires at your village, travel to the faction's settlements and engage in the adequate dialogue. It you met all the quest's prerequisites then you will "help the locals construct the building" - the building will be removed from your village and the locals will show their gratitude. New dialogue options may also appear (e.g. a new dialogue option that will let you visit the smithy that you constructed for the locals).\r
1651To get the plot started, travel to the village of New Bumpkinton (a travelling merchant will come by your village with directions soon if he hasn't yet). There you will be able to engage with the local community, as well as receive some quests that will eventually put you in touch with even more factions.\n
1652Factions - init
1653A travelling merchant passes through your village. You chat with him and he tells you about the many things he has seen in Thea, some of them wondrous, some alarming....
1654Listen to his tales...
1655I' m quite busy for now.  (skip the intro)
1656(mod info)
1657The merchant tells you about other survivors of the Darkness, who formed another settlement in the distant. They were happy to trade with the merchant, and seemed like friendly folk.\r\nHe gives you directions to the place.\r
1658We will definitely need to visit this one.
1659He continued with more news of  goblins and werewolves in the woods, making his trade an extremely dangerous affair.\r\nBrutal orcs that grew bold during the Darkness and now raid the distant eastern lands in large bands, killing and enslaving free folks.\r\nWhile they have not yet reached your lands, the merchant fears it is only a matter of time.
1660Oh my...
1661There are also other rumours, fantastic and scary in equal measure - of evil dragons that awoke from their slumber during the darkness and aligned themselves with other creatues of the dark to enslave and torment the few remaining human settlements.\r
1662Thank the merchant for the news, dire though it is. (Close)
1663The "Factions" mod introduces a number of new events to Thea, including several factions that can be traded and interacted with.\r
1664Dire as his news may be, you thank the merchant and wish him luck in his travels, also recommending for him to visit a nearby shrine to the gods, so he can ask for their blessings.
1665Some quests also use the "build someone a building" mechanics, allowing you to support a faction by constructing a building for them.\r\nTo do so, build a building that the faction requires at your village, travel to the faction's settlements and engage in the adequate dialogue. It you met all the quest's prerequisites then you will "help the locals construct the building" - the building will be removed from your village and the locals will show their gratitude. New dialogue options may also appear (e.g. a new dialogue option that will let you visit the smithy that you constructed for the locals).\r\n\r\r\n<ANS>UI_EXIT\r
1666To get the plot started, travel to the village of New Bumpkinton that the travelling merchant mentioned. There you will be able to engage with the local community, as well as receive some quests that will eventually put you in touch with even more factions.\n\nYou may also want to visit the nearby "Crossroads Shrine" location where you can get information about the status of ongoing quests, as well as modify some mod settings.\n
1667NewBum - visit
1668Village Square.\r\n<ANS>Trade House. \r\n<ANS>Patron the Inn. \r\n<ANS>Visit the Witch. \r\n<ANS>Crusher' Demand. \r\n<ANS>Return to the World. \r
1669Trade House.\nWhat would you like to trade?
1670Buy 25 clay for 5G. (G) 
1671Buy 25 grain for 3G. (G) 
1672Sell 50 wood for 2G. (G) 
1673Sell 50 food for 2G. (G) 
1674Buy a hound for 100G. (requires Palisade or Manger)
1675Buy a horse for 120G. (requires Pasture or Sacred Paths)
1676Buy a horse for 120. (requires Pasture or Sacred Paths)
1677Return to the Square. 
1678Village Inn \na small, humble andfriendly place. \nA few villagers gathers to hear what you have to say.
1679Check reputation
1680Is there anything you need help with?
1681Leave the inn
1682The old woman looks at you\n\n'Good day, dearie, what is it? Evil humours, broken hearts, poor performance in the bedchamber... I can brew you an elixir for anything that ails you.'
1683We found Hans and Johan and they need your help...
1684The Wulf brothers send their best wishes. In fact, they are looking for a witch for their hamlet. Wouldn't you be interested?
1685We have the ingredients for your elixir!
1686One of us needs healing, can you help?
1687Our quest to get the Flower of Eastern... it didn't go so well...
1688Return to the Square.
1689Deal!\nBought 25 Clay for 5 Gold.\nGoods to be collected by Group.
1690You can't afford that!
1691Deal!\nBought 25 Grain for 3 Gold.\nGoods to be collected by Group.
1692Deal!\nSold 50 Wood for 2 Gold.\nGoods to be collected from Group.
1693Deal!\nSold 50 Food for 2 Gold.\nGoods to be collected from Group.
1694You are Allied ( reputation 80+)\r\n<ANS>UI_EXIT\r
1695You are Friendly ( reputation 60-79)\r\n<ANS>UI_EXIT\r
1696You are Neutral ( reputation 40-59)\r\n<ANS>UI_EXIT\r
1697You are Hostile ( reputation 20-39)\r\n<ANS>UI_EXIT\r
1698You are Feuding ( reputation below 20)\r\n<ANS>UI_EXIT\r
1699'There is indeed!' says the village elder.\r\n'Two of our boys - brothers Johan and Hans Wulf - went missing recently. They are the finest hunters we have and they left to hunt the game three days ago. They should have returned by now and we fear something foul has befallen them.\r\n'If you could find them and bring them home, we would be forever grateful.'
1700We will set off right away (try to follow the brothers' tracks)
1701Not now.
1702Your trackers managed to follow in the brothers' tracks - a broken twig here, a footprint there - and managed to figure out exactly where they went.
1703Try as you may you fail to follow in the brothers' tracks and soon the trail goes cold.\n\nOh well, let's hope you will chance upon them later as you travel the woods.
1704"Wounded by wolves?\nStrange fever you  you say?" the witch shakes her head sadly 'I can mix you a cure for most illnesses, but I fear I cannot help in this case, because it is no illness that befell young Hans, but a curse!\r\n'If you describe the symptoms accurately then Hans has been wounded by no mere wolf but a werewolf, and now the wolf's curse runs through his veins.\r
1705'Me?' Anushka asks surprised 'Oh no, child, I do not think I am what the boys need. I am old and frail and would be more trouble than use. If you asked me forty summers ago I'd agree without a though, but now... no, it is too late for me. I am old and there is no magic potion that can change that, at least none that I can brew.'
1706"None that you can brew"? Does it mean that such magic exists? If so tell us where to find it and maybe we can fetch it for you!
1707'I meant to say it is not possible' answers the old witch 'Well, not entirely impossible, now that you asked, but very difficult. I heard of a herb that can restore youth, but it's a stuff of legends. Other than that only the old magic can accomplish that, bloody magic. It would take the blood of a demon, and not a mere hohlick or a skrzat but one of the mighty magical creatures... Such magics are beyond my reach or yours, so please forget I ever mentioned it.'
1708Demon slaying? There's none better at it than us. Just show us where we can find some demons and we'll bring you demon blood by the buckets
1709Wait, tell us more about the herb and we will find it for you!
1710Very well, we won't mention it again. We'll have to find us a witch elsewhere.
1711'You are serious about it, aren't you? Well I have to admit I wouldn't mind being young again, so I will tell you what I know. But please be careful.\r\n'I know of a troll that lives nearby - it's a mighty beast, and you'd be hard pressed to find a demon more virile. His blood would do fine for the elixir of youth - if you can get it, that is, and it will be no easy task. Let me show you where to find the monster's lair...'
1712'You are serious about it, aren't you? Well I have to admit I wouldn't mind being young again, so I will tell you what I know. But please be careful.\r\n'The herb you need to find is the Flower of Eastern. Most of it died during the Darkness but there is a sacred grove not far from here where it may yet grow - the Gardens of Mokosh. It's a place protected by a mighty spirit where life prospered even when the Darkness strangled it everywhere else. If there is any place where you may find the Flower of Eastern, this is it. Let me show you where you need to go...'
1713You sense something might have gone wrong, noticing that the witch's skin begins to grow dry and parched in front of your eyes. Her wrinkles deepen, and her skin darkens and sags, ageing at an astonishing speed...
1714Oh no, what have we done!
1715...but then the wrinkled skin of her face breaks and underneath it you see clear, pink complexion. It is as if the witch is shedding her skin, like a snake, the old, wrinkled visage slipping off to reveal the naked flesh of a marvelously beautiful young woman underneath. Within a moment the transformation is complete and where there stood an old crone there now stands a fair raven-haired young lass.\r
1716Before we go, is there any of the elixir left so we could take a sip too?
1717Return to the World. 
1718'Why yes, there is some more, enough for one of you.'\r
1719'Aye, my herbs and potions will fix you in no time.'\n\n(spent 1 Reputation)
1720'Your affliction is no wound of the flesh but a curse of the spirit. It is beyond my skill to cure it. '
1721'Why would I help you? What have you ever done for me or my village'\n\n(Reputation not high enough, requires at least Friendly)
1722'Nonsense, you're as healthy as a young bull!'
1723To convince the villagers to give in to the Orc Slavers.
1724Invite the villagers to a feast and get them drunk. 
1725Lay in wait near the nearby stream and kidnap the local women when they does their laundry. 
1726Just attack them!. 
1727You have wronged the people of New Bumpington in the past and they distrust you too much for that plan to work.\n\n(Reputation too low)
1728 You prepared the feast and the villagers from both your villages ate and drink merrily.\nYou try to get the peasants from the other village completely drunk so they pass out or at least become inebriate enough to subdue and tie up easily. But you can't be too obvious about it, and so your people need to do a lot of drinking themselves too...
1729Try to outlast the other village in this drinking contest...
1730You will need to prepare the feast first - bring at least 40 portions of cooked food!
1731The plan works perfectly and before midnight all the adult villagers of Bumpkinton are drunk senseless. Some of your men are still left standing and they tie the villagers up quickly, with only a token resistance from you victims.\n\nYou then send a messager to Crusher the slaver, and the orc chieftain arrives briefly.\n\n 'That's what I call a job well done. No goods damaged and all already packaged nicely. We'll take it from here!'\n\n(Reputation with Orc Slavers improved by 15; New Bumpkington has now been taken over by the orcs and renamed to Crusher'z Turf, former inhabitants forced into indentured service or outright slavery; alignment shifted towards Evil)
1732Well.. *hick*... Things didn't go quite according to plan, as becomes clear to you the next morning when you wake up, lying under a table in a pool of wine. You can't remember the previous evening clearly but one thing is certain - you didn't manage to outlast the villagers of New Bumpington, not to even mention subduing them and handing them over to the orcs.\r\nStill, it was fun and you can always try again!
1733There are no women doing the laundry now. Try again during the day.
1734You manage to ambush and kidnap the women.\r\nBringing them to Crusher, the orc chieftain is clearly happy with the way you handled things.\r
1735You try to sneak up on the women but the villagers notice you and chase you away. They must now have realised you're up to no good, and will likely be more wary in the future.\n\n(reputation with New Bumpington deteriorated by 20)
1736You attack the villagers but they fight bravely and chase you away.\n\n(Reputation with New Bumpkinton reduced to 0)
1737 You defeat the villagers, wounding many while others flee into the woods.\r\n You send a messenger to Crusher, and soon the orc slaver arrives with his gang.\r\n 'What did I tell you, you moron?!' he yells 'If I wanted slaughter I would have done it myself. You were supposed to convince the villagers into surrendering to me peacefully, not kill them all!'\r\n The orc stares at you darkly, but it is obvious that the damage is done, so instead of brooding on it Crusher commands his orcs to round up the surviving villagers and secure the place.\r\n 'You better not fail me like that again, human, or it will be the chain and the whip for you.'\r\n  \r\n (Reputation with Orc Slavers deteriorated by 15; alignment shifted towards Evil; New Bumpkington has now been taken over by the orcs and renamed to Crusher'z Turf, former inhabitants forced into indentured service or outright slavery)
1738You approach New Bumpkinton,\na small village. \nA bunch of children and yapping dogs curiously surround you.
1739Continue...
1740You explain what happened at the Gardens of Mokosh and ask Anushka to tell you where you can get the troll blood - it seems that's the only option still available.
1741Continue
1742'Why, I already told you that' says the village elder 'Please finish the task I mentioned, then we can discuss other matters.'
1743Ok...
1744'Indeed, there is' says the elder. 'The dead in our cemetery have been restless of late. We know not what foul magic animates their bones, but they have been attacking our people. Please help us deal with them.'\r
1745'Indeed, there is' says the elder. 'A pack of wolves has been roaming the surrounding woods for a while. With the game being sparse as it is, the beasts have taken to attacking our sheep instead. If you could kill or scare them off, it would make our lives so much easier'
1746'Indeed, there is' says the elder. 'Some goblins sneaked into the village a few nights ago and stole old Svieta's prize-winning pig. If you could get the poor animal back, it would mean a lot to us. Teach the green-skinned bastards a lesson once you're at it too!'\r\n<ANS>UI_EXIT\r
1747'Indeed, there is' says the elder. 'A band of orcs attacked one of the remote farms, kidnapped the family who lived there and burned the place down. If you could rescue the family, we will be forever grateful. They are good people, and gods know what the orcs intend to do with them.'
1748Of course, we will do our best! (will decrease reputation with the Orc Slavers)
1749We'd rather not mess with the orc slavers, sorry. But if there is something else we can help with, we will do so gladly.
1750'I... I see' says the elder, clearly disappointed.\n\n(Reputation with New Bumpkinton decreased by 1)
1751What work would you like to put your hound to?
1752Have it trained to help your hunters track down wild animals (improves Manger bonuses)
1753Have it stay in the village and help guard the place (improves Pallisade bonuses)
1754Return to Trade House. 
1755Your hound will aid your hunters wild life skill and improves your village's environment to Beasts.
1756Your hound will aid your guards in defending the village.
1757What work would you like to put this animal to?\r\n<ANS>Have it plough your fields (improves Pasture bonuses)\r\n<ANS>Have it help haul resources from afar (improves Sacred Paths bonuses)\r\n<ANS>Return to Trade House. \r
1758Your horse will aid the farmers work the land to improve harvest.
1759Your horse will improve the gatherings of your villagers by providing hauling routes. 
1760Upon receiving the precious ingredient, Anushka carefully goes over her spellbook and began concocting in her motar.\nShe let out a sigh of relief, grabbing a large spoon and had a mouthful.
1761Watches on. 
1762Anushka grasps her face infront of her mirror in some sort of pain, letting out a loud shrek ...
1763Howl-woundedBros
1764You see some figures in the distance...
1765Come closer
1766One of the men is bleeding profusely from several wounds and barely stands on his feet, but the other one swinging his axe defiantly, chopping at any beast that goes close.
1767Run to their rescue!
1768You approach the two hunter brothers. Hans sits propped against a trunk of a tree, his clothes stained with blood and his eyes feverish. His brother stands next to him, axe in hand, a worried expression on his face.\r
1769Use the herbs you have to heal the wounded hunter
1770Tend to the hunter's wounds
1771You don't feel your healing skill is up to the task. Perhaps you should try to get some help in the boys' home village
1772You fend the wolves off, most likely saving the two hunters from becoming the beasts' next meal.
1773Check on the hunters...
1774You take heavy damage, but your attack apparently convinces the wolves that they will be better off looking for easier prey. The pack scatters, leaving you and the two  hunters alone.
1775You expertly bind Hans' wounds and feel quite confident he will recover in time. Still, his fever has not yet broken and it may be better to let him rest for now.\r
1776Wait, I read about fever like this..
1777We will do so (leave)
1778Your wise one examines the wounded hunter closely and shakes his head solemnly.\r
1779Offer to help
1780Shrug and leave (you will not meet the Wulf brothers again if you do, which would be a shame)
1781You fail to heal the wounded hunter. Perhaps you should get some help and return later when you have the necessary skill.
1782'You would still help us, had already done much for us and knowing that my brother is cursed?' says Johan \n'That is kind of you, but we cannot join you. I know what threat werewolves are when their anger overtakes them and I couldn't put your village in such danger. But we must make a new life for us in these forests, and we will need shelter. So if you offer help, I won't turn it down.\r\n'If you would help us build a house here in the woods, we can start a new life.'\r
1783You approach the two hunter brothers. Hans sits propped against a trunk of a tree, clearly still weak from fever. His brother stands next to him, axe in hand and clearly worried.\n\n'I hate to ask it of you, friends ' says Johan ' but could help us some more? My brother is strangely feverish still and needs rest. Could you go back to our village and speak with Anushka, our witch? She'll be able to mix a cure that will restore my brother's strength, I have no doubt of it.'
1784Wait, I read about fever like this...
1785(Leave)
1786You approach the two hunter brothers.
1787Your lodge is ready!
1788It took a lot of work, but with your help, the young hunters managed to build a fine wooden lodge for themselves. Far away from the people that would shun Hans for his curse, they should be able to make a good life for themselves here.\n\n(Howlingwood faction created, reputation set to Friendly, +10 Reputation for building quality)
1789It took a lot of work, but with your help, the young hunters managed to build a simple wooden lodge for themselves. Far away from the people that would shun Hans for his curse, they should be able to make a good life for themselves here.\n\n(Howlingwood faction created, reputation set to Friendly), +5 Reputation for building quality
1790It took a lot of work, but with your help, the young hunters managed to build a rickety wooden lodge for themselves. Far away from the people that would shun Hans for his curse, they should be able to make a good life for themselves here.\n\n(Howlingwood faction created, reputation set to Friendly, no Reputation bonus for building quality - the )
1791As you approach closer, you see two young men desperately fending off a pack of ferocious wolves. \nThey must be Johan and Hans.
1792Howl - visit
1793Village Square.\r\n<ANS>The Brothers' Lodge. \r\n<ANS>Visit the Smithy. \r\n<ANS>Visit the Witch. \r\n<ANS>Visit the Inn. \r\n<ANS>Visit the Werewolf Camp. \r\n<ANS>Return to the World. \r
1794What would you like to trade?\r\n<ANS>Forge 10 iron and 10 coal into 10 steel bars. \r\n<ANS>Forge 10 iron and 10 coal into 10 steel bars.\r\n<ANS>We need you to forge a magical chain, strong enough to hold the dread hound Simargl. \r\n<ANS>Return to the Square. \r
1795The Brothers' Lodge.
1796What are you planning to do next?
1797This place could use a woman's touch.
1798This place could use a smithy.
1799This place could use some entertainment.
1800Look whom we brought! (introduce Ianto the satyr)
1801The witch smiles seductively at you.\r
1802Can you really brew  any magic potions?
1803Do you know if  there is a way to lift Hans's curse?
1804Give her the runed bones you found at Nyth Frân
1805About the curse...
1806Exit the witch's hut
1807'We have been thinking about it for a while' says Hans 'And we figured we could make this place a sanctuary for others like us, people and monsters rejected by their kin and unjustly hunted down by superstitious folk. We could make this a safe haven. We even came up with a name - the hamlet of Howlingwood we'll call it. Well, once it grows, that is. Not much of a hamlet with just one house, me and my brother in it.'
1808That's a great idea!
1809'Heh, it could, and so could the two of us' Johan chuckles 'Not sure what woman would like to live in a monster-infested village in the middle of the woods, though. Come think of it, a witch would. Wait, that's not a bad though at all, we could use a skilled healer.'\r
1810We have your witch right here, and we will help you build a home for her!
1811You introduce the witch to the two brothers and it is clear that the three of them take a fancy to each other immediately. The woman is also clearly happy with the perspective of staying in a safe place like Howlingwood, in friendly company and far from hostile looks of superstitious peasants.\n \nTogether with the two hunters cutting down some trees and over the next few days you build a small but cosy hut for the witch.\n\n(Reputation increased by 10 and +10 bonus for building quality)
1812'Aye, it could' says Johan 'We need a skilled craftsman and I am not one. Not to mention my brother - his claws are fine for hunting and he can do some amazing things with his soft, furry paws, but handling crafting tools is not one among those.\r\n'I know of no smith that would want to join our little band of outcasts here, though. I'm sure no human will. But if you ever chance upon an exiled dwarf looking for a home, be sure to point him in our direction!'\r
1813We have your dwarf right here, and we'll gladly help you build a home for him! 
1814We may not have a dwarf craftsman with us, but we have enough gold to hire one, and we'll gladly help you build a home for him! 
1815You got to work, and together you build a fine smithy over the next few weeks.\r\nThe dwarf grumbles a bit about how he's not happy with the masonry and some uneven windows frames, but you can see it's just a front and he is in fact overjoyed to have a place he can call his own.\n\n(Reputation increased by +10 and +10 bonus for building quality)
1816 'Now there's a fine thought!' says Hans 'I wouldn't believe it when we first settled here, but this place certainly draws some attention and every now and then we do get visitors. Rarely humans, but we do get an occasional witch fleeing an angry peasant mob, or a friendly demon passing by. They hardly stay long, but we give them shelter gladly, and we could use a bigger place for that purpose - the hut that my brother and me share can only host so many.\r\n\n 'If you'll help us, then I think an inn here will work just fine. We'll just need an inkeeper - someone friendly who's good with people and can tell beer from wine.'\r\nJohan pauses for a moment.\r\n\n 'Come think of it, I know about someone that would do just fine, although he will be hard to fetch. A rusalka passed by here not long ago and she mentioned a friend of hers. She used to live in a forest pond, you see, and had a friend - a satyr - who would visit her every now and then. A merry fellow, and skilled with pretty words. Alas, some orc slavers came by the place. Rusalka managed to escape them, but they captured her goat-hooved charmer.\r\n'I know it's a lot to ask, but if you ever track those slavers down during your adventures and could somehow free the poor guy, you'd do him and us a favour. We can tell you where the rusalka met them, the orcs may still be in that area...'\r
1817You help the good people of Howlingwood build an inn, and introduce Ianto to his new home.\n\n(Reputation increased by 10, no bonus for building quality)
1818Location of the orc slavers' camp has been marked on your map.\n\n(Orc Slavers faction created, reputation set to Hostile)
1819You introduce Ianto the satyr to the Wulf brothers. They clearly get along well and Ianto is enthusiastic about joining the Howlingwood community as an innkeeper... but he will still need an inn\n\n(build a Meeting Hall at your village, then return to Howlingwood)
1820You enter the inn and are greeted by the broad smile of Ianto the satyr.\n\n'Good day, friends, what can I help you with? We've got beer, spiced mead, vodka, slivovitza, fine wine, not so fine wine, more wine... We may even have some food, if you care for such fancies. But I recommend the wine.'
1821What's on the menu? 
1822Order a drink. (spend 5 Reputation) 
1823'Well that's a bit of a problem' answers the satyr, clearly uncomfortable 'I'm a fine bartender, you see, but not much of a chef. In fact, if you have anyone in your village that can cook well I will gladly pay her or him to work for me.'\n\n(bring Ianto 10 portions of cooked food)\r\n<ANS>Give 10 cooked food\r\n<ANS>UI_EXIT\r
1824'Oh that looks yummy! Here's your payment!'\n\n(Reputation increased by 1)
1825 'Aye, that I can, but it takes rare herbs to brew a true magical elixir. There is one plant that has exceptionally potent magical properties - the elderberry. Bring me 5 of its berries and I'll mix you a potion that will give you the strength of a bull... Or sometimes the dexterity of a fox... Or the beauty of a toad, in extremely rare cases.\n 'Truth be told the effects are somewhat unpredictable - but always impressive!'\n\n 'I can also brew you a love potion - that will only take 10 portions of of common herbs, but the effects can sometimes be embarassing, and don't say I didn't warn you.'
1826We have the elderberries! Let's see what your recipe is worth
1827Let's try that love potion out (pay 10 herbs)
1828Not now (Exit)
1829The witch got to work right away, mixing, grinding, chopping, chanting. Even some hopping were involved, but in the end the elixir is ready. One of your group gulps it down and ...
1830Bottoms up!
1831Village of Howlingwood, \nsmall patchwork community of misfits and outcasts that the Wulfe brothers founded in the middle of the dark forest.
1832...you feel you could lift a cart without breaking a sweat!
1833...don't feel any different than you did before.\n\n'Hope the furless idiot turns into a goat like the previous one' says witch's black cat, watching you curiously from the table.\n\nWait, what?? Did you just hear that cat speak? No, wait,  it seems you suddently started understanding the language of the animals!
1834...you feel pleasant warmth spreading through your body and limbs, leaving you feeling invigorated and... just so full of life!
1835...you feel so full of energy you could run and dance all day and night!
1836 'For you my friends, drinks are on the house!'\n\nYou order a round of drinks for everyone and spend a relaxing evening with your friends, talking about your hopes, reminiscing on recent successes and simply enjoying the comradeship. 
1837 'For you my friends, drinks are on the house!'\n\nYou spend the evening pleasantly, talking, drinking and listening to several hilarious ballads full of outrageous inuendos that Ianto sings in his deep, clear baritone. The satyr's an indiscriminate flirt, and has everyone laughing at his bawdy jokes in no time.
1838 'For you my friends, drinks are on the house!'\n\nYou spend a relaxing evening, talking with your friends about your hopes and listening to Ianto play the pipes and  sing a few beautiful folk ballads you never heard before.
1839'I'm afraid our cellars are a bit dry at the moment and I need to restock.'\n\n(Reputation not high enough, Allied required)
1840 'Has Johan been talking to you about it?' the witch sighs 'He's a good boy, and he wants to cure his brother so of course he asked me the same question. I may be able to help, but I doubt any good will come of it.\r\n 'You see, much as I understand Johan's wish I am not convinced this is what Hans wants. The boy seems to have taken to his new life like a fish to water. He has grown savage, true, and disappears for days at a time into the woods. But he does not seem the least unhappy about his transformation.\r\n 'Still, if you're intend on following through with Johan's wish, I will tell you what I know. I have no magic that could turn Hans back into a normal human, but there are others who might. Problem is, they won't share this knowledge willingly.\r\n 'Lycantrophy, you see, is no disease, but a curse of dark magic. When the Darkness came, the elves blamed humans for it - and rightly so. There was a group of elven druids whose hearts were corrupted by the Dark who decided to punish humanity for its sin. They captured several men, performed some bloody magic that turned them into werewolves, and then unleashed the blood-thirsty beasts into the wild so they would prey on human folk.\r\n 'I do not know what magic the druids used, or how to undo it. But I know where you may find this knowledge - in the druids' lair, a dark place called Nyth Frân. If you'll go there and fetch me whatever runes or spells the druids used, I may be able to unravel them. Nyth Frân is a place of terrible power, though, so make sure you prepare well. You will need to have a practitioner of magic with you in order to dispel the magical shadows that obscure the paths leading to the place. And the druids themselves are sure to prove formidable enemies in a fight.'\r
1841You see Johan, the younger of the Wulf brothers, approach you.\r\n 'Do you have a moment?' he asks 'There is something I would speak to you about.\r\n 'It's about my brother - it would mean the world if I could have him back. I mean, he is still here with me but he is... changed. More feral, always hungry for a hunt, disappearing in the woods for days at a time. His curse has created a distance between us that was never there before.\r\n 'Anyway, I spoke with our witch and she said there may be a way to cure Hans. Could you please speak with her about it? She will tell you more.'
1842Sure, we'll talk to her
1843 'There, is that what you needed?' you ask.\r\n She examines the runed bones carefully and wrinkles her nose in disgust.\r\n 'Yes, that's it' she replies 'And it's some dark magic all right. I can now see how the druids cast their curse - it's an old and forbidden spell. They killed a wolf and gathered his blood. Then they took a human captive, cut his veins open and filled them with the beast's blood. Then they took the wolf's bones and used the man's blood to inscribe them with dark runes, forever fusing the spirit of man and beast and imprinting it with rage and agony.' the witch turns her heads and spits over her left shoulder, a sure way to ward off evil.\r\n 'It's terrible magic, but now that we know how it was done, we can undo it. Using the bones you brought I can scry out the first werewolf the druids created, and guide you to him. He is the one it all started with and if you cut him down then the spell will be broken and all the men he passed the curse to will be freed from the dark magic. Hans will be human again, just as Johan hopes.\r\n 'But there is another way that I would ask you to consider. Instead of breaking the spell altogether we can use the bones you brought to lighten the curse's burden instead. With Horos' blessing I can purge the bones of the foul magic and make an amulet of them - a magical item that will soothe the rage that the druids filled the werewolves with. It will take some work and I will need your help with it, but it can be done.'\r\n \r\n( location of the Werewolf Lair marked on the map.\r\nTravel to the Werewolf Lair and kill the First Werewolf in order to break Hans' curse.\r\nIf you'd rather let Hans remain a werewolf then use the Enchanted Bones to craft a Bone Pouch artefact before travelling to the Werewolf Lair )
1844'Yes, the amulet is ready' as she examines the leather pouch with enchanted bones in it 'I cleansed the foul runes of the druids and replaced them with Horos's blessing. Bring it to the first werewolf and hopefully the curse will be over.'
1845'As I told you, if you can use the enchanted bones to craft an amulet, I will bless it in Horos' name and remove the curse that the druids cast.'\n\n(craft the Bone Pouch artifact using the enchanted bones)
1846You help the good people of Howlingwood build an inn, and introduce Ianto to his new home.\n\n(Reputation increased by 10, +10 bonus for building quality)
1847You get to work, and together you build a fine smithy over a course of a few weeks.\r\nThe dwarf grumbles a bit about how he's not happy with the masonry and some uneven windows frames, but you can see it's just a front and he is in fact overjoyed to have a place he can call his own.\n\n(Reputation increased by 10, no bonus for building quality)
1848You introduce the witch to the two brothers and it is clear that the three of them take a fancy to each other immediately. The woman is also clearly happy with the perspective of staying in a safe place like Howlingwood, in friendly company and far from hostile looks of superstitious peasants.\n \nTogether with the two hunters cutting down some trees and over the next few days you build a small but cosy hut for the witch.\n\n(Reputation increased by 10, no bonus for building quality)
1849 The brothers greets you as soon as you are near the village - Hans his old, human self and smiling broadly, Johan running out to greet.\r\n 'You did it!' exclaims Johan 'You have no idea how much that means to me but I am forever in your debt.'\r\n Hans joins you after a moment.\r\n 'I suppose I have you to thank for making me human again' he says 'I... I will miss the strength and the speed I had as a werewolf, but it's all for the better I guess. It sure is good to know that I can safely stay around my brother and friends, and won't murder anyone in berserk rage. You have my thanks, and we should drink to your victory some evening so you can tell us ow you killed the beast.'
1850You're welcome!
1851The brothers greet you as soon as you as near the village - Johan looking somewhat wary, but Hans wagging his tail happily.\r\n 'You didn't yet kill the beast, did you?' asks Johan 'My brother seems to think he felt something... but he looks no different. What happened? Did the death of the first werewolf fail to break the curse?'\r\n 'Slow down' you try to calm him down 'We didn't kill the first werewolf, but we did break the curse. Hans is still a werewolf, but free of the murderous rage that the curse was corrupting his spirit with. It's all good.'\r\n You explain in detail how your encounter with the First Werewolf and his pack unfolded.\r\n 'That's...' says Johan as he puts his hands over his face 'That's not what I asked of you. I just... I just wanted my brother back.'\r\n 'But what if that's not what he wanted?' you continue, trying to convince him that it all worked for the best.\r\n 'I just wanted the two of us to be together, like before. Since he's turned into a werewolf... it's just not the same. I can't join him on his midnight hunts, I can't run through the woods in search of a deer's scent... I just don't know him anymore.'\r\n 'Well, if you want the two of you to hunt together again, perhaps you shouldn't be forcing him to change and give up his life. It's selfish. If you love your brother, perhaps it is you who should change.'\r\n 'You mean... become a werewolf?' Johan asks incredulously.\r\n 'Now that the curse of rage is broken, I don't see why not.'\r\n 'Well...' Joan says and pauses to give it a thought 'Damn, you are right. I was a selfish jerk, wasn't I? Very well, I'll do it!'\r\n He tuns to face Hans.\r\n 'Would you like that, big brother?'\r\n Hans does not answer, but the way his tail waggs enthusiastically is answer enough.\r\n 'Well what are the two of you waiting for?' you ask 'Get bitten already!'\r\n Johan narrows his eyes conspiratorially. \r\n 'Now hold your horses. Transforming into a werewolf ain't a public show. We'll do it on our own time, when we have more privacy. In the meantime, please let the werewolf pack you spoke with know that they would be welcomed in Howlingwood. We could use a few more claws and fangs to help protect the place.'
1852Sure, we'll talk to them
1853The Werewolf Camp.\nAlittle more than a forest clearing not far from the village, but the wolf-men seem happy with it. Beasts of the forest as they are, they don't seem to need many comforts.\r\n Borislav - the First Werewolf - is here, wrestling with some of his packmates to kill the time. He acknowledges you with a nod as you approach.
1854Can you turn one of into a werewolf?
1855 Boris gives you a serious look.\r\n 'Grr... It can be done, but this is no petty gift. I would only let someone whom I trust join my pack. It would have to be a strong lad too - I will have no weaklings.\r\n 'You'd better also understand what it would mean if one of you became a werewolf - the man would join my pack, and if your village and my kin ever part ways, his loyalty will be to me, not your village.'\r\n \r\n (Allied reputation required, transformation costs 20 Reputation; only male human villagers with Strength of 12 or more can be transformed)
1856Fair enough, let's do it...
1857Some other time
1858One of your warriors steps forward.\n'I will join you, if you'll have me.'\nBoris nods solemnly.\n'Very well, I know about you and have earned this honour. The rest of you' he addresses the remaining members of your group 'Leave us. Welcoming a new member to our pack is a private ceremony, not one for outsiders to watch.'\n\n You leave the camp, and a few hours later your warriors rejoins you. He won't speak of what happened while he was away, but he looks changed and it is clear that his tranformation into a werewolf has begun.
1859...and the villager's skin bloats and turns green, the proportions of his whole body becoming distorted, the neck getting shorter and shorter until the head melts into the torso, the torso becoming roughly pear-shaped and bulky...\n Soon the transformation is complete and instead of the villager there sits a giant frog. By giant I mean *giant* - the elixir may have transformed the villager but it did not reduce his mass, so we're talking a seriously huge, human-sized frog.\n\n'Uhm' the witch chuckles, clearly a bit embarassed 'You are aware of my no-refunds policy, right?'
1860Oh well, at least it'll fend the flies away from the campfire ...
1861Quickly, kiss the frog!
1862You kiss the giant frog and it instantaneously transforms into a giant blushing frog!\n\nIt was worth a try, I guess.
1863You spread the word that you are looking for a master craftsman and that you are willing to reward one handsomely and soon enough a dwarven smith turns up in Howlingwood. He's none too impressed with the village but agrees to stay after you agree to pay his exorbitant fee of 50 gold bars, and build him a smithy to match his skill.\n\nYou get to work, and together you build a fine smithy over a course of a few weeks.\r\nThe dwarf grumbles a bit about how he's not happy with the masonry and some uneven windows frames, but you can see it's just a front and he is in all in all quite happy with the his new home.\n\n(Reputation increased by 10)
1864'Ho ho, do you now?' asks the dwarf, raising his brow quizically 'I can do that, but you will need to provide me with strong enough a material. What would you like me to forge the chain out of?'\n\n(select a skill that one of the villagers in your group has mastered; the skill will then be sacrificed in the forging of the magical shackles)
1865Memory
1866Courage
1867Lie
1868Sound of a hunter's step
1869Despair
1870Ah, a fine choice! The past is the one thing that can never be changed or undone, and chains made of it will be impossible to break.\r
1871Maybe not
1872Let's do it!
1873The smith shoves you out of his smithy mumbling about 'trade secrets' and 'dwarves-only lore' then locks himself inside. He emerges several hours later holding a shimmering... something. It looks like a ribbon made of rainbow, or a thread made of shadow, or a rope made of running water, its shape and color shifting constantly, impossible to describe.\n 'There!' says the smith, clearly proud of his work 'That should hold the old cur all right.'\n\n(you have received the magical chain, you can now return it either to Zorya or Thrym)
1874Very well!\r\n<ANS>(Continue)\r
1875Ah, a fine choice! A strong heart only rows stronger when faced with a mighty opponent, and chains made out of courage and determination will only grow stronger the harder the evil Simargl will try to break them.\r\n\n(Requires a villager with Willpower of 10 or higher)
1876Ah, a fine choice! If I make a chain out of a lie, will it be made of a lie? If it is a lie then it is a lie that it is a lie, and so it is not a lie. But nor is it a truth, and so it must be a lie, which it can't be. Should simargl try to untangle himself out of such an impossible paradox he will only end up entangling himself more.\r
1877Ah, a fine choice! A stealthy hunter's step makes no sound, and so a chain made of it's sound will be unbreakable - one cannot break that which does not exist!\r
1878Oh, what a dark thought... But yes, I suppose it could work. Despair can be a dark and powerful force, and a chain made of it will only grow stronger each time Simargl tries to break it and fails. Yes, it should work...\n\n(requires a villager cursed with the Curse of Darkness)
1879The witch mixes the herbs and a pink, sweet-smelling vapour rises up from her cauldron. You notice two of your villagers looking at one another with curious intensity.  
1880It seems that the love spell may have had some additional effect - a few weeks after you visited the witch you learn that the woman who was stricken by the love spell is now pregnant!
1881Howl-findBros
1882You notice some commotion in the distance - it looks like some people trying to fend off a group of wolves...
1883Orcs - bandVisit
1884Making pass the gates.
1885Speak with the Chieftain
1886Sneak up to the camp and try to find and free the satyr that the Wulf brothers mentioned (should be easier now, during the night)
1887Sneak up to the camp and try to find and free the satyr that the Wulf brothers mentioned (might be easier to do it later, at night)
1888You approach the Orc Chieftain.\n\n 'Name's Crusher' says the Orc 'and I own this place. What do you want here?'
1889We heard that you caught a satyr recently. We would like to ransom him.
1890Looks like a profitable business. Any way we can help and get a cut?
1891 You sneak into the orc camp and manage to locate the cages in which the orcs kept their slaves without attracting any attention.
1892You fail to sneak up on the orcs unnoticed and are forced to flee the angry guards.\r\n\nThey are sure to double the sentries from now on, so rescuing the satyr through stealth may no longer be an option.
1893'That walking wineskin?' the orc asks 'Maybe we did, but it is none of your business - we don't trade with just anyone, and I don't bloody like you. Prove that you can be trusted, and maybe then we'll talk'\n\n(Reputation not high enough, Friendly or higher required)
1894'Yeah, we do. He's a funny one, and a rare specimen, so we expect to get a good price for him. But he's a headache when he starts to sing and the only time he shuts up is when he's sucking on that wineskin of his. The thing keeps refilling itself through some fae magic, but the spell only works for goat-hooved fool so we let him keep it.'
1895We'll pay you 30 gold bars for him
1896'Hmm' the Chieftain gruns 'Deal! I could probably get a better price for him, but his constant yapping gives me a headache and I want to be rid of him quickly. If I hear "The werewolf and the miller's wife" yet again I'll probably strangle the idiot with my bare hands anyway and I won't get a penny for him then.'
1897The Chieftain takes you to the cage where the satyr is kept and unlocks it for you.\r\nSure enough, there is a satyr in one of the cages, sitting on the floor in a relaxed pose and nursing a large wineskin in his arms. He seems curiously unfazed by the circumstances.\r\nThe orc unlocks a padlock that keeps the cage shut and the satyr waves at you merrily.\r
1898'It may be that you can' says the hulking orc 'You want to prove to me that you're serious about business and earn some coin as a bonus, you go to this farm I heard about and take the family that lives \nthere, then bring them to us.\n 'If you manage that and a few more tasks for me then I will have a bigger job for you to. but first prove that you can be trusted.'\n\n (more options unlocked upon reaching Friendly reputation with the Orc Slavers)
1899Ok, we'll do it (will decrease your reputation with New Bumpkinton)
1900We'd rather not them, they are our friends. Is there something else we can help you maybe?
1901'I already gave you a job. Finish it first, then we'll talk.'
1902 'There is one thing' the orc says after a moment's though 'You already helped us some so I'll trust you with this one. The business has been good in this area and we plan to stick around. But we'll need a more permanent base for our operation. I had my eye on a nearby village, New Bumpkinton it's called. It would do just fine - it has some buildings we could use, and the farmers could provide my boys with food. Problem is, the locals will need some convincing.  If I march on the place the good people of New Bumpkinton will just flee into the woods, or leave the area altogether. Or resit, and force me to slaughter most of them before the rest surrenders. That's not what I want.\n 'This is where you come into play. I want you to subdue the locals into submitting to me without damaging them too much. Come up with something. Kidnap some of their women or convince them that they will only be worse off if they try to reist me. They trust you and you're cunning, so you'll come up with something.\n 'Do this for me, and we can take our business to a brand new level. Now off with you!'\n\n(travel to New Bumpkinton and find a way to force the locals into submitting to Crusher's gang)
1903Ok, we'll do it!
1904Upon the Orc Slavers' encampment.\r\n<ANS>Continue\r\n<ANS>Continue\r
1905The encampment is abandoned since the orcs moved to New Bumpkinton, or Crusher'z Turf as it is called now.
1906'There is a goblin tribe in the area that I've been keeping my eye on.' says the orc 'They are no threat, but I want them to join my gang and they aren't cooperating. I need you to track them down and convince them to join my crew - preferably without slaughtering all of them in the process.'\n\n(location of Goblin Tribe marked on te map)
1907'There is something' say the orc 'We keep a few well trained dogs here, they are mighty useful when tracking down runaways. Dog breeding is something of my hobby too, and I've been looking to strenghten my pack with some new blood. Find some wolves in the local woods and bring me some strong stock. Keep in mind that I need live wolves, obviously, so I expect you to snare and catch them, not kill them.'
1908'Hmph!' the orc snorts derisively 'I knew you weaklings didn't have the guts for this job. I may have another task for you, though it won't pay as good.'\n\n(Reputation with Orc Slavers decreased by 1)
1909zmiya-gardens
1910You arrive at the place that Anushka directed you to and find a wondrously lush meadow hidden away at the heart of a dark forest.\r\nThe place is teeming with life, flowers of every shape and colour covering the ground all around you. There is also a large tree in the middle of the meadow, it's trunk carved like an old man's face.\r\nExcept it is no carving, and it is no ordinary tree, which you realise as soon as the carved eyelids raise to reveal a pair of huge eyes.\r
1911Waaah, die die die you gnarled demon!
1912We've come looking for a rare herb, the Flower of Eastern. We need it so we can help our friend.
1913We have brought you the greens as you asked.
1914Farewell.
1915'Friend you say, hmm hmm?' the tree humms ponderously 'Friends are an important thing, hmm hmm. But you see, the flower which you ask for is a friend of mine, hmm hmm, as is every blade of grass here, every sapling, thorn and daisy. I will not part with it lightly.\r\n'I could still help you, hmm hmm. But I should not, hmm hmm. I was appointed by Mokosh as the keeper of her garden you see, a guardian to all her children here. And so a keeper I am. And so I keep. I am no giver. I do not give, no no, hmm hmm.'
1916Surely there must be some way we can convince you, some service we can provide.
1917'Must there, hmm hmm?' humms the tree, clearly amused 'I know only of a few things that must, and they are no fleshling things. They are Mother's things. Trees must grow and trees must die. Rivers must flow and in time rivers must dry. But ways for you to convince me? Those merely may be.\r\n'But you are right, hmm hmm. There may be a service you may provide. As I said, I am a keeper of Mother's garden, hmm hmm, and so I keep. I kept her children safe even when the Darkness came, I did, hmm hmm. But not all of them. There are many sprouts and beans and weeds and reeds that I have not yet gathered here. Bring some of the flowers and grains, herbs and fruit that my garden yet lacks, and I will let you take one of my Flowers of Eastern with you.'\r
1918Very well, we'll be back once we've collected the plants for you!
1919Nah, we're on a schedule and it'll be quicker to just kill you instead (Attack!)
1920'You have, hmm hmm' speaks Leshy, his voice almost excited... almost.\r\n'Yes, you have, hmm hmm. And if you give them to me then you will get my gratitute in exchange. And a Flower of Eastern too, as agreed.
1921You defeat the Leshy and pluck the magical Flower of Eastern. As you exit the meadow you can feel its magic fading, the verdant green withering and drying up all around you.
1922Leshy waves his branches around and deals you a few surprisingly accurate blows that leave you flying through the air. His roots raise from the ground and coil around you, then lift you and throw you out of the meadow. The trees that encircle the meadow shift and move, barring you access. It doesn't look like you'll be allowed into the Gardens of Mokosh ever again.
1923Handing over the sack to the Leshy, he peers into the sack attentively savouring the varieties.\nSoon after, he bends over and started whispering to the flower patch, nodding happily he picked one of smallest blooming flower.\n\n"Please treat him well, will you, hmm hmm? He's a good friend of mine, and a fine fellow."
1924Return to Anushka with the Flower of Eastern. 
1925pAD zmiya-troll
1926You arrive at the cave that Anushka described and sure enough, there is a troll here. And quite a beast it is - tall as a building and muscled as a bull.\n\nSuddenly you have second thoughts about your earlier decision to fight the monster. Perhaps you should have gone looking for the magical flower instead, that sure would have been be the safer option.
1927Kill the troll! Charge!
1928It will take some convoluted argumentation, but you think you can convince the troll to give you some of his blood willingly...
1929Back away slowly before the troll takes notice of you
1930Victory!\r\nYou search the troll's cave and find a few useful item, as well as plenty of animal bones, clearly leftovers from the brute's past meals.\r
1931The troll bashes you around and you are forced to flee...
1932'...and so you see how your lack of success in the social sphere is a direct effect of your anger management problems. Fortunately, that is easily resolved. Our medic can perform a blood leeching procedure using the highest-quality hirudo medicinalis leech specimens. It will remove excess hot blood from your body and get you started on you new life, one of healthy relations and personal success. Would you like to schedule an appointment? It's free, all medical costs refunded by the Ministry of Troll Health!'\r
1933Fight!
1934Orcs-farmJob
1935You sneak up on the farm that the Orcs directed you to.\n\nYou could attack the farmers outright and subdue them with sheer physical violence, or you could sneak up on the peasants, asleep and unprepared during the night.
1936Attack the farmers and take them captive by force. Crusher will likely not be happy that you damaged his goods, though. 
1937Sneak up on the villagers and subdue them before they realise what is happening. 
1938Leave. 
1939You succeed and captured the family of farmers - at least the few that survived the battle. \nIgnoring their pleas for mercy, you took them back to the slaver's camp and handed them over to the orcs.\n\nThe Orc Chieftain, Crusher, gives you a dark look when he sees that you only brought some of the darmers, and those in a sorry state, but he pays you a few coins for them nevertheless.\n\n(Reputation with Orc Slavers improved by 2, Reputation with New Bumpkinton decreasd by 10, your alignment shifted towards Evil)
1940You tripped over a bucket, making alot of noises, alarming the farmers to your presence. It's going to be a fight after all...
1941You succeed and captured the family of farmers. \nIgnoring their pleas for mercy, you took them back to the slaver's camp and handed them over to the orcs.\n\n(Reputation with Orc Slavers improved by 5,Reputation with New Bumpkinton decreasd by 10, your alignment shifted towards Evil)
1942Orcs-gobJob
1943You tracked down the goblins village in the woods that Crusher mentioned.\nFailing to sneak up by unnoticed.
1944Attack the goblins!
1945Convince the goblins that they will be better of joining Crusher's gang. 
1946The goblins were no match to your men. \nHaving rounding them up, you spoke with enlightening words to persuade them.\nBeing on the edge of the cutting knife, the goblins gradually submits to your suggestion, to follow you back to the Orc' camp.\r
1947'We are free folk' exclaims the goblin elder  'We're not bending a knee to anyone, least of an orc brute who offends us by sending pinkskins to do the talking for him. Come, kinsmen, let's show those peasants how free goblins deal with the likes of them...'\n\nThe goblins attack you!
1948The goblins chased you out of the woods.
1949' ... rather than to sneak around the woods, you would have a place to stay. You would no longer fear humans and monsters - with Crusher's gang at your side, you would be the ones that would be feared.'\r
1950Orcs-wolfJob
1951Following Crusher' direction.\nYou located the wolf pack' lair.
1952Attack!
1953Have your hunters place some snares and try to capture the wolves alive. 
1954You defeat the wolves, but most of them perish in combat. You still manage to find a few wolf cubs in the lair and brought those to Crusher.\r\nWhile the Orc Chieftain wasn't particularly happy by the way you handled his request, he pays you a few coins nevertheless.\r
1955You try to place the snares without attracting the wolves' attention, but the beasts catch your scent and attacks!
1956You are forced to flee.\r\n<ANS>UI_EXIT\r
1957Your hunters place a few smartly constructed snares around the wolves' lair and you manage to catch some of the beasts alive, and in good health.\r\nYou deliver them to Crusher and the Orc Chieftain is clearly very content with your efforts, and rewards you handsomely.\r
1958Orcs - turfVisit
1959Much has changed in this place since the orc slavers took over, and not much for the better.
1960Talk with the chieftain
1961 You sneak into the orc camp and manage to locate the cages in which the orcs keep their slaves without attracting the guards' attention.
1962'That walking wineskin?' the Orc asks 'Maybe we did, but it is none of your business - we don't trade with just anyone, and I don't bloody like you. Prove that you can be trusted, and maybe then we'll talk'\n\n(Reputation not high enough, Friendly or higher required)
1963'Yeah, we do. He's a funny one, and a rare specimen, so we expect to get a good price for him. But he's a headache when he starts to sing and the only time he shuts up is when he's sucking on that wineskin of his. The thing keeps refilling itself through some fae magic, but the spell only works for the goat-hooved fool so we let him keep it.'
1964'Hmm' the Chieftain gruns 'Deal! I could probably get a better price for him, but his constant yapping gives me a headache and I want to be rid of him quickly. If I hear "The werewolf and the miller's wife" yet again I'll probably strangle the idiot with my bare hands and I won't get a penny for him then anyway.'
1965The Orc Chieftain takes you to the cage where the satyr is kept.\r\nThe satyr is sitting on the floor in a relaxed pose, nursing a large wineskin in his arms. He seems curiously unfazed by the circumstances.\r\nThe orc unlocks a padlock that keeps the cage shut and the satyr waves at you merrily.\r
1966'It may be that you can' says the hulking orc 'You want to prove to me that you're serious about business and earn some coin as a bonus, you go to this farm I heard about and take the family that lives \nthere, then bring them to us.\n 'If you manage that and a few more tasks for me then I will have a bigger job for you to. but first prove that you can be trusted.' (more options unlocked upon reaching Friendly reputation with the Orc Slavers)\n \n(location of the Remote Farm marked on your map)
1967You approaches the hamlet of Crusher'z Turf, until recently known as New Bumpkinton. 
1968'Sure' say the orc 'There is a goblin tribe in the area that I've been keeping my eye on. They are no threat, but I want them to join my gang and they aren't cooperating. I need you to track them down and convince them to join my crew - preferably without slaughtering all of them in the process.'\n\n(location of Goblin Tribe marked on the map)
1969Howl-NythFran
1970 You approach the thick forest the Witch indicated. \nThe place is dark and covered in dense mist. You try to get deeper into the forest, but it seems some foul magic is playing with your senses as no matter what path you take and how long you walk, you always end up in the place you started from.
1971Try to counter the magic that wards this place
1972You dispell the magical shadows and the path into the heart of the forest is open to you. Soon you approach what must be Nyth Fran - an elven settlement carved into the trunks of giantic dead darkwood trees. The masters of this place - the dark druids the witch mentioned - stand among the trees, their looks grim and their intent clear. It's going to be fight.
1973Try as you might, you cannot pierce the illusions that shroud this place. Depressed by your failure and nauseated by the foul mist that hangs in the area, you decide to retreat and try again when you are better prepared.
1974You are defeated . \nOn fleeing, could hear the elves shout words of dark magic as you ran away from them, and feel a withering curse sip into your soul. 
1975 You defeated the dark elves and take the time to search their bodies and explore the area.\r\n<ANS>UI_EXIT\r
1976A bloody stone altar with a pile of old bones lying above, engraved with runes that seem to twist angrily when you look at them.\r\n You collect the bones - hopefully that is what the witch needs for her spell.
1977Howl-WereLair
1978Werewolf Lair.\nDark cave in the woods. \nYou hear angry snarls echoing the place - sounds from a whole pack of them.
1979Kill the beasts! (attack)
1980Try to reason with the beasts
1981I spoke with Hans and Johan and you'll be welcome in Howlingwood!
1982 You approach the cave, and the werewolves immediately noticed you. There are half a dozen of them in the cave, including one particularly large, silver-fured beast. It is obvious that this is the First Werewolf, the one that the curse started with, and it is he that addresses you.\r\n 'Grr' he growls 'Well look at that, brothers, a meal walking right into our jaws.'\r\n You raise your hands, hoping to show your peaceful intentions.\r\n \r\n<ANS>Try to convince the werewolves (Social)\r
1983You don't have the Bone Pouch that Anushka spoke of with you, and so there doesn't seem to be any way you could convince the rage-filled beasts to listen to you.\n\nPerhaps you should return when you have crafted the Bone Pouch artifact using the enchanted bones.
1984 'No!' \nsnarls the silver-furred werewolf \n'Our anger makes us strong. You die today!'
1985Defend yourself!
1986'Grr. Give it to me!' the silver-furred werewolf snarls at you and you hand him the small leather pouch that the witch blessed.\r\nThe werewolf leader puts the leather strings attached to the pouch around his neck, leaving the pouch hanging from his neck like a pendant.\r
1987Facing the Werewolf Leader, a tough fight but as soon as you pierced the leader's  heart you see his body transform, turning into that of a human man. 
1988You are defeated. You still manage to flee, but not before suffering heavy wounds.\n\nLet's hope none of the bites you suffered has passed the curse on to your men...
1989Oh, you realize it did as you watch one of your villager grow a wolf's tail and some impressive canine fangs soon after the battle
1990 You pass Hans and Johan's invitation to the werewolf leader and he approves with a grunt.\r\n You assume the werewolf pack will be arriving in Howlingwood shortly and bid your departure.
1991You attack !\r\n<ANS>UI_EXIT\r
1992The same is happening to all the other werewolves around you. \nAlas, they are all dead so it does them no good, but hopefully at least Hans will be able to live his life free of the curse. \n\nYou should return to Howlingwood and check on him. 
1993"We're not here to fight, we want to talk."\r\n 'We don't talk with humans. They hunt us. We hunt them. We eat them.' the large werewolf snarls back.\r\n 'But it doesn't have to be that way! We know of your curse - we know of the elven druids that tortured you - and we want to help. A witch helped us prepare something that can relieve you of the agony and rage that the elves forced upon you' you show the werewolf the bone purse 'With this you and your kin will be able to live free.'\r\n The werewolf narrows his blood-shot eyes.\r\n 'Grr, you are stupid if you think we'd want to give up our strength. We're the masters of the woods, stronger and faster than anything under the moon.'\r\n 'That's not what I meant! The spell the witch weaved is the blessing of Horos - it won't make you human, and it won't take your strength away. But it will take away the fits of blind rage that the druids filled you with. You will be able to choose the life you want to live rather than be the tools of the elves' vengeance.' \r\n The werewolf seems to consider you for a long while. \r
1994 'I do not smell deceit in you, and if you brought something that will take away the red rage that clouds my mind, I will gladly take it off your corpse. But it changes little. Us and humans are enemies, hunters and prey.'\r\n\n 'Wait! There is one place where you would be welcome. There is a village called Howlingwood that was founded by one of the werewolves you turned. Help us break the curse that torments him and you, and you will be greeted with open arms there. \nThink of it... the warmth of a merry fire, the safety and comfort of a friendly community around you...'
1995Persuade. 
1996The effect is not spectacular, but immediately visible - the mad rage in the werewolf's eyes dissipates, replaced first by a moment's confusion, then by relief as his snout curves into a smile.\r\n'That feels... better' he speaks, his voice still rough and bestial, but free of the tension you heard in it before.\r\n  You see the same change in all the other werewolves around you - angry tension melting away like snow in spring, a brief confusion and then perceptible relief as the curse of rage is lifted from them.\r
1997'Well, maybe we won't eat you after all. ' says the silver-furred werewolf, his voice stern, but no longer furious 'Go to that Howlingwood place you spoke of. If they will accept our presence, return to me with news and we will join them. Just make it clear that we will not accept anyone's authority over us. I lead this pack, no one else.'\r\n  You assure the werewolf that this won't be a problem - Howlingwood doesn't really have leaders, the place is just one merry anarchy - and you leave. 
1998NewBum-WolfJob
1999You tracked down the pack of wolves that the village elder mentioned.\r\n<ANS>Kill the beasts! (Attack)\r\n<ANS>Place some snares to kill the beasts without risking a fight (Hunting)\r\n<ANS>(Animal Kinship) The poor beasts attack the village because they have young pups to feed and with no game around through the winter. Provide them meats so they can survive through the harsh season so they would leave the village alone. (50 meat, Good) \r\n<ANS>(Animal Kinship) The poor beasts attack the village because they have young pups to feed and with no game around through the winter. Provide them meats so they can survive through the harsh season so they would leave the village alone. (50 meat, Good) \r\n<ANS>Leave for now\r
2000You don't have enough meat.\r\n<ANS>Return to the World. \r
2001You left the meat where the wolves can easily detect it. You're quite confident that this will keep them fed until the pups are old enough for the pack to move to some other place where the game is more abundant.\r
2002You manage to hunt down the wolves!\r\nThe villagers of New Bumpkinton thank you for the favor and reward you with some gold.\r
2003Before you could lay out the traps, the wolves had already caught your scent and dashed towards you.
2004Losing the fight, you were forced to retreat.\r\n<ANS>UI_EXIT\r
2005NewBum-UndeadJob
2006Approaching the cemetery and just as the village elder had claimed - The dead walking among the graves.
2007Kill the undead abominations! 
2008Try to reason with the undead. 
2009As you approach closer, one of the dead - a half-rotten elderly woman - waves at you merrily.\r\n 'Ah, a friendly face' she says, several maggots falling out of her mouth as she speaks 'It's a great relief to see some living people who don't want to put a pitchfork through me, for a change.'\r\n 'Yes, about that...' you say 'We heard you were harassing the good people of New Bumpkinton and we were asked to deal with you.'\r\n 'Us, harassing?'  the dead woman exclaims, clearly shocked 'nonsense. It is true that since the Cosmic Tree burned we dead could no longer get to the afterlife and are so we are forced into this miserable half-life. But we're decent undead, we harass no'body'. I merely wanted to visit my family, see how they are doing. Check on my grandchildren, see if my children need help with the farm. But what did they do? Monster they called, chasing with torches and axes'\r\n The old woman sobs miserably, black naphtha seeping from her eyes.
2010Die, abomination! (Fight) 
2011There is a ritual we could try that will free you from your torment and let you pass into the afterlife. (Mag) 
2012Now now, surely it was just a misunderstanding. Let us try to talk to your family, convince them to let you visit them. (Social) 
2013You succeed and managed to grant the dead their well deserved rest. Before her spirit is freed, the old woman raises her hand in a sign of grateful blessing.\n\n(Reputation with New Bumpkinton improved, Alignment shifted towards Good)
2014You defeat the undeads and burn their corpses to cease anymore reanimations.\n\n(Reputation with New Bumpkinton improved)
2015You failed to defeat the undead and are forced to flee from the cemetary.
2016You fail to convince the relatives of the restless dead, and only end up angering the supertitious folk\n\n(Reputation with New Bumpkinton reduced by 2)
2017You convinced the people of New Bumpkinton that their dead relatives meant them no harm, and the villagers agree to visit the graveyard with some gifts and a good word that will hopefully pacify the tormented undead.\n\n(Reputation with New Bumpkinton improved, Alignment shifted towards Good)
2018NewBum-GobJob
2019 You approach the camp that the goblins set up in the forest and an elderly goblin goes out to meet you.\r\n 'Halt, humans' he says and raises his open hand in a gesture of peace 'We don't want a  fight, but if you're here for the pig, you won't get it. My people starve and we need the meat to feed our children.'
2020Die, greenskin! (Fight) 
2021If your tribe is starving, we will gladly share our food with you. There is no need for thievery. (offer 50 food in exchange for the stolen pig) 
2022Leave for now. 
2023 'You humble us with your kindness' says the old goblin 'We did not expect compassion from strangers, least of all of your kind. We accept gratefully. And here, take the pig back to its owner so there is no bad blood between our people.'\r\n \r\nYou return the pig to New Bumpkinton, and the villagers rewarded you with some gold\r\n \r\n (Reputation with New Bumpkinton improved, alignment shifted towards Good)
2024You do not have enough food. \r\n<ANS>Return to the World. \r
2025You defeated the goblins and brought the pig back to its owner.\n\n(Reputation with New Bumpkinton improved, alignment shifted towards Evil)
2026You are forced to retreat.
2027NewBum-OrcJob
2028On the way to the Orc Slaver camp, you see an approaching group of orcs, dragging few chained human captives behind them.\r\nAs they notice you, the group stops on their track and one of the orc shouted.\r\n'Stay away, pink-skin. \nWe have enough slaves for now to feed in our camp.'
2029Die! (Fight)
2030We will buy your slaves off your right away and save you the trouble! 10G
2031Leave for now
2032 'Will you now?' says the orc 'Sure, that's a good deal. For a moment I thought you would try to attack us and rescue your weakling kin by force. But I should have known better. Give me the gold and you can have your humans, you wimp.'
2033You defeat the orcs. You free the captives and  escort them back to New Bumpkinton where you are greeted by their grateful relatives.\n\n(Reputation with New Bumpkinton improved, Reputation with Orc Slavers deteriorated; alignment shifted towards Good)
2034You failed to stop the orc slavers, and got more than a few bruises in the process. \nOh well, hopefully the villagers in New Bumpkiton will appreciate your effort.\n\n(Reputation with New Bumpkinton improved a bit, Reputation with Orc Slavers decreased; alignment shifted towards Good)
2035Having paid the ransom, \nyou freed and escorted the farmer family to New Bumpkinton \nfor their reunion,\nfor your reward.
2036Orcs-tributeDemand
2037'Me and the boys were thinking' says the powerful orc, 'And we figured you owe us', \n'My band rules this place, and still we let you live here. We don't beat your people up and we don't kidnap them - and we could. \nWe don't burn your crops and houses - and we could. \nWe're damn nice to you. And what do you do to pay us back for our generosity? Nothing, that's what.\r
2038'I figured it's time you ungrateful bumpkins showed us some gratitude. Every now and then some of my boys will come by your village with a friendly visit, which will give you a chance to pay me a tribute and show just how grateful you are for our protection. Best show it with gold - 5 bars would do - or food enough to feed my band.\r\n 'Now that's all completely voluntary - you don't want to pay up, no problem. My boys might accidentally torch a building or two in that case, or kindly ask one of you bumpkins to accompany them back to Crusher'z Turf. But that's still your choice, no pressure.'\r\n The orc looks down or you, a cruel smile on his lips.\r
2039 'Hope I made myself clear, neighbour. Now just to show how nice I am, I'm gonna leave one of my boys here so he can keep an eye on you lot. You know, to make sure you stay safe, and make sure you don't do anything stupid, like try to hide any gold or food that you should be offering in tribute to me. I'll also be taking one of you youngsters with me - he'll be safe... as long as you pay us tribute regularly, that is. If he's strong enough and swears loyalty to me, we may even teach him our ways, and send him back to your village once he grows up.'\r
2040This morning, \nCrusher, Orc Slaver's Leader shows up unannounced at your village, accompanied by a number of his warriors.\r
2041Orcs-tributeCollect
2042This day,\njust as Crusher hinted, few Orc Warriors walked into the village. \n\nDemanding their tribute, or \n     " there will be trouble ".
2043Give 5G as tribute
2044Give 50 food as tribute
2045That's enough, we will not be extorted like that! (Fight)
2046We have neither the food nor gold but please, don't hurt us!
2047" Now aren't you an obedient little bumpkin "  \n\n" We'll be back in a few days, make sure to have more ready and dont keep us waiting here." said the leader.
2048You handed over the tributes. \n
2049You handed over the tributes.\n" Now aren't you an obedient little bumpkin "  \n\n" We'll be back in a few days, make sure to have more ready and dont keep us waiting here." said the leader.
2050You handed over the tributes.\n 
2051 'Well that's too bad' says the leader of the orcs, mock regret in his voice 'We'll just take one of our people back with us in that case. Take him back to our camp and, you know, educate him on the importance of showing proper respect to your neighbours. Hope the rest of you also learns the lesson, and don't expect to see your friend again.'
2052You fought the arrogant brutes off!
2053 The orcs beat your people up easily, then pillage your village.\n "That'd better teach you a lesson" says the orc leader 'Next time make sure to have a tribute waiting for us.'
2054All orcs in your village sided with Crusher's brutes and fought against you.
2055Orcs-takeChild
2056This evening,\npack of orc brutes enters the village.\n\n" Crusher told us to take one of your young ones back to camp' says an ogress.
2057" Boss thinks it'll keep you more docile, knowing that we keep one of yours as 'an appentice'. \nAs long as you cooperate, the kid should be safe. If he's strong enough, maybe we'll even make a real man out him, not a weakling farmer like your lot."\n\nWith that another orc hands the ogress a child in her arms, turning around she led the orcs out of the village. 
2058Orcs-returnChild
2059This day, \na young man enters the village. \n\nTaking a close look, the Elder was astonished to recognizes him as the young one that the orcs once stow away. He has changed much since you last saw him, \nnow taller, stronger and\narrogant grown man. 
2060He reveals his intention quickly that his loyalty now lies with his mighty Leader Crusher rather this 'human' village, \n'would' be sticking around to keep an eye on his ' boss's pet village ' and prompts about ' the tributes '.
2061Orcs-loseChild
2062Some of Crusher's orcs were in the village for trade, \nthen they started drinking and causing trouble.\nOne of them off-handedly mentions, " the boy boss took from your village, you just forget about him. Life in an orc camp proved too hard for that pink-skinned weakling. Boss will probably want a replacement, just to have 'something' that will keep ensuring you behave. "\r
2063The orc gave no other explanation, dismissing any questions and leaving you to wonder if the youngster submit to illness, killed in some accident or simply annoyed one of the orcs and was sold into slavery.
2064romance-village
2065Two of your villagers had clearly became fond of one another, hand in hand strolls during the day and cuddles by the fire during the night.\n\nLifts everyone's spirit to see that Lady Lada still smiles upon this harsh land and that love can still blossom here.\r
2066birth
2067One of the women in your village gave birth to a healthy baby!
2068Oh but what is this!\nThe baby boy was born holding a chunk of  amber in his small hand, the gem clear and bright as sunlight. It clearly is a good and potent omen, even though you can't fathom its exact meaning. You should keep an eye on this kid as he seems destined for great deeds.
2069Simargl-starfall
2070Awaken by a terrible sound in the middle of the night, an echoing and thunderous howl, not unlike a wolf's and loud enough to shake the ground. \nYou and the other villagers ran out into the open in panic. You find no immediate danger - the terrible howl apparently came from the distant - but as you stood under the night sky, witnessing yet another strange phenomenon. 
2071A star ski across the skies, leaving a blazing trail and disappearing toward the distant mountains. \nA moment later, another furious howl is heard from that direction, accompanied by a bright clear light briefly lighting up the horizon.\r\n\n You know not what to make out those omens. While you consider travelling to the place where the star had pointed, you sense there could be danger from what you just seen and heard.
2072Furious howls and glarings of bright light still flashing in the distant, a feeling that whatever titanic struggles taking place over there may be over by sunrise.
2073Simargl-Crater
2074 There in the cavern, a titanic duel plays out right in front of your eyes.\n\nA female warrior clad in silver armor is fighting a huge hound, easily as big as a horse. It seems the pair has been fighting for quite a while, as they are both bleeds from numerous cuts and scratches wounds - the woman bleeding silver mercury that glitters like the stars, the hound bleeding dark red blood that burns the grass it falls onto.\n\nIs this Zorya? a question in your mind.
2075Help the lady fend off the creature (Fight!) 
2076Best keep your distance, these are clearly creatures of divine power and getting between them can't end well for you. 
2077Standing close to the silver-eyed lady. She bleeds from numerous shallow scratch marks, yet she stands tall and proud before you.\r\n"And off he goes ", she looks in the direction where the huge beast disappeared to.\n" You could have helped me. Together maybe we could have overpowered him and stopped him from escaping. Or maybe not. "\r
2078Set free? Who set him free, and how? Are they still around?
2079" When the world was young it was a wild and brutal place ruled by anger, hunger and rut, fit for beasts, not for men. \nThe gods tamed it, but to do so they needed to capture and bind Simargl, who embodies rage and hunger of the wilderness. We defeated the mongrel, and then we bound it in magical chains - the interchanging links forged of sunlight and moonlight, the chain as unbreakable as the cycle of day and night. "\r\n"Well, it was unbreakable." Zorya says with a hint of anger in her voice 'until some fools burned down the Cosmic Tree and plunged all creation back into darkness, breaking the cycle of day and night. At this point the magic of the chain weakened, but still it did not break, its power sustained by the will of my two brothers - Svarog of the Sun and Horos of the Moon.\nBut on that evening before Simargl broke free, one of my brothers was killed, and the chain gave way ... "
2080A god, killed? 
2081" Yes. Svarog, my brother is dead, murdered by the ogre king Thrym. When the Cosmic Tree burned, all the gods lost much of their power and Svarog fell to earth. He sacrificed most of his power to prevent all life from being strangled in the cold grip of the Darkness. Thrym had found him somehow, and killed him. The ogre chose his timing well, attacking my brother at sunset, when Svarog's power is weakest and when I, the Morning Star, was not yet in the sky. \nWhen I appeared in the skies it was too late - I only saw the dead body of my brother lying in a pool of blood, and Thrym returning to his lair with the warband. \nI would have descended upon them with all fury to avenge my brother, but then I heard Simargl howl, and I knew that his chain broke and my first duty was here. "
2082What shall we do now?
2083" Capture Simargl again, of course, and kill Thrym. We will need both my brothers' help with that - alone I am apparently not equivulent for Simargl. I will try to locate Horos - he's gone into hiding when the Darkness came, but little hides from my daughters, the stars, and I'm sure I'll track him down in time. \nAs for you, I will need you to find my other brother, Svarog who is...' 
2084'...dead?'
2085You and your men arrives at the surroundings where the star may had fallen. \nThe forest ends here at foot of a mountain and you can see the mouth of a cave here, glows and glaring, enticing you to enter.
2086(Continue)
2087Return to Zorya. 
2088Zorya standing vigil at the mouth of the cavern, making sure that none of the other monsters imprisoned beneath the mountains attempt to escape.
2089We retrieved Svarog's sword from Thrym's fortress. Alas, it was shattered when Svarog and Thrym fought. 
2090" They weren't around this time, with little time to wait for them, so this time we will need to use other materials.\r\nI will need you to find a dwarven smith and ask him to forge a new chain for us. No ordinary metal will do, of course, but the dwarves know some old magic, and a skilled dwarven smith can forge an object out of anything - metal, sunlight, whisper, memory, virtue... Provide whatever materials the smith will require, and bring me the chain he could forge. \nOnce you're at it, have the dwarf reforge my brother's sword - we will need it once we find the newborn, or to say Svarog.'\r\n \r\n( travel to Howlingwood - or make sure it gets founded, if it wasn't yet - and make sure a dwarven smithy is available there; then speak with the smith and have him forge a magical chain. Optionally speak with the smith and also have him forge a weapon out of the shards you retrieved )
2091" It may be Thrym, the king of the ogres who set Simargl free. \nBut no, the ogre is not here - the location of Simargl's prison was a secret.\nThrym shouldn't have known about this. "
2092(Listen)
2093Without hesitation, you assisted the  mysterious lady, against the infernal beast. Seeing how your arrival has changed the odds in his opponent's favour the hound eventually produces one last angry growl and then darts into the woods, too quick for you to follow.
2094Without hesitation, you assisted this  mysterious woman, against the infernal beast. \nEven with your combined strength you cannot subdue the beast, just  managing to some grevious wounds and forcing it to retreat. The hound produces one last angry growl and then darts into the woods, too quick for you to follow.
2095You decide to stay your distance. Still, the gigantic beast notices you and apparently senses that your arrival may change the odds against its favour. \nProduces one last growl before darting into the woods, too quick for the warrior woman to follow.
2096" Well, yes, technically. But I'm sure he won't stay long like this. Weakened or not, he is a Sun God, and rebirth is very much his thing - he does that every year during winter solstice. \n\nHe'll turn up eventually, you just keep your ears open for anything that resembles a rebirth of a Sun God. "
2097" First, I need you to recover Svarog's sword from Thrym's lair.\nThe ogre took my brother's weapon as a trophy, and Svarog will need it to recover his full power once he returns. "
2098" We'll just need to reforge it. \nIn fact, we have more forging ahead of us. I was thinking about how we can capture Simargl. The first time we did that we used a magical chain made of sunlight and moonlight, but we had both my brothers - Svarog and Horos - during the works. " says the Goddess.
2099Simargl-SunRise
2100 The mysterious lights that you saw earlier continue throughout the night, accompanied by echoing snarls and howls. The lights dim and disappear soon before the dawn, followed by a loud howl, filled with both fury and triumph, making you shiver with terror. \nWhatever titanic struggle had been going on in the distance has now apparently come to an end.
2101Simargl-ThrymLair
2102 Just as Zorya said, there is a huge stone fortress here. Thrym's castle is build with huge, roughly hewn boulders, each the size of a man, and the gates and windows appear to be made for creatures much larger than humans. \r\n A makeshift military camp surrounds the main structure and the place is filled with Thrym's underlings and alies - a patchwork collection of all manner of dark creatures, goblins, orcs, ghouls and strigas. It seems like the Ogre King is mustering quite an army.
2103Sneak into the fortress and try to locate the golden sword of Svarog
2104Sneaking is for wimpy elves! Fight your way into the fortress and KILL THEM ALL! (*not* recommended)
2105Approach the fortress and try to reason with the ogre king. Surely he will be reasonable and will agree to trade you the sun god's sword for the right price... right?
2106Approach the fortress and ask to speak with Thrym, the ogre king
2107Quickly surrounded by a large group of monsters - ogres, strigas, werewolves and witches, even an evil ghost or two. They led you into the castle and soon you find yourself in a large stone hall, facing a huge brown-skinned ogre sitting on a giant throne hewn out of a single giant rock.\r\n\n" Well lookie here " says the Ogre King, a grotesquely broad smile nearly splitting his round face in a half 'The lunch has served itself!\r\n" Tell me, snack, what brings you to my humble castle? "
2108We heard you have the golden sword of the god Svarog. We would like to trade for it. 
2109We heard that you are amassing an army to topple the gods and that you already killed one of them. We'd like to join your cause! 
2110We were just hoping to sell you some food. An army as mighty as yours certainly needs provisions, and our village can provide those. 
2111" Oh is that so? " the King muses, his smile growing even broader.\n" Well what I heard is that you spoke with the goddess Zorya, and that means I cannot trust you. The self-righteous wench is certainly plotting revenge after I killed her brother, and you're bound to be part of it. I think I'll just have one of yours for supper, then kick the rest of you out so you can deliver Zorya this message: she's the next one on my list! "\r\n \r\n The Ogre stretches out his giant hairy arm, preparing to grab one of your villagers.
2112No, wait! There are things you should know! Zorya expects Svarog to be reborn into new flesh soon, and needs the sword to restore his power! Then the two will recapture Simargl, undoing all you have achieved!
2113Damn you, you monster!
2114True to his word, the ogre grabs one of your men, picks him up with a single hand and unceremoniusly bites his head off. \r\n" Kick the rest out! " he ordered to the horde surrounding you, the blood and brain matters of you late companion dripping down his chin.
2115The Ogre stops, looks at you curiously and then withdraws his arm.\r\n" Well that is interesting news indeed, and useful " the Ogre taps the stone throne with his sausage-like fingers. \n" Very well, here is what we'll do. I'll let the lot of you go, free and unharmed, and I will give you a chance to prove that I can trust you. "
2116Your sneaking attempt failed miserably and you are soon spotten by one of the monsters that guards the fortress.
2117It was not easy, but in the end you manage to get inside the fortress and locate the treasury. You find the sword of Svarog - or pieces of it, as it was apparently shattered during the duel with Thrym - and leave the place, after grabbing a few other gems and items lying around.
2118" Well, what is it?" asked the Ogre King. \n\n" Did you find the boy Svarog, and brough him here with you? "
2119Here he is, my lord (turn in the boy that was born holding a chunk of amber in his hand)
2120Not yet, my lord, but we keep looking
2121" The star-wench doesn't know you found her brother and brought before me, so those shards should convince her that you're still on her side. \nHave her tell you how she plans to ensnare Simargl. \nReturn to me with that knowledge, for I shall catch that infernal beast and bind it to my service. \nWith it by my side, I shall be able to tear down the last of the gods's order, and restore the world to what it should be ...\na wild place, where the strong rule over the wicked, the weak are just slaves and playthings for us, Creatures of the Dark. "
2122 You are quickly surrounded by a large group of monsters -\nQuickly surrounded by a large group of monsters - ogres, strigas, werewolves and witches, even an evil ghost or two. They led you into the castle and soon you find yourself in a large stone hall, facing a huge brown-skinned ogre sitting on a giant throne hewn out of a single giant rock.\r\n\n" Well lookie here " says the Ogre King, a grotesquely broad smile nearly splitting his round face in a half 'The lunch has served itself!\r\n" Tell me, snack, what brings you to my humble castle? "
2123We heard you have the golden sword of the god Svarog. We would like to trade for it.
2124We heard that you are amassing an army to topple the gods and that you already killed one of them. We'd like to join your cause!
2125We were just hoping to sell you some food. An army as mighty as yours certainly needs provisions, and our village can provide those.
2126" Well done! " the Ogre turns to you.\n\n" You did well and deserve to be rewarded. As I said before, I also have another task for you. \nGo back to Zorya and hand her these shards of her brother's sword. " with that the Ogre hands you a wrapped linen of what used to be a beautiful golden sword.
2127"Ah, welcome home" says the Ogre as he pats the boy on the head.\n" We'll make a real man out of you both in combat and loyalty, and side by side we will pillage and feast on the flesh on our enemies. You would become one of us in time. " \r
2128" Find Svarog once he is reborn - if what you say is true he would be just a baby, harmless and maleable. \nBring him to me, since I can't keep him dead then I instead should raise him as my own and shape him as my image.\r\nIf you do that, you might prove yourself truly loyal to me. I will then give you Svarog's shattered sword so you can take it to Zorya. It will be of no use to her since young Svarog is in my care, \nbut it should convince her to share her plan for capturing the beast Simargl. "
2129" You see, I am very much interested in taming Simargl into my service, but to do so will take magic that I do not yet know. \nBut Zorya does. "\r\n\n (return to Thrym once you have located the reborn Svarog; or keep trying to steal Svrog's sword from Thrym)
2130romance-expedition
2131file\Adventures\Punishing events.txt.txt
2132Snowstorm
2133As you look up at the sky, you see the weather is rapidly changing. \nA huge snowstorm is upon you. \nYou try to escape, but two of your people get buried in the snow.
2134Dig them out! [Physical]
2135Use magic to melt the snow! [Hex]
2136Every man for himself! [Escape, lose the two buried characters]
2137The two buried people did not make it out alive, but the rest of the expedition manages to find shelter.
2138Mourn the dead.
2139You have failed to rescue the buried victims, and some of the other people were wounded while trying to save them. The only rational thing to do now is to escape, before more people get injured or die.
2140Leave quickly.
2141You managed to dig the victims out, and they were unharmed. Some of your people feel stronger now.
2142Great, now let's get the hell out of here!
2143You have succesfully melted the snow around the victims without harming them. Your mages feel blessed by this experience.
2144The storm is not over yet, let's leave quickly!
2145As you walk through the terrain, your children suddenly get trapped into a spiderweb! One of your people spots a Spider Queen with some hatchlings crawling towards the trapped children for a nice little snack.
2146You kill the spiders and free the children from the webs, but some of your people were poisoned during the battle.
2147Atleast we have the kids back.
2148Werewolves
2149A group of werewolves charges at you, and they surround your children. You are not sure what they want from them, but they seem very menacing.
2150Ask them what their intentions are. [Social]
2151Have one of your people distract them while the rest saves the children and escapes.  [Sacrifice weakest character]
2152Flee and leave the children behind.
2153One of them speaks up. "As you may have noticed, there have been many earthquakes lately. Some of them hit our pack and killed many of us. At this rate, too many of our wolves are dying. Our only way to survive is to turn children into werewolves to replace our dead ."
2154The earthquakes affect us all, but we will work on stopping them, and we need those children to help us with that mission! [Social]
2155You can't do that to those poor children, take one of us instead! [Sacrifice weakest character]
2156You were not able to beat the wolves. It looks like you have no choice but to leave the children behind, before they get more of you.
2157Damn, maybe bringing children on an expedition wasn't such a great idea after all.
2158You kill the wolves and see that the children are unharmed. Next to them is a little wolf pup lying in a submissive pose. It did not fight and instead it was hiding with the children.
2159Aww, take it with us!
2160Cute. Now let's butcher it for meat!
2161The wolf follows your orders and seems happy to join you.
2162Good doggy!
2163The werewolves talk amongst themselves for a moment and then turn to you. "I suppose an adult will be more useful. We will take one of you, and allow you to keep the children."
2164How kind of you.
2165You saved the children and runs away. Telling the children to not look back at the hero who sacrificed himself.
2166Just keep running.
2167You were unable to convince to wolves to leave the children alone. They bite the children and you can see them slowly turning into werewolves.
2168There's nothing we can do now. Let's leave.
2169"We understand what you're saying, but if we don't take these children we might go extinct. If we give you our fiercest four-legs will you let us have your children?"
2170Alright, it's a deal.
2171No, we don't want your wolf. How about we give you an adult instead of the children?
2172Enough, we'll show you how to go extinct! [Fight!]
2173The werewolf snarls at the biggest four-legged wolf and it moves towards your party without making a noise. It looks up at you expectantly.
2174Welcome to the team!
2175Livingplant
2176One of the kids in the village is trapped in what appears to be a living plant!
2177Pull him out! [Physical]
2178While trying to pull the child out, the plant died, but so did the child.
2179You pull the kid out of the plant. They both appear to be unharmed.
2180Burn the plant!
2181Leave the plant, and tell the kids to stay away from it.
2182You burn down the plant. Its remains turn into coal.
2183Gather the coal.
2184You leave the plant alive. Over the next few days, many vegetables have grown around it. It looks like it wanted to thank you for your mercy.
2185Great! Gather the vegetables.
2186Villagespider
2187A small spider crawls into your village.
2188Squish it!
2189Pick it up and put it outside.
2190Leave it.
2191You kill the spider, and take some spidersilk from its body. However, a gas cloud erupts from its body and some of your villagers are poisoned.
2192One of your villagers picks the spider up and puts it outside. However, the spider bites them and they feel sick for the next days.
2193The spider stays in your village. Over the next few days, several of your villagers are cursed. You think someone has put a spell on the spider to curse people close to it.
2194Try to find the person who did it. [Hunting]
2195You could not find the person who cursed you, and you'll have to find another way to get rid of the curse.
2196One of your scouts finds a mysterious stranger near your village and follows her to her house. It is an eerie little place, ridden with dark magic. The scout decides it's too dangerous to go alone, and returns to the village to report the find.
2197Let's check it out at some point.
2198House
2199You see the house and you hear noises coming from inside. You have a bad feeling about this place.
2200Let's come back later.
2201You see a Baba Yaga, some animals and some plants and other items that she probably uses for magic.\n\n"Who are you, why did you come here?", She hissed.
2202We know you cursed our village, why did you do it?
2203Kill her, maybe it will remove the curse. [Fight]
2204Well, you better remove the curse, or we'll have to kill you! [Social]
2205You kill the Baba Yaga and her pets, and you find many herbs and other resources in the house. However, the curse did not disappear.
2206Take the loot and go.
2207The Baba Yaga performs a ritual which involves some potions, many herbs and a dead rat. You feel the curse fading away. She also gives you some leftover herbs as an apology.
2208Great! Take the herbs and leave.
2209The Baba Yaga laughs at you. Before you can decide what to do next, you suddenly find yourself outside and the house is nowhere to be found.
2210Looks like we lost her.
2211You were unable to defeat the Baba Yaga. You escape the house, but when you turn around you see the house has mysteriously disappeared.
2212Guess we'll have to find another way to get rid of this curse.
2213Villagechildren
2214A group of goblins approaches your village. \nAs you get ready to defend the village, their chieftain speaks up.\n\n"Hold! We only come here to bolster our ranks. If you give us one of your children we will leave in peace!"
2215No way! Kill them! [Fight]
2216You get the hell out of here before we kill you! [Social]
2217Alright, give them a kid.
2218The goblins lose their patience. One of their shamans casts a deforming curse on some of your villagers.
2219That's it! Kill the goblins! [Fight]
2220The goblins take the child and leave the village.
2221Okay then.
2222The goblins are intimidated and leave the village. Some of your villagers felt more confident.
2223The goblins are worn out, but you lost the fight. It looks like their offer still stands.
2224Give them a kid.
2225Witchyambush
2226You are ambushed by a Baba Yaga. She immediately curses some of your people.
2227Kill her! [Fight]
2228You killed the Baba Yaga, and the curse fades.
2229You kill the Baba Yaga, but the curse remains.
2230Corpse
2231You find the corpses of two humans. You are not sure what happened to them, but their bodies are badly bruised and it looks like they took a heavy beating. They are completely naked and you don't see any of their belongings anywhere. It looks like they were robbed, either by their killers or by scavengers.\n\nOne of the corpses has already started to rot and has a foul stench.
2232Bury them.
2233Leave them.
2234Use magic to put their spirits to rest. [Hex]
2235You walk away from the corpses, and some of your people feel guilty and lose some of their will.
2236Thea is a harsh world.
2237You bury the bodies, but one of them is poisoned and it spread through your party.
2238The ritual is succesful. The dead can now rest in peace. Your mages feel blessed by this experience.
2239Bury the corpses and leave.
2240The ritual backfires, the bodies burn and your mages are cursed.
2241RatAttack
2242A large group of rats attacks you. It seems like they are trying to get your food.
2243Use food to distract most of them, while killing the rest. [Fight]
2244The battle is over. The remaining rats are still eating your food and you can now run away.
2245You survived the battle, and none of your food was taken.
2246You survived the battle, but the rats managed to take some of your food.
2247Undead Elves
2248A large group of elves approaches you. But something is off about them. It almost looks like there is no life in their eyes. They may have been turned into mindless beasts by the darkness. They draw their weapons and get ready to attack you.
2249Fight them! [Fight]
2250Use magic to banish them! [Hex]
2251Try to escape! [May lose a character]
2252You beat the elves, but one of them manages to curse your party before he dies.
2253You banish the elves. The magic took its toll and some of your mages are weakened, but their magical powers have significantly improved.
2254You fail to banish the elves, and they banish some of your mages instead.
2255Most of your people manage to escape, but one of them was captured and killed.
2256Your entire party manages to escape!
2257play
2258A small winged demon flies towards your group. "Wanna play a game?", he asks. "If you lose, I will punish you. If you win, I will also punish you!"
2259Sure, sounds fun!
2260What? No way!
2261"Alright, all you have to do is kill all these spiders I've reanimated!"
2262Let's do it! [Fight]
2263You move on but suddenly the demon appears before you and asks you to play again. No matter where you go, you can't seem to get rid of the demon.
2264Try to capture the demon. [Phyisical]
2265Fine, I'll play your stupid game.
2266Well done, you won! Your punishment is that all your blessings will be taken away from you!
2267Great, Thanks!
2268Hmpf, fine. A hideous human then, or a gross version of whatever you are now.
2269That's...better?
2270"You failed! Now I will turn one of you into a hideous rat!"
2271Yes, I've always wanted to be a rat!
2272Please don't do that, I don't want to be a rat...
2273"You'll be a big, fat, ugly one though!" The demon casts his magic and one of your people turns into a fat rat.
2274Move on and hope you never bump into this demon again.
2275You manage to capture the demon. "Well done!", he says, "capturing me was actually the game! Now that you've won, it's time for your punishment!" He bites the person holding him and then disappears. The bitten person becomes very sick.
2276Fricken demons...
2277"How dare you raise your hand against a little guy like me! I'll show you!" The demon conjures a poison cloud and sends it to your party, then he flies away. Most of your party manages to dodge the cloud but a few of them were hit and are now poisoned.
2278stuck
2279Travelling through a marshland.\nOne of your men gets stuck in the muddy water, and starts to sink.
2280Pull them out! [Phyisical]
2281Your scout spots some forest elves, you can try to ask them to help. [Social]
2282It's too risky to help them, just leave.
2283You fail to pull them out and another one of your people gets stuck as well. They both sink and die.
2284You pull them back to safety. Your party feels much stronger now.
2285After a while you finally convince them to help you but when you get back to the water the victim is already gone. The elves are annoyed and leave. After a few minutes your party starts to feel strange. It feels as if you've been cursed by the swamp itself.
2286Get out of here quickly.
2287The elves agreed to help you. They talk to the trees in an incomprehensible language and one of the trees suddenly comes to life. It uses its roots to grab the person in the water and pulls them out.
2288Thank you!
2289Snakes
2290Unaware that the thick bushes were the resting spot for a group of snakes, they attacked you. \nSome of your people were bitten and got poisoned.
2291Kill them!
2292Losing the fight and not to danger the lives of the bitten and wounded.
2293Retreat to the World. 
2294Fortunately, the pests were eradicated.\nLooking through the messy carcasses, some materials were found.
2295Ratsmakemesick
2296Rats infestation in the camp supplies. \nSome of the men were bitten and gotten unwell.
2297Elfattack
2298A large group of elves approaches you. "Greetings, friends.", their leader says. "You have many nice weapons, and armor too. We're sorry about this, but we're gonna have to take them from you."
2299Why?
2300"We don't want to do this, but we have no choice. Our friend was captured by humans. There are many of them, and they don't have enough weapons for the entire group. They told us to bring them equipment to trade for our friend, otherwise they will kill him. And since you have some humans in your group, it's only fair that we take your weapons, instead of getting other races involved. Your human friends started this, you can blame them for this mess."
2301We have nothing to do with them. If you want our stuff you'll have to fight for it! [Fight]
2302They're not our friends! Can't we work together to save him? [Social]
2303Alright, we understand. Good luck saving your friend. [Give all equipment]
2304The elves keep attacking you until you are too weak to fight back. They leave you alive but take all your equipment. They apologize before leaving.
2305You win the battle. One of the dying elves pleads to you. "We're sorry for attacking you...we had no choice. Please...save our friend." He takes a map out of his pocket with the location of the bandit hideout.
2306Take the map and leave.
2307The elves put away their weapons. "Very well, it seems there is another way to do this. Take this map, it has the location of the bandits and their prisoner. Unfortunately we cannot accompany you, if the bandits see that we brought an army they will immediately kill our friend. Instead you will have to pretend to be raiders who have not made our acquaintance.\n\nWe can still help you though. We will cast a spell to empower every last one of you, with this strength you will surely be able to defeat the bandits and rescue our friend. I'm not sure if he is willing to rejoin us after we were forced to abandon him, please try to take care of him if you can."
2308You fail to convince them to work together. While you were talking, one of them snuck up to you and stole a bag, but it only had some food inside.
2309That's it, we're done trying to be reasonable! If you want our weapons, come and get them! [Fight]
2310Alright, just take the weapons and leave use alone.
2311Hideout
2312You find the bandit hideout, but you don't hear any noise inside. Your scout sneaks in, and when they return they say that it looks like all the bandits are here, but they are asleep. He could not find the prisoner anywhere.
2313Now's our chance to ambush them! [Fight]
2314You were unable to kill the bandits. You are forced to flee and it looks like the bandits are abandoning this place as well.
2315You kill the bandits and take their stuff. One of you spots a cage in the back of the cave.
2316Check out the cage.
2317The elf is in the cage, but unfortunately she is already dead. She may have died during the battle, or perhaps was already dead when you arrived. No weapons, only clothes and a few other possesions where scattered around.
2318Take her stuff and go.
2319You find the elf inside the cage and handed her some food and herbs. It looks like she is strong enough to survive.\nShe thanked you and seeked to join your group.
2320Welcome to the group!
2321nomads
2322You encounter a group of nomads. "Greetings", one of them says. "We are trying to survive the Darkness and we are in need of more people. We will take you by force if we have to, but we are willing to be reasonable and do this without shedding blood. If you give us your strongest person, or two children, we will give you our best equipment, as well as some rare resources."
2323We don't want to trade, if you want us you'll have to fight. [Fight]
2324Pretend to trade with them but sneak away after they give you their stuff. [Sneak]
2325Fine, our strongest person will join you.
2326Okay, you can have the kids.
2327You lose the battle, the nomads take all your equipment and capture your survivors.
2328gg
2329The traders give you some basic supplies, and turn around to get more stuff. You take this chance to sneak away. Everyone manages to escape, and your sneaking skills have improved.
2330After they gave you a few things they noticed you were getting ready to sneak away. You made a run for it but two of your people were captured.
2331You kill the nomads. They broke their best weapons but you still find some other equipment. You also see that they have a child with them.
2332You've come in contact with some poisoned corpses, and it is spreading throughout your party.
2333Try to cure it. [Sickness]
2334You fail to cure the poison and some of your people get sick.
2335You cure the poison and your medical skills have improved.
2336savethepine
2337A pineconette runs into your group. "Help me!", he says. "Those bandits want to sell me to a collector! I managed to escape but they are trying to recapture me!"\n\nA group of bandits walks up to your party with their weapons drawn. "Give us the walking stick, or ye'll pay with blood."
2338Protect him. [Fight]
2339Give him back.
2340"Ohh, you'll protect me? Thanks so much, I'll help you fight them!"
2341Let's go!
2342"How could you!" The pineconette casts a spell and poisons some of your party members. The bandits take the pineconette and leave.
2343After a tough fight, the bandits capture two of your people before you manage to escape.
2344Crowattack
2345A huge swarm of crows attacks your party. They are trying to get your food.
2346Fight them!
2347Distract them with food and escape.
2348You win the battle, but they have taken a lot of food.
2349You survive the battle, but they have taken all your food. One of your children was killed during the battle.
2350scarycorpse
2351You stumble across a corpse.
2352Loot the corpse.
2353This feels bad, let's leave.
2354While you walk away, you notice many other corpses. Suddenly some of them start to rise and chase you. You manage to escape, but some of your people have been cursed by the undead.
2355The corpse suddenly rises, as do many other corpses around you that you hadn't seen before. You are surrounded and are unable to escape. Although they seem hostile they don't attack you yet and you have time to think of a plan.
2356Fight them head on! [Fight]
2357Light a fire to burn them!
2358Perform a magic ritual using enchanted bones to destroy the skeletons.
2359You burn down all the skeletons, but some of your own are hurt as well.
2360Get outta here
2361You successfully banish the undead. The magical powers have disappeared from the bones, but one of your people has improved their magic skills.
2362Alright.
2363giants
2364Your scout spots a treasure chest in the distance, guarded by two giants. They haven't seen you yet.
2365Only two of 'em, we can take 'em! [Fight]
2366We have enough bows to kill them from a distance!
2367Too dangerous, leave.
2368You leave, but the ground suddenly starts shaking and some of your people get hurt. The giants have spotted you and chase you.
2369You kill the giants, they fall down on the floor and the ground starts shaking. Your archers were unprepared for this and they drop their weapons. The ground splits in two and you are unable to get the loot, or retrieve any of the weapons you lost.
2370You kill the giants, but they fall down on top of two of your people. 
2371Try to save them, then loot the chest.
2372necromancer
2373You are ambushed by a hooded man and his undead army. Some of your people get hit and the necromancer casts a spell to weaken your fighters. You are surrounded and unable to flee.
2374Your mages focus their magic on the necromancer and successfully banish him. most of his undead allies collapse, but one of them is still standing. He is passive now, as if waiting for his next command.
2375Burn it.
2376One of your members knows something about necromancy. Check if it listens to your orders.
2377You burn down all the corpses and they turn into coal.
2378Get the coal and leave.
2379Your necromancer tries out a few orders and it responds appropriately.  It looks like you have a new pet.
2380Tell it to follow us.
2381You banish the enemies, but you accidentally banish one of your own as well.
2382Woops.
2383boarattack
2384You are ambushed by a pack of boars. They immediately hit one of your people and break some of your stuff.
2385Try to poison the boars to scare them away. [Sickness]
2386Two of the boars get poisoned and the rest of them flee. The poisoned ones also try to escape but they are too weak and fall down.
2387Butcher them for meat and bones.
2388Try to heal them.
2389The poison has enchanted the bones and gave them magical powers. The meat is no longer safe to eat.
2390Good, let's go.
2391Your medic heals one boar but the other one dies. The survivor has nowhere to go now that its pack is gone. It looks like it wants to stay with you.
2392Welcome!
2393You heal the boars and they go off to join their friends. Your medical abilities have improved.
2394rescue
2395You come across an elf, who looks at you with pleading eyes. "Please help me", she says, "my daughter has been kidnapped by a big mean orc who lives here." She points at a small house nearby.
2396Alright, we'll get him!
2397"Actually, I've killed him myself. But my child is still stuck in that house, I can't get the door open."
2398Try to force the door open. [Physical]
2399Sorry, we don't have any keys. Bye.
2400You open the door and her daughter runs out. They both thank you and the mother blesses your party.
2401Very good, let's move on.
2402You finally manage to open the door, but it is too late. The child is already dead. The mother doesn't say anything, she just hugs her childs body and cries. They both disappear and your party is cursed.
2403Damn...
2404You leave the elf. One of your people feels bad about what happened and loses some will.
2405You are attacked by a large group of bats.
2406Try to pick them off one by one. [Tactics]
2407You survive the battle, but some of your people are bitten and got poisoned.
2408Oh well, atleast we're alive...for now.
2409You drive the bats away, and some of your people feel blessed. You see a gadget on the ground. One of the bats must've dropped it.
2410Pick it up.
2411Double Trouble
2412Your expedition is approached by a few goblins who start shouting at you. "You there, pinkskins! Give us your weapons and armor!"
2413And what if we don't? There's only four of you, you can't beat us.
2414"You'll regret it! We know who you are, where you came from. We've sent a huge army to your village and they will attack it unless we give them a signal. You can't kill us, or your village is doomed! So I repeat, give us your weapons and armor!"
2415Our village is strong, your army can't beat them! We'll beat you instead! [Fight]
2416We can't let our villagers die, we'll give you some equipment. [lose 4 random equipment]
2417"Very good! We will call off the attack. You live today, wise pinkskins!"
2418The goblins beat you and take all your equipment, but your village doesn't get attacked by the army.
2419Alright then...
2420You kill the goblins and loot their stuff.
2421Meanwhile, back in your village...
2422One of your villagers spots two goblins hiding behind the walls. They realize they've been seen and panic. They attack your village.
2423Defend the village! [Fight]
2424It turns out the goblins were just bluffing, they do not have an army. Your villagers kill the goblins and loot their  stuff.
2425The goblins did not have an army, but they still managed to win the battle. They take some basic supplies and equipment, but then they hear something outside the village and flee quickly.
2426Damn goblins!
2427A few wolves attack you.
2428You manage to escape, but your weakest villager did not survive the battle.
2429Oh no!
2430Gaeth
2431You are attacked by Gaeth. Some of your people immediately get cursed.
2432You kill the Gaeth, but the curse remains.
2433file\Adventures\Snark.txt.txt
2434Hunting the Snark
2435\t"Will you aid us?"\r\n<ANS>Tell us more of the creature you are hunting.\r\n<ANS>Tell us more of the creature you are hunting.\r\n<ANS>Tell us more of the creature you are hunting.\r\n<ANS>Tell us more of the creature you are hunting.\r\n<ANS>Tell us more of the creature you are hunting.\r\n<ANS>Tell us more of the creature you are hunting.\r\n<ANS>What is the kind of aid you seek?\r\n<ANS>Why would you be hunting such a creature?\r\n<ANS>Send away these fools! [Exit]\r
2436"Well the creature is, meagre and hollow but crisp, of taste, like a coat that is rather too tight in the waist."\r\n<ANS>Right...\r
2437"The creature has the peculiar habit of staying up late, at five o'clock tea is when it first ate and last at on the following day."
2438Right...
2439"The creature is very slow in taking a jest, for then it will sigh like something deeply distressed."
2440"The creature has a fondness of bathing-machines, which it constantly carries about. It believes it adds to the beauty of scenes, a sentiment open to doubt."
2441"The creature is best described as very ambitious and that is all we'll address!"
2442"I have told you all anyone knew, and now will you help our crew?"
2443You come across a band of nine raggedy Adventurers and a large galumphing Rat.\r\n They say they are hunting for a creature you have never heard before of and request your aid.
2444Greet them and hear them out.
2445"We need thimbles and care, forks and hope, smiles and soap and also a rail-way share. Will you help us now that you are aware?"
2446Give them thimbles and care to seek the creature. [Lose 30 metals and a tool]
2447Give them forks and hope to pursue the foul beast. [Lose 30 wood and a tool]
2448Give them smiles and soap to charm the monster. [Lose 30 food and a piece of jewelery]
2449What is a railway-share?
2450Tell us some more first!
2451Well because we have a map indeed, and that is where and how I will lead.
2452A map of where the creature hides out?
2453No, don't be crazy, then we wouldn't need your helping hand. It is a map of the sea and it is very easy to understand.
2454Let us see that.
2455"You see this map is really clear and needs no explanation here. Now will you help us or should we veer?" He says as he shows you a blank page.
2456All right we may help you, but first tell us some more.
2457Yeah... you better leave, your tales are getting me a headache. [Exit]
2458"We don't know that either, but that is how and not with a knife, they say you can threaten it's life."
2459Tell us some more.
2460"Thank you a bunch, now we will certainly have snark for lunch!"
2461Eh.. you're welcome and good luck!
2462"This is surely wonderful, this will attract any snark as by rule!"
2463" For your aid we shall reward,\nnow lets have a little game. "\n\n" You may only pick one chest out of these three choices. They contains Jubjub the desperate bird we caught sometime ago, a rather fine accessory made by one of our crew member or what our banker might have left, some gold lying around, not sure how much would it be, but you take whats available. "\n\n" I would very much like to keep the birdy but it all depends on you fate. "\n
2464A Jubjub bird we gotten, although we have never heard of or seen it before.
2465Accessory it seems.
2466Gold seems fine.
2467file\Adventures\Xas - Love.txt.txt
2468Elder - Gift 01
2469A package sits on the table in the Meeting Hall.\n
2470Written on it.\n\n"\t   To : Dearest Elder\t\t"\n
2471' Becoming the Talk of the Town ' as the news spread about the mysterious package addressed to the Elder.\n\nEveryone were eager to find out who send the package.\n
2472Elder - Gift 02
2473A package sits on the table in the Meeting Hall again.\n
2474Written on it.\n\n"\t   To : Dearest Elder\t\t\n     Hope you like the earlier Gift.   "\n
2475' Again, the Talk of the Town ' as the news spread about yet another mysterious package addressed to the Elder.\n\nEveryone were eager and speculating to find out who send the package.\n
2476Elder - Gift 03
2477A package sits on the table in the Meeting Hall yet again.\n\nEveryone working in the hall had been keeping a close eye, for whom put it there.\nYet no one seen anything.\n
2478Written on it.\n\n"\t   To : Dearest Elder\n My favorite. I want you to have it.   "\n
2479' Hot Topic of the Town ' as the news spread about another mysterious package addressed to the Elder.\n\nUproar speculations to find out who send the package.\n
2480Elder - Gift 04
2481Days had passed as the Elder and several others had been closely watching around the Meeting Hall.\n\nOn this usual night, everyone is casually minding their business, chatting and having their drinks.
2482\t\t" GOTCHA! "\n\nas Elder caught hold of a wrapped hand, holding on to a package and verge of placing it on that table.
2483Most in the hall turned to see whats the commotion.\n\n" A THIEF??? !" someone yelled.\n\n\t" Is that one who left the package! " one shouted.\n\n" Elder, is that your woman, hicc? ? "\na drunkard mumbles.\n
2484" So you are the one leaving packages around for me? " the Elder spoked.\n\nSwiftly the Elder reaches out to uncloak this mysterious character.\n
2485Revealing ...
2486the old hag who sells vegetables down the street, \nshe smiles at the Elder, showing her mouthful of rotten teeths.\n\n" YEAHhh, do you like my presents. "
2487one of the orphan child the Elder and men had rescued from the slavers.\n\n" OHHHH you got me. ! giggle and smiling. \nSaying she found those in the wood while gathering and wanted to give them to Elder.
2488a striga mistress, stood still staring at the Elder. She raises her hands to cover her eyes and face amidst the bright lights and attention in the hall.
2489a slender and pretty lady stood in the middle of the hall amist the attention. She seems awkward revealed from her cloak.\n\n" Am I in some sort of trouble? " she asked softly.
2490its a dwarven lady, a stranger in town. Noone had seen her before\n\n" Greetings sir, I come from Mount Stoney, have been living in the nearby woods. \nSo you have never seen me. "\n\nThe stranger is graceful and polite, so the Elder led her to the table to listen to her speak.
2491At a loss, Elder replied\n\n" Thank You. They are nice. I have urgent matters to handle, OH, I need to go check the Guards! Have to go. " and he hurried out of the hall.
2492For the next few days, the Elder avoided walking down the street where the vegetable stand is.\n
2493She handed another package to the Elder and merrily hops towards the door. Turns around and hops back to the Elder,\n\n" Can I have that cloak back, I borrowed it. "\n\nRetrieving the cloak, she merrily hops out of the hall.
2494Elder let out a laugh, opening the package, \n\nits a Ruby !\n
2495" I left my hometown, with my craft skills and I heard about Market, so I went there, but there no need of female Smith. So I camped out in the woods, until I heard the Elder in this village is a good man, so I thought I send you some gifts before I visit you in proper one day . "\n\n" Since you found me now. Would you accept me joining your village, I am a good Smith and Worker, I would be very happy if you would let me stay and fight or build me a smithy. "\n\nAs she twirl her hammer over her shoulder.
2496As always the Elder is full of 'welcomings'. Nodded to the request.\n\n" We always welcome those who are in need and willing to contribute to our humble village. Be comfortable and display your skills to aid our men. Do stay at the guest house for today and we'll find you a suitable quarters tomorrow. "\n\nOn hearing the Elder' words. The dwarven lady shows a sign of relief.
2497" I go back to pack up my camp now and be back in awhile. "\n\nThe Elder nods and instructed a few helpers to assist the lady in moving her stuffs from her camp.\n
2498The Dwarf has join the village. 
2499" Oh no, no lady, I am just seeking the person who had been leaving packages around here, until I caught your hand earlier with that package. "
2500" This? I picked this package up earlier and it says, 'to the Elder' and so I thought I'll just put it on that table. Nothing more, I swear. Now you can keep it. " \nShe raises the package and hands it to the man infront of her.
2501Before the Elder could say anything,\nthe lady darted across the hall and exited through the window.\n\n     ' what was that all about. '\nThe Elder stood there with much queries in his head.\n
2502The Elder was in deep thoughts for a moment and recalled.\n\n" I remember you, you were the little girl I used to see with the witch woman from the swamp when I was still a boy, right? "\n\nThe mistress did not reply, just a faint nod.
2503The Elder reached out his hand and held on the Mistress arm, leading her to sit by the table, dispersing the onlookers and continued.\n\n" We used to play by the water in the afternoon and at night sometimes we roast over the fire."\n\n" But years passed and you never appeared again. Did something happened to you. Something bad? "\n\nThe mistress remains quiet all the while.
2504Words whispered into the Elder's ears.\n" I wanted to ran away from that witch, she caught me and in the struggle, i knocked the potions over myself and the cauldron fall, and tree we lived in fire all over. For long time, I am under the tree and house. \nSomehow one day I just rise out from the dirt, the witch no more see her. I walked around in dark. One day, I see you in forest. I follow you. No place to go, I hide around. Sometime in the graveyard. Sometime in roof of houses... "\n\nThe words starts getting softer and more sadden.
2505" Come. " the Elder says, as he extends his hand to the mistress.\n\nThe mistress just stood up to follow.\nTogether they left the Meeting Hall, as the Elder led them behind to a secluded spot behind, and \nthere sits an abandoned Caravan, crates, boxes and unlit campfire\n\nElder proceeds to light the campfire.\n" I often come here to rest and think.\nNot many comes here. You can stay here if you want, or if you dont like, I could find another place for you. "
2506The mistress just stood by the Caravan looking at it, shifted up the ladder, peering in and sat down by the ladder.\n\nThe night went by in silence, as the mistress sat in the caravan looking into the skies and the Elder by the fire.
2507The old man dozed off by the fire.\n\nFaintly in his dreams, he sees himself and the little girl, just like yesterday, playing as children.\nHe sees scenes of him giving her a small flower, sharing food and fruits and together finding an amber while digging the soil for treasures.\n\nAll seems so clear now, about the items in the packages, they are the memories they had shared.
2508The Elder woke and saw the mistress just by the fire looking at him, the glows from the campfire add colours to her sunken and pale white skin.\n\nLooking at the Demonic Mistress\nin the eyes of the Elder, all he sees is the innocent little girl he always know.\n\n" Stay here, stay here with us.\nI know you are now a Demon, but you are not evil at all. My men will understand that too. Together we look after each other, I will take care of you. This is now your home. "\n
2509\t\t" Thank you. " \nis faintly heard in the ears.\n\n\n\nThe Mistress has joined the Village.\n\nIn days to come, she always stayed cloaked, a distance behind the Elder, a companion as the Elder speaks, She only listen. \n\nFrom words heard from bystanders, Elder often calls the name Lyn.\n
2510Love - 0
2511from night to day and day to night, without parting each other's sight.
2512This evening they came to Elder,\nseeking to depart for the night. \nSeeing there little to handle, \npermits them to rest for the night.\n
2513They left the village to see the sea and even thy evening sun,
2514till the moon rises up the skies.\n
2515Two loggerheads that squabbles and quarrel, had oddly become the envy of the village, for all could see
2516On returning to the hall, \nthey announces to all,\n" Elder, please wed us couple. "\n\nThe night for all is merry,\n\tand so the pair they marry.\n
2517On returning to the hall, they announces to all,\n" Hey, mind your own business,\nfor I always treat her like my sister. " \n\nThe night went by with talks and chats, \nthe pair had Sworn Siblings among thy men.\n
2518Love - 1
2519A feast was called and the villagers celebrated through the night,\nthe pair now pronounced man and wife.\n
2520Having spent much time together during their days in the village.\nTwo of your villagers had found deep affections with each another.\n\nThis night, they came to the Elder,\nasking for blessings and be wedded.
2521Love - 2
2522Weary day, this very today,\npouring rain fills the day.\nResting and have a mead at the Meeting Hall, \nan aroma attracted you, as one stranger approaches you.
2523Mysterious yet alluring to you, with soft touches and tender words, \nlittle details were spoken but the company was soothing,\nan evening filled with unexpected affections.
2524This night you spent together, \none you might remember.\n
2525Thos you woke, thy partner gone.\n\n'A keepsake to keep, \nin fate we'll meet.'\nwritings on a small piece of paper.\n
2526Thos you woke, thy partner gone.\n\nFor god sake, thy pouch is gone.\n
2527Fruit - 0
2528" Now that renders a toast for all the free ale. " yelled one of the soon to be drunkard.\n
2529Men gathers around a table in the Meeting Hall listening to one gloating about his wife having a baby soon.\n\n" Bring more ale, it'll be on me. "
2530" Cheers. "
2531Fruit - 1
2532Good news came forth from one of the newly wedded couples into the Meeting Hall.\n\nThe blissful wife is pregnant,\nin time to come a new addition to the family as well for the village.\n
2533The husband frantically ran out to spread his joy. 
2534Fruit - 2
2535" I going to be am a father ! "\n\t" I am going to be a fatherrrr ! "\n\nShouts echoed outside the Meeting Hall, while the men were in the midst of a heated discussion.\n
2536Offspring - 0 H
2537Time passes and good fortune bestowed upon them, a healthy offspring for the couple. \n\nAn addition to the village, \nperhaps one champion was born.\n
2538Spending most of their time together during their days in the village.\n\nTwo of your villagers had found deep feelings with one another, with blessings from the elders, they wedded and days of bliss followed.
2539Offspring - 0 D
2540Time passes and dawning upon them, an abomination or nicer said, an offspring.\n\nPure and demure, a Being loved by the other villagers. Features and physics of a normal child, but one does possess capabilities beyond recognition.\n\nA new addition to the village, perhaps an extraordinary was born.\n
2541A pair of Demonic villagers approaches the Elder, for they had found deep affiliation with each other.\nSeeking assistance from the Witch from Howlingwood.\n\nThey succeeded in bonding as a couple from the afterlife.
2542Offspring - 1 H
2543The caravan door creeks opens.\nCries could be heard !\n\n\nAn old hunchback lady walks out slowly.\n
2544Some men stood up immediately. 
2545She laughs..... showing her black and rotten rows of teethand said,\n\n\n" My, my ... oh my ...\n
2546One of the men dashes forward. 
2547This night, the moon is high,\nan exceptionally quiet evening.\n\nMen gathered round the fire.\nFew anxious ones awaits near a caravan.
2548The men lays in wait.
2549what a pleasant surprise, I see TWO,  Twins i would say. A Boy and A Girl.  You lucky fellow. heee heeehe. " said the midwife.\n\nThe excited father, thanking her and rushed into the caravan to check on his wife and newborns.\n
2550New additions to the family and to the village. 
2551A healthy looking little girl, alittle lighter but no matters, heee heeehe. " said the midwife.\n\nThe excited father, thanking her and rushed into the caravan to check on his wife and newborn child.\n
2552Its a healthy looking boy, meaty little thingy. heee heeehe. " said the midwife.\n\nThe excited father, thanking her and rushed into the caravan to check on his wife and newborn child.\n
2553Offspring - 1 D
2554The Witch from Howlingwood arrives,\n" Ahhh yes, just in time. Good Good. " \nthe shadow led her into the caravan.\n\n" My... o..my ... So dark how I see. "\n
2555The Witch lit a candle, begun laying out tools of the trade, and started grinding and mixing ingredients into a mortar while beside her,\nlies a She-Demon on the cloth.\n\nThe Witch places her hand on the Being's forehead, held up a scalpel and slices down the Being's chest. \nShrieks from the Being rocks the caravan.\n\nPouring mixture and potions all over the cut open stomach and starts chanting while looking over a scroll.\n\n\t" It will be over soon. "\n
2556She reaches both her hands into the Being,\n\n
2557The night is exceptionally silent, \nas the moon rises high to midnight.\n\nA shadow awaits near the fire, infront of a caravan.
2558" My my, a girl I could see, so pretty, I urge to steal her away. You lucky Devil. heee heeehe. \nShe is Special.\nUnique from those I seen before.\nSo pure and innocent.\nHope she wont be as evil as you two. " She mocks the Demons.\n\nThe Witch chants and inscripted symbols on the little one's head before handing the little Demon Child over to the Demons.\n
2559New additions to the affiliation and to the village. 
2560" My my, a boy I could see, so meaty, He makes me hungry. You lucky Devil. heee heeehe. \nHe is Special.\nUnique from those I seen before.\nSo pure and innocent.\nHope he wont be as evil as you two. " She mocks the Demons.\n\nThe Witch chants and inscripted symbols on the little one's head before handing the little Demon Child over to the Demons.\n
2561Love - D
2562This late night, Elder was alone in the Meeting Hall.\nTwo demonic villagers appeared, little were spoken, but seeks his blessings for them to be bonded, an affiliation of the two.
2563Elder welcomes the proposal and gladly officiated the bond with the help from the Witch called from Howlingwood.\n\nAs an offering to the affiliation, Elder arranged for a caravan to be built near the woods where they intend to reside.\n
2564Offspring - 0 E
2565Time passes and good fortune bestowed upon them, a healthy offspring for the couple. \n\nA new addition to the village, perhaps a champion is born.\n
2566Hunting and scouting together in most of their days while staying at village.\n\nTwo Elven villagers had grew deep affections with one another. Obtaining blessings from their elders and kins, they held a glorious wedding and days of bliss followed.
2567Offspring - 0 Dw
2568Much of their times spent together bashing enemies in the field or smithing steel by the forge in the village.\n\nTwo Dwarven villagers had found deep bonds with one another, obtaining blessings from their kins, they joined in marriage and days of bliss followed.
2569Offspring - 0 O
2570Often working together hand in hand against enemies out on the fields during their days within the village.\n\nTwo Orc villagers had found deep bonds with one another. \nWorking together, they built a wooden hut and declared themselves a couple to the village.
2571Time passes and good fortune bestowed upon them, a healthy offspring for the couple. \n\nA new addition to the village, perhaps a champion was born.\n
2572Offspring - 0 G
2573Spending much of their times on the fields in hand against enemies or idling around the trees, during their days within the village.\n\nTwo Goblins villagers had found deep bonds with one another, with blessings from their elders and kins, they are now bound in marriage for days of bliss followed.
2574Time passes and good fortune bestowed upon them, a healthy offspring for the couple. \n\nA new addition to the village, perhaps one champion was born.\n
2575Time passes and good fortune bestowed upon them, a healthy offspring for the couple. \n\nAn addition to the village, \nperhaps one champion is born.\n
2576Spending most of their time together during their days in the village.\n\nTwo of your villagers had found deep affections with each another, \nand with blessings from the elders, they soon wedded and days of bliss followed.
2577Time passes and dawning upon them, an abomination or nicer said, an offspring.\n\nPure and demure, a Being loved by the other villagers. Features and physics of a normal child but one does possesses capabilities beyond recognition.\n\nA new addition to the village, perhaps one champion is born.\n
2578Two demonic villagers had found deep affiliation with each other, with the help from the Witch from Howlingwood,\nBlessings from the Elder.\n\nThey succeeded in bonding as a couple from the afterlife.
2579You - Love 1
2580Upon a dark alley, the figure weren't in sight, \nas you were lightly dragged to a side.\nA closer look under the hood, \nyou recalls the familiarity of the one whom you had once spent a night.\n\nMoment of silence between the two, before you could speak, a hand reaches out, a key upon the palm for you to keep.
2581This night, on your usual rounds through the village.\n\nYou caught sight of a familiar figure, under the gleaming lights.\nTo be certain you decide to follow a distance away.
2582" Take this, a tree hut not far from this village tomorrow after the highest sun. \nIf you do not see me, that would be fate, but there is something there that belongs to you. "\n\n" Don't follow me. "\nthe figure swiftly darted into the shadows.\n
2583Could only find out when you get there. 
2584You - Love 2
2585Standing by the door, the interior is warm and nicely decorated.\nThere is a cat sitting on a shelf, peering down at you.\n\nA voice spoke.\n" OH Hello, I was expecting a visitor, might that be you. Ah you, yes, you hold the key eh! Good Good. "\n
2586Following the directions, you located the tree hut.\n\nFeeling nervous and tense, the key as you try fit nicely into the knob.\n
2587A moment of hesitation before you commence to open the door. 
2588Changing your mind, lead the men back to the World. 
2589Looking around in hopes to see that acquaintance, you notice a small moving shadow by the edge of your eyes.\nStanding beside the cat, a Domovoi, just a tad larger.\n\n" Ah yes, you finally notice me eh? "\n
2590" Welcome to my abode. eh. Not mine actually... But now it's mine.. and the Cat's... " The Domovoi seems to be ecstatic on saying that.\n\n" The owner left this morning and said someone will be here at noon with the key. "\nHe hops from the shelf, down to a side table, pointing to it,\n\n" Now put the key here. THANK you. " and continues,\n
2591Leaving the key by the table. 
2592" Good you are here, there's something left for you, and you better bring it away. Its bothering me, eh, the cat, it can't sleep. " the cat turns to look at the Being.\n\nThe Domovoi hops onto the floor and waves, directing you to follow deeper into the hut.\n
2593He points at a little child asleep in a wooden cradle. \n" Now TAKE that away, the cradle too if you want. " puzzled by his demands, he climbs up the cradle and lifts up a small parchment.\nREAD IT yourself, \n\t\t\tI already did. "\nThe Domovoi uses his foot and poke on the sleeping child.
2594\nLooking through the parchment...
2595" When you read this, I would be far away. I don't belong in this world, nor your world. Something happened on that night, which I do not yet understand.\nThis little being, was what you left in me. I tried to keep it safe, but now I need to go. I do not know if I shall see it again. I need you to take care of it. If fate permits, maybe I'll be back to see it, and you. "
2596After reading the parchment, tho puzzled, much questions in your mind, yet you felt you understood.\n\n" This child could be your offspring, NOT could, 'SHOULD' be !. "\nInterrupted the Domivoi, \n\nA moment of loss, as you look at the child, a strong sense of familiarity and obligation overwhelms you.\n\n" You leaving yet? Me and Cat wants to take a nap. " says the Domovoi.\n
2597Considering the Elder needing to hear about this occurrence and the child should be safe and welcomed among your villagers who could help care for.\n\nYou carried the child in your arms, bid the Domovoi farewell, and proceed to return to the village.\n
2598\nIn days to come, this child might become one of the Extraordinary.\n
2599Upon opening door, projectiles head towards you and your men.\n
2600You and the men manages to avoid the bolts, one of which were so close to putting a dent into your helmet.\n\nTaking a peek into the hut, there were noone in sight but on the\na string tied to the door leads to a few sets of triggered crossbows on the table.\n" Someone must have set those traps, perhaps against intruders. "\n
2601Turning around. 
2602Before you could look further, movement were sensed from the back, outside the door.\n\nA band of elven archers had drawn near with their weapons and few ready to fire their arrows.\nYou and your men could only draws to engage these incoming elves.
2603Formation. 
2604The elves were slain, but one lies wounded on the ground.\nYou approached him and seek answers.\n\n" We are mere bandits, nothing more. Chasing after a woman who stole our goods, eh, 'goods we stole'. \nFound her tracks leading here, so we came here, and thought your party are her gang and going to fight us. "\n\nTying the Elf to a tree while your men set up camp, you made your way into the hut again for a thorough check.\n
2605There were some crates stacked in a corner, covered by tanned skins.\nThe crates does look familiar, similar to those used by the village farmers.\nWith help, the boxes were moved out. The contents are a good supply of food and ration. One of the men recognises a box and recalled.\n\nSome days ago, a caravan leaving the village, encountered bandits and were relieved of their goods. The villagers weren't hurt and were allowed to leave. Seemingly the crates of ration were all the bandits wanted.\n\nFurther questioning of the elf, indeed he was one of the bandits who plundered the caravan.
2606Suddenly, the elf manages to release his bind, getting up, he fled into the bushes. \nToo sudden to react, the party ceased the chase.\n\nRecovering the goods, the party decides to return to the village.\n
2607The elf explains.\n" There is a drought over the lands we live on. Hunts for Food is scarce and my folks are struggling to survive. We had no choice but to find food to be sent back for the kins. "\n\nThe elf expresses a face of guilt and helplessness.\n" We haven't harmed or hurt anyone, just forced under the situation. " 
2608Understanding the elf's plight and he doesn't look like a lier. \nYou have no wish to be hard upon him. \n\nReleasing the elf's bind, you invited him to sit by the fire while sharing a meal.\n
2609Offer assistance to the elf's village.  
2610Allow the elf to leave. 
2611" Let us, the village help your kins with what we have here. \nDo send them these rations in haste.\nYou may leave as you wish. "\n\nUpon hearing this, the elf touched by your approach, thanking you and bidded you farewell, with the supplies on daybreaks.\n
2612Seeing that the expedition here is completed, you and your men returned to the World. 
2613A puzzle still remains in your mind.\n\n' The acquaintance, who recovered the stolen goods and leaving them here for you. '\n
2614A puzzle still remains in your mind.\n\n' The acquaintance. '\n
2615\nIn days to come, the elf whom you aided tracked you and your men down.\n\nThe situation of his village had resolved and the help you offered were gracious and appreciated by his kins.\n\nIn debt, he seek to stay and lend his bow and arrows to the village for the kindness you had shown.\n
2616He is very much welcomed. 
2617" There is little we can offer, you could have some of these ration, we shall not harm or keep you, hope you can find better means to help your folk. "\n\nUpon hearing this, the elf touched by your approach, thanking you and bidded you farewell when daybreaks.\n
2618The bolts were shot from sets of trapped crossbows on a table, one of which were so close to putting a dent into your helmet.\n\nTurning around, seeing one of your men got pierced on a neck by a bolt and is bleeding profusely.
2619Standing by the door, the interior is warm and nicely decorated.\nThere is a cat sitting on a shelf, peering down at you.\n\nA voice spoke.\n" Thanks you for coming. "
2620Under the circumstances, the rest of you could only hastily carry and leave the field to seek treatment for your wounded comrade, before he bleeds to death.\n\n\nTho puzzled, you are hopeful you could see the acquaintance again.
2621The acquaintance stands infront of you.\n" There is much I wish to tell you, unsure you will ever believe me, but I am not from this world. "\n\nUpon hearing this, you are puzzled but listens on.
2622" I am not from this time, it was raining and thunderous the night we met, the first person who I met, when I came here, to this world. It was comfortable talking to you, and I do not know where am I, or why am I here. Do you believe me. "\nShe lowers her hood and removed her cloak.
2623Stands before you is the familiar figure you had in your arm that night.\n\nShe reaches her hand and led you deeper into the hut upon a little child lying asleep on the small bed. She gently brushes the child's hair.\n
2624" No, I am not a demon or monster,\nI am Human quite like you but part of me is of the pure Elven Bloodlines. I am from a time beyond the present. \nand\nthis... , little Being here is your child. You gave her to me, for when I can't accept myself being in this world, seeking the answer to my existence. I walked away that night to find the truth. "\n\n\t" Do you believe me? "
2625As puzzling as it is, yet you consciously nodded your head slightly. 
2626" Alone in this world, and I had to give birth this child was tough.\n\nThe days we spend together, \nI actually forgotten about my queries and doubt I have about my existence.\nNow, I shall need you to devote and care for this being, this child of yours.\n\nAs much as it pains me, I need to return on my search for truth. "\n
2627As you look at the little girl, no doubt the sense of familiarity with both of them consumes you. 
2628" Alone in this world, and I had to give birth to this child was tough.\nThe days we spend together, I actually forgotten about those queries and doubt I have about my existence.\n\nHaving accepted myself into this world, for this child of ours.\n\nI do not wish to this child to suffer the same fate as mine, in a world alone without anyone's concern. " \n
2629" Would you do it... for me..., \n\t\t\t\tfor yourself. "\n
2630Yes. I would. 
2631No, I am sorry, I can't. 
2632" Thank you. "\n\n" Please forgive my coldness. I would return, if fate permits. "\nas she walks towards the door, a final glance for the two of you and departed. \n
2633Considering the Elder needing to hear about this occurrence and the child should be safe and welcomed among your villagers who could help care for.\n\nYou carried the child in your arms, leading your men and proceed to return to the village.\n
2634The woman standing infront now, feels like a totally different person.\n\nGreat shone of glaring light omitting from her fills the whole room, followed by a great blast. \n\nThe entire hut and its contents disperses like leaves on a tree, throwing you and your men distance away.\n
2635\nWhen you regained conscious.\n
2636Her hex, and her magic aura are overwhelming for you and your men.\n\nShe picks up the child into her arms.
2637You managed to brush off her hex, but her magic aura are overwhelming for you and your men.\n\nShe picks up the child into her arms.
2638Little could be remember, \nWhat had happened, as you feel yourself soaked in blood and unbearable pain is consuming you, there others close by lying in their own pool of blood too.\nEveryone were either dead or suffering with wounds.\n\nYou faintly recalls about a village, \nall you could think of, as you bearly managed to get up, helping those who could still walk,\nyou head towards this village.\n
2639' Apparently you had lost all memories regarding this encounter. Head to the village to save your live for now. '
2640Moment passes and you hear commotion beyond the door.\n\t\t" There she is ! Chase !!! "\n\nPeering through the gap, the elves seems to have left. \nAn opportunity to leave the place before their returns.\n\nTho puzzled, you are hopeful you could see the acquaintance again.
2641Your men were spotted in a bad position, by the door and getting shot at from all angles. \nRetreating into the hut, the door is bolted, while your men have a breather and secures the wounded.
2642Without any hesistation, you interrupted.\n" No, you wouldn't be alone. \nI am not sure if I could do well, \nbut I would try.\nThe both of you could follow me and return to the village. \nI am certain the Elder would welcome you. \nI could be your family. \n\tWe could all be your family. "\nTurning to look at your men, they nodded in agreement.\n\n" Hey thats your child, of course you should ! " yelled one of them.
2643The lady considers for a second and agrees to follow you back to the village.\n\nDespite your words, she still remains a distance and a worrisome look. \n\n" Don't worry about whose world this is and whats going to happen next. Just \nLive by the day, Live for the day. "
2644" We should leave now and if we hurry, we might still make it to the village while everyone is still awake.\nHave to introduce everyone to you,\nthey would be sure to welcome you and this adorable child. " as you lifted the child into your arm.\n\nCollecting some items, she followed and together, begins the trip back to the village.
2645In days to come, the lady and the child stayed in a village hut closer to the woods.\nShe remains quiet and worrisome but occassional smiles could be seen, as she plays with the child.\n\nWhenever you find available time, you would seek chances to visit them, occassional strolls down the street and inviting the lady to the Meeting House.\n\nDespite all your efforts, she insist on remaining a distance.
2646As days passes, \n\nthis child might become one of the Extraordinary.\n
2647Sworn - 0 BS
2648Often together with one each other tending the fields, on adventures or simply have a merry time over a fire,\nduring their stay with the village.\n\nA pair of villager felt strong bonds and admiration of each other's capabilities. 
2649The two decided to sworn as Brother and Sister in their days to come.\n
2650Sworn - 0 BB
2651Working together with one another during their stay at the village, going on adventures, tending the fields or simply have a merry time over the campfire.\n\nSome men felt strong bonds and admiration of each other's capabilities. 
2652They decided to sworn as Brotherhood in their days to come.\n
2653Sworn - 0 BB BS
2654Ever since the recent victories of your men on the battlefields,\nfew of them felts even closer to one another and the morale in the village was high.
2655They even decided to sworn as Brotherhood in their days to come.\n
2656Sworn - 1 BB BS
2657Cohesive relation between the Sworns in the village brings good tidings.\n\n\n[ Much testing for this event is required ]\r\n<ANS>A pair of Sworns visits. \r\n<ANS>A trio of Sworns visits. \r\n<ANS>A trio of Sworns visits. \r\n<ANS>The villager's praises. \r\n<ANS>The villager's praises. \r\n<ANS>The Trade Routes. \r\n<ANS>The villager's praises. \r
2658" Elder, the both of us would like to start a small business, rearing poultry and sell them to the Market. \nBut we need the village's aid with the materials, since we always share and give away what we have and hardly saved much money. "\n\n[ \t\tTEST EVENT\t\t]\r\n<ANS>Sounding reasonable. \r
2659" Elder, look at the trophies we have here! " as the youngest of the trio pulls out a bear's severed head out of a wooden pail and points to the wagon outside the House.\n\nOn the wagon are a few wolves' and a large bear' carcasses.\nAs the others unload their spoils from the wagon, the youngest continues,
2660Fight broke out between the Sworns.\n\nStubborn and unforgiving, they refuses to talk in peace and even drawing their swords against each other.
2661Through much persuasion and mediation from you and the Elder,\nthe storm seemingly subsided.\n\nBut the bonds were weakened and the Sworn was annulled.
2662Tho the conflict had ceased,\nmorale of the village is very much affected after this, \nas darkness clouds the atmospheres. \n
2663Tho the conflict had ceased, \nmorale of the few remains very much affected.\n
2664Tho the conflict had ceased,\nmorale of the village is very much affected after this.\n
2665\t\t'The Sworns'\n
2666' Abandon the Event for now. '
2667" First we might need about 80 wood, to build a proper farm house and its fences on the land outside the village. "
2668Agree to give out the wood. 
2669Disagree to give out the wood. 
2670" I am sorry, my young one, with the present state of the village, we cannot afford to offer you the required materials. "\n\nOn hearing this, tho alittle disappointed, the older brother says,\n" We can understand, we would delay this matter when the situation is better. "\n
2671Eventually the bonds weakened and the Sworn was annulled.\nMen forced to take sides, led to more fights of squabbles.\n\nAs much as you tried mediating, were hard to keep the men together, coldness against one another, but gradually, the storm subsides alittle with much injuries.
2672Eventually the bonds weakened and the Sworn was annulled.\nMen forced to take sides, led to more fights of squabbles.\n\nA massive struggle continues and finally resulted in one of the sworn slain by the other. 
2673" Now that we have what we need, we'll should start work on the farm immediately. " \n\nThe brothers retrieved the materials from the village storage and with the help of other comrades, the work on the farm completes in a breeze.
2674Steep amount but agree to give out the gold. 
2675" Wonderful, after that we would need maybe.... 50 gold to buy some pigs and their feeds. " 
2676Steep amount, disagree to give out the gold. 
2677Returning to the Meeting Hall. The brothers explained to the Elder that the farm is doing fine but there is too much work and require one of them to stay there to keep it working.\n\n" Would you help us again by hiring a worker for another 30 gold to keep the farm or let one of us stay there permanently. "\n\n' There is little choice on this matter, either to spend 30 gold or to lose one of your villager. ' as the Elder consider.
2678Spending another 30 gold is a wiser choice.
2679One of you can stay there. 
2680" You'll have to close the farm. " [ As other requirements are not met. ]
2681" Thank you Elder, that really ease my mind having a helper, as much as we like to keep the farm, we would really miss going on adventures and battling together with the comrades. " as the brother leaves to seek a helper to work at the farm.
2682" One of you can stay at the farm and work.\nThere is little gold we have left and as much as we can't bear to leave one of you behind from our expedition, I can't keep you from fulfilling your dreams on the farm. "\n\n\n( One of the siblings left the village )\n
2683Days pass, the farm is doing rather well, watching the pigs gotten fat by the day. \n\nThe helper even uses his spare time to cultivated a plot of vegetable garden, now flourishing with fresh greens.
2684The farm brought some good returns. 
2685[Other requirements aren't met] 
2686" We were scouting in the back forest and found bear tracks. Followed it and see big bear fighting with a few wolves. But when they saw us, i think they saw FOOD! and turned for us.\nWe suffered some scratches and bites but you wouldn't believe how well the three of us handled these predators. Now they are lying there and we are standing here. " as the young one gloats, an expression of slight pain from his scratched hand.\n\n" You better go see the Medic about that. " says the Elder.
2687' the young one departs to find the medic. '
2688The other sworns moved most of the spoils to the storage and some to share over a campfire.\nMuch joy to the villagers joining the feast of meat.\n
2689" Elder, look at the trophy we have here! " as the youngest of the trio pulls out a bear's severed head out of a wooden pail and points to the wagon outside the House.\n\nOn the wagon is the large carcass of a black bear. As the others unload their spoils from the wagon, the youngest continues,
2690" We were scouting in the back forest and found bear tracks. Followed it and see big bear engaged with a wolf. But the bear spotted us and charge for us.\nWe suffered some scratches but you wouldn't believe how well the three of us handled this beast. Now its lying there and we are standing here. " as the young one gloats, an expression of slight pain from his scratched hand.\n\n" You best go see the Medic about that. " says the Elder.
2691The pair of Sworns were unhappy about the Elder's decision to killing the poor animal. \nLate in the night, they sneaked out of the village with the wolf.\n\nLast you heard, they had sought refuge at the Market, even refusing Elder's request for their return.
2692The other sworns returns to the Elder after moving their spoils to the storage and behind them, a small wolf follows.\n" Elder, this small had followed us all the way from where we killed the bear.\nIt seems obedient, perhaps due to us saving it from the bear. \n\t    Could we keep it. \nLook like we could tame it and bring it for hunts as a companion. "
2693" We should kill it for the meat and skin. "
2694" Yes, it does look like a good companion. I'll leave it to you brothers. " "
2695As day passes, valiant and skilled in its hunts, the wolf had earned its place around the village.\n\nAn exceptional creature that seems to understand the brothers, villagers and even the children, whom likes to play around it, while it stood watch over them like a guardian.\n\nA Worthy Creature.\n
2696Morale of the Sworns are strong.\n\nVillagers are happy seeing the men protecting them in high spirits, resulting in a productive harvest this day.\n
2697Morale of the Sworns are strong.\n\nVillagers are happy seeing the men protecting them in high spirits, resulting in a productive harvest this season.
2698' Splendid. '
2699" Sir, good news, the farms are doing very well. \n\nFolks are willing to set aside crops and provide the storage some extra supplies each day. "\n
2700" Thats a great news. "
2701' Splendid '
2702" Sir, good news, the poultry farm are doing very well.\n\nFolks are willing to set aside meat and provide the storage some extra supplies each day. "\n
2703Morale of the Sworns are strong.\n\nHaving managed to convince passing merchants and traders to join the Outposts along the outskirts. The accessibility of the village and the distant lands are more convenient.
2704" Yes, you sworns should patrol the surround more to keep the routes safe. "
2705" Sir, good news, with more patrols, the trades routes along the outskirts to the Market are flourishing and safer. \n\nSurrounding bustling with activities, our workers now have a more convenient passage, greatly increasing our workable terrains. "\n
2706Days pass, the farm is doing very well, watching the pigs getting fatter by the day. \n\nThe 'ex-brother' even uses his spare time to cultivated a plot of vegetable garden, now flourishing with fresh greens.\n\nThe brothers work is exceptional.
2707" Sir, good news, the poultry farm and vegetable patch are doing well.\n\nWe have had some orders sent to the market. From the trades, we have learnt more about the surrounding lands, expanding our gatherer's range around the village.\n\nI have also kept supplies specially for village' use. If all goes well, the village should have some extra supplies each day. "\n
2708" Thats a good news from the investment we made. "
2709Sworn - 0 Fight
2710Fighting broke out between one of the Sworns while out on the fields.\n\nStubborn and unforgiving, neither of them agree to talk peacefully and even tried drawing their arms on each other.
2711Through much persuasion and mediation from you,\nthe storm seemingly subsided.\n\nBut the bonds were weakened and the Sworn was annulled.
2712Tho the conflict had ceased but morale of the few remains very much affected.\n
2713Sworn - 1 Fight
2714Fight broke out between one of the Sworns from the village.\n\nStubborn and unforgiving, they refuses to talk peacefully and even tried drawing their arms against one another.
2715Sworn - 1 BB-BS
2716Morale of the Sworns are strong.
2717Villagers enjoys seeing the men protecting them in high spirits, a strong sense of security makes themselves feeling safe and happy.\n
2718Villagers are happy seeing the men protecting them in high spirits,  gladly offered a spread of foodstuffs to help fill the hardworking men's tummy.\n
2719Offspring - 00 H
2720Offspring - 00 D
2721file\Adventures\Xas - Market.txt.txt
2722Market - Init Human
2723A young Bard appears by the gate,\nunder an oak tree playing his lute.\n\nHe requested to meet the Elder, \na matter that would flourish the village.
2724Invite him forth for conversation. 
2725The bard bows and politely greeted the Elder, reaches into his sleeve, a parchment for his reading.
2726The man points to the bearings of the Market.\n\n" Room is being prepared, food and drinks would be served for your troubles. "\n\nThe bard nods and exits the room.\n
2727Bid the scouts on details of this Market. 
2728The young bard proceeds to announce,\n\n" A band of Elven huntsmen and Human traders gathered and forged a Market foundation just at the outskirts of your village. "\n\n" They sent me with intention to extend grace for your men to visit and trade with them. "
2729" A peaceful community where tradefolks can commute under the protection of elven warriors. "\n\nHe lets out a laughter, \n" Except for the Tavern, which   sometime gets rather rowdy in the midst of some tavern bash. "
2730" There is also a well, blessed by an esteemed Elven Archmage, rumoured to grant wishes to those who are truthful and sincere. "\n\n( The Market is a permanent village, friendly to all with no faction penalty.)\n
2731" We would be sure to visit this Market. " 
2732Market - Visit Human
2733The Market\nA huge tree decorated in Human and Elven furnishes. Bright lights glittering through the shades while laughter and sounds of merry echoes through the woods.\n\nOccassional movement on the treetop, Elf hunters could be vaguely spotted in the shadows, presuming guards on patrol.\n
2734To the Market Square. 
2735The Market Square oversees alleys of stalls and shops.\nMerchants are busy tending their goods. Few Peddlers laid goods on the ground just beyond gate.\nHarmony among the tradefolks, chatting, browsing and bartering wares.
2736Food Buyer to the left.
2737Food Vendor to the centre.
2738Material Seller to the right.
2739The Well.
2740The Tavern.
2741The Peddlers. 
2742The Loan Ranger. 
2743The Shady Merchant. 
2744Exit the Market.
2745Food stores on the left displays much neatly piled up categories of supplies.\nEager storekeepers peer into your baggage for interesting loots.
2746Sell 25 Wood. (G)
2747Sell 25 C Food. (G)
2748Sell 25 Grains. (G)
2749Sell 25 Meats. (G)
2750Sell 25 Vegs. (G)
2751Sell 25 Fruits. (G)
2752Sell 30 Food. (V)
2753Sell 30 C Food. (V)
2754Bought Wood for 5 Gold.\nGoods would be carted to village.
2755Return to Material Seller. 
2756Sold 50 Bone.\nGoods would be collected from village.
2757Sold 25 Wood.\nGoods would be collected from group.
2758Return to Food Buyer. 
2759Sold 25 C Food.\nGoods would be collected from group.
2760Sold 25 Grains ( or Nuts ).\nGoods would be collected from group.
2761Sold 25 Meat (or Bird Meat ).\nGoods would be collected from group.
2762Sold 25 Vegs ( or Mushroom ).\nGoods would be collected from group.
2763Sell 25 Fruits ( or Exotic Fruit ).\nGoods would be collected from group.
2764Center walkway with more stalls selling ration. Smell of herb and spices, smokey scent of meat coming from a meat workshop would even make an angry Orge stops for a breather.
2765Buy Fish for 3G. (V)
2766Buy Meat for 3G. (V)
2767Buy Grains for 3G. (V)
2768Buy Bird Meat for 5G. (V)
2769Buy Mushroom for 3G. (V)
2770Buy Vegetable for 3G. (V)
2771Buy Assort Food for 5G. (V)
2772Over on the right, several traders beckoning you to approach their stands to look at their sale on building and crafting materials.\nWritten on a banner at one' store,\n    '   Don't Worry the Weight. \n   Worry about your Coin Pouch.\n                   We deliver.                  '
2773Buy Wood for 5G. (V)
2774Buy Clay for 16G. (V)
2775Buy Granite for 28G. (V)
2776Buy Sandstone for 20G. (V)
2777Buy Bamboo for 40G. (V)
2778Buy Coal for 20G. (V)
2779Sell 50 Bone. (V)
2780Sell 50 Iron. (V)
2781Sell 50 Dark Wood. (V)
2782Bought Fish for 3 Gold.\nGoods would be carted to village. 
2783Return to Food Vendor. 
2784Bought Meat for 3 Gold.\nGoods would be carted to village. 
2785Bought Grains for 3 Gold.\nGoods would be carted to village. 
2786Bought Bird Meat for 5 Gold.\nGoods would be carted to village. 
2787Bought Mushroom for 3 Gold.\nGoods would be carted to village. 
2788Bought Vegetable for 3 Gold.\nGoods would be carted to village. 
2789Bought Clay for 16 Gold.\nGoods would be carted to village. 
2790Bought Granite for 28 Gold.\nGoods would be carted to village. 
2791Bought Sandstone for 20 Gold.\nGoods would be carted to village. 
2792Bought Bamboo for 40 Gold.\nGoods would be carted to village. 
2793Bought Coal for 20 Gold.\nGoods would be carted to village.
2794Butterflies looming all over the flourished blooms of colorful flowers around the Well.\nThe aroma makes one calm and peaceful under the atmosphere.
2795An Offering.  
2796Wounds and Illness are seemingly healed alittle.\n
2797The party feels rejuvenated.  
2798Underestimating the spider and catching few by surprise, the crawler escaped but leaving the few poisoned.\r\n<ANS>Better luck next time. \r
2799Some of the party member claims they felt different,\nfull of energy and\nmore knowledgable in their fields.
2800Explore your new knowledges. 
2801A Stork with a bundle hooked to its beak.\nSeems beckoning you to step forward, as it releases the grip and the bundle fell into your arms.\n
2802A Young One! 
2803Greeted by a jovious hostess who drags you and the party to a table.\nLeaning over, whispers in your ears.\nYou ask about,
2804Food and drinks. 1G 
2805Pleasure. 5G
2806Mercenaries. 
2807The next table.
2808Bounties.
2809Shortly after, another hostess brought to the table a dozen mugs and barrel of ale, followed by a tray of rugged cooked treats served on leaves.\n\nThe party helped themselves to the soothing liquid, sits back to \nrest their weary muscles.
2810Rest and Relax. 
2811She yells,\n" My father is the head of this Tavern.\nWant me to have you stripped to bare bone and tossed out into the cold. "\n\nTo prevent unnecessary attention,\nyou apologised to the lady and hurried back to your companions.\n
2812You blushed as the surrounds laughed at you. 
2813You asked the hostess for recommendation of any trustworthy mercenary around the establishment looking to join a honorable group.
2814Hands her 1G.
2815Return to other conversation. 
2816She returns shortly and say\n\n" There is one who I could recommend, \nbut the invitation will cost you 40 Gold. "\n\n" I am only willing to ask for you, \nIf you are willing to pay. "
2817Pay her.
2818" I'll have to reconsider. "
2819She returns shortly and says\n\n" There is one who I could recommend, \nbut the invitation will cost you 40 Gold. "\n\n" I am only willing to ask for you, \nIf you are willing to pay. "
2820" You will like her, \nshe is very capable with \nher hands, her mouth \nand she might even flies. "
2821A Witch ! 
2822" You will like her, \nshe is very capable with \nher hands, \nher mouth and she even brings out the trash. "
2823Another hand is always good. 
2824" He is a tough and rough one,\nalways picking fights with other patrons.\nGood Luck. "
2825He doesn't look that bad, is he?  
2826Small white rays of light shot out of the well into the skies.\n\nAroma from the flowers surrounds the party, \nall fell into a moment of daze. 
2827Looks around. 
2828Just as you tossed the offering into the well, a huge spider pranced from the tree above,\n\nYou are under attack.\r\n<ANS>Mere spidey.\r
2829A small pinkish ray of light shot out of the well into the skies.\n\nA gust of wind blows, \nflakes of snow drifted down from the skies onto the men' shoulders.
2830Look around. 
2831A blue ray of light shot out of the well into the skies.\nA bolt of lightning flashes across the distant and it started to drizzle.\n\nA big bird soon appears,\ngracefully flies down from the skies onto a tree branch just above the Well to hide from the rain.
2832The hostess took the Gold and head back to the barkeep with your order.
2833The hostess hinted in the direction of the barkeeper with her eyes.\nStanding close to the barkeep,\na young and beautiful human. \n\nWager from your companions to approach the lady, perhaps an eventful thrill for the evening.\nYou mustered some courage after a few sips and approached the lady. Using your charm, striking a conversation before making your offer.
2834Use your Charms. 
2835Return to your men.
2836Alas, several moments, \nshe hadn't return.\n\nFeeling something is amiss,\nyou place your hands where your coin pouch is...         missing.\n\nShe must have pickpocketed you.
2837Few Gold are lost. 
2838Impulse of ecstacy.\n\nBefore you could ask to bring her out of the Tavern,\nshe whispers into your ears,\n" I'll be back shortly, wait for me. "\n\nYou nodded,\nimages of what might happen later keep lingering in your mind.
2839Wait on for her return.  
2840Forget about her, since you had some pleasure, return to your table. 
2841Initially she seems extra wary by your approach. Maintaining a distance by the pillar.\n\nYou offered her a mild juice \nyou had ordered from the barkeep,\nwho snapped at you, seeing you speaking to the woman.\n\nHer beauty has attracted you.
2842You plan to rescue her.\nThe moon is high, instructing your men to lay low beyond the side gate, you hid in the bushes behind the tavern. \n\nSoon peering her head out the gap of the backdoor, she quietly slips out.\n\nHappy to see her appear, you dashed out from the shadows, grabs her cold hand and started running towards the gate. 
2843The moment is quiet,\nwith your arms around her,\ncould faintly hear two heart beats.\n\nLittle rays of light shone through the gap of the closet, glitters her eyes, as she gaze at you.\n\nUncontrollably, you leaned forward to pull her tight, \nkissed her passionately.
2844Awoken by a gush of cold splash.\nOpening your eyes, naked and surrounded by a pack of dogs, behind stood their owners.\n\nYou hastily looked around for the woman, she is nowhere to be seen. \n\nA voice is heard, the Barkeeper.
2845Information reveals there are two group of bandits.\n\nOne by the gate, \nanother at the deeper end.
2846Send men to remove the guards at the post tower,  while the main party eliminate the rest.    Draw and Charge. 
2847Abandon the plan, to keep the men safe, but losing the woman. 
2848Gates were broken, \nbut alarm were sounded.\nAnother group of bandits emerge  from the other end.\n\nNot ordinary Human bandits.\n\nThey are large Orcs.\nIn front of this pack is the Orc Leader, welding a huge axe.\n\nNo wonder the Barkeeper had fears.
2849Draw for another battle. 
2850The plan at the gates had failed, as more bandits than expected had appeared. Few were injured, retreat is the only option.\n\nReturning to the Tavern with bad news for the Barkeeper.\n       " You failed the deal.\n        I need not keep mine.\n    She be sold to the slavers. "\n" Since you have tried, but failed.\nI dont wish to be too hard on you. "\n                " Now, leave !"\nThe followers ushers you out of the Tavern.
2851Disappointed, you might not see her again. 
2852The Orc Leader is slain with a stroke as one of your men severed his head.\nSeeing that the camp were reduced,  remaining Orcs started to flee.
2853The champion Piked the Leader's Head, waving for Victory. 
2854" I may be frail, \nbut I can start to learn to fight. "\n\n" There is nowhere I wish to go, \n         only where you wish to go. "\n\nA drop of tears sips from the edge of her eyes.
2855" You can stay with us. "
2856" I don't need you. "
2857The second attack had failed, these Orcs were way tougher. Few were injured, retreat is the only option.\n\nReturning to the Tavern with bad news for the the Barkeeper.\n       " You failed the deal.\n        I need not keep mine.\n    She be sold to the slavers. "\n" Since you have tried, but failed.\nI dont wish to be too hard on you. "\n                " Now, leave !"\nThe followers ushers you out of the Tavern.
2858" You haven't told me your name. "\n\t\t  You asked.\n\n" My name is .... "\nas she turns and head for the others.\n
2859Return.  
2860" I am sorry I have to break your heart. Its for your best.\nStay at the Market, its safer and more peaceful there. \nLife with me is tough and dangerous. \t\tYou deserve better. "\nThoughts in your head as you acted to be heartless.\n\nComing from your chest,\n       \tPain can be felt.\n\t\t  Your journey continues.
2861Return to the World.
2862" Rumoured that there's a marsh land in the distant with a group of swamp trolls loitering on it. \n\nIf you want, I can ask around for the direction. "
2863Please point the direction. 
2864No Way!
2865Best to avoid them.
2866Continues. 
2867The noise from the next table is getting too loud to be a nuisance.\nTurning around.\nA band of drunk Elves, drinking while they were off duty and throwing their weight around.\n\nOne of them noticed your table are staring at them.\nThey spoke into each other's ears, drew their bows and approaches.
2868Gets ready for the Inevitable. 
2869The noise from the next table is getting so loud, \nits starting to be a nuisance.\nTurning around.\nA band of drunk Orcs, drinking and eating like they are pigs starved for centuries.\nFood scraps falling and flying all over the table, the floor and on their face.\n\nOne of them noticed your table are staring at them.\nThey grunted at each other, picked up their massive weapons and approaches.
2870The noise from the next table is getting so loud, its starting to be a nuisance.\nTurning around.\nA few of drunk dwarven warriors, drinking and yelling at one another.\nOne bragged and picked up his hammer, \nheavily smashes it down onto the edge of the table.\nA sharp edge of the wooden splint projected out and hurt another patron on the leg.\n\nOne of them noticed your table are staring at them.\n\nHe yelled, " WHAT! ! ! " at your table.\n\nThey grunted at each other, picked up their heavy weapons and approaches.
2871The nuisance was beaten with minor hurt to their ego in an usual tavern brawl.\nYou help them up, offered to buy them some ale and politely asking them to keep their tone down.\n\nThey nodded but moved to a corner at the other end and remained quiet through the evening, disregarding some of the items they dropped at your feet.
2872The hostess returned with more words about your queries.\n\nShe leans her body over,\n" I  do anything to please you. "\n                she whispers seductively.\n\nYou thanked her.
2873She winks at you, turns around and goes back to her chores.
2874Little were on sale, assortment of food on a cloth on the ground, seemingly farmers selling their extra harvest.\n\nMight be useful on the journey.
2875Buy food for 2 Gold. (G) 
2876Bought ration for group with 2 Gold.
2877You noticed she had beating marks on her pale white arms.\nShe felt your noticing and covered them with her hands.\n\nAs the conversation continues, \nshe gradually began to open her mind to you, occassionally \na smile from her solace face.
2878You drew close, putting your arm around her slim waist, whispered into her ears.\n\t" Would you accept my help. "\n\nShe thought for a second, look back into your eyes and reply.\n\t" Please. "\n\nTelling her to return to her duties and at midnight, wait at the Tavern backdoor.
2879Distant ruckets could be heard coming from the tavern, perhap her disappearance were discovered.\n\nPulling her, both of you slipped into a small abandoned hut, \ndark, broken and filthy.\n\nOnly an old closet, you hid into from the pursuers.
2880" Rumoured that there is a monsterous beast, a Dragon perhaps roaming the snowy mountains in the distant.\n\nIf you want, I can ask around for the direction. "
2881" Rumoured that there is a band of savage Orc terrorizing the woods in the distant.\n\nIf you want, I can ask around for the direction. "
2882Tavern.\nis packed with patrons from all corners of the land.\nNoisy, smokey and dimly litted.  Merry chatters and laughers, ale drinking and arm-wrestlings.\nEven daggers were being thrown at what seemingly looks like ' a deceased treefolk. '
2883Aroused and attentive to your approach.\nShe glares at you, pulls herself close as you spoke.\nWrapping her hands around you, \nshe drags you even closer, \nyou could feel her curves as her body leaned onto you.\n\nHer scent were pleasingly seductive.
2884She prints her lip to your cheek, while slipping her hand in your coat, carrassing your chest, wandering fingers moves down.\nYou twitched as she slips her hand into your pants.\n\nFeeling embarrassed, you peered around.
2885She motioned around,\nleans on your body, still stroking, and rubs her curvy body against you.\n\nYou began to feel warm and heated.
2886The motion was reciprocated as she too felt emotions, \nyou stroke on her hair downwards,  \nto her chest, gently places your hands on her chest and caresses.\n\nShe lets out a soft sigh of pleasure.
2887Seeing her in ecstacy, spreading her top apart, you pressed your face on her revealed blossoms.\n\nTwitching and shivering in pleasure,\nShe begun rubbing her tights against yours, in sweat and passion.
2888Undressing her shabby clothes to the ground, your hands rub and fonder upon her slim and wet figure.\n\nShe begun to moan.\n\n\n' Ignorant of the ongoing outside. '\n
2889' Censored '
2890You made passionate love to her.\n\n\nAfter the event, both fell to the closet ground, weary and wrapped in each other's arm.
2891Time passes by and both of you fell asleep cuddling each other.  
2892" I want to make a deal with you. Since you like my slave so much,\nI can give her to you. "\n\n" What is the deal. " you asked
2893" Remove an enemy of mine. \nI can say an animal of evil, \nchasing after my life eventhough I live in recluse, all i wanted is a peaceful life from the past. " 
2894" The girl is fine, fed and clothed, locked in a room.\n\tHelp me, she go free. \nI know you and your band are honorable men.\t\t\n\t\t\t\tSo am I. "\n\n" Do we have a deal. "
2895You could only agree. 
2896Clothes and your weapon were tossed to you, out rolled a map, which indicate the spot of this enemy's hideout in the region.\n\nYou stood up and got dressed infront of the gang, one of the dog groans.
2897" Get going, rid of him, and we can all have some peace. " \n\n" When you are done, return to the tavern for your woman. If you fail, \nyou should be too dead to return. "\n\nThe barkeeper says before leaving the door, followed by his followers.\n
2898Rejoins your party. 
2899Back with the party.\nThe men explained they were held up by the Barkeeper's men and lost sight of you.\n\nFormulating a plan, you could only follow the Barkeeper's instructions.\n\n" Hope she is safe and well now. "
2900The map leads you to an encampment in the woods.\n\nThe party hid in the shadows, watching and scouting the surrounding.
2901Narrowly making it pass the gate, but were taken down by sudden \nrain of arrows from the trees.\n\nLooking up, Elven Hunters could be seen.\n\nA soft and familiar voice is heard.
2902Turn around. 
2903The woman is running towards you.\nFollowed behind is the Barkeeper, his followers and an Elven Guard.\n\nThe woman hugged you and swiftly dodges to your behind.\nThe party drew swords in formation, \nwary of the approaching squadron.
2904The Barkeeper raises his hand in motion to lower all weapons, with no bad intentions.\n\nExplaining in guilt, the bandits whom he once joined so very long ago had become notorious and unlawful since the Orcs taken leadership.
2905News of the Barkeeper had became a member of the Market. \nThe bandits baracaded the surrounding woods, plunder and murder tradefolks leaving the Market.\n\nA nuisance that had become too hard to handle until our arrival.\n" Thank you, band of Heroes. "\n\t\tthe Elven Guard spoked.
2906The Barkeeper interrupted.\n" As promised, I deem this lady a free woman.\nShe may leave with you or stay and work at the Market as a citizen. "\n\n" She would be treated with respect for what you had achieved. "
2907Seeing that fight is over, \nthe men shealth their weapons.\n\nThe Barkeeper and the Elven Guard left for the Market and more\nelves appears to clean up the battlefield.\n\nMedic performs duties, while\nsome seek to help scavenge for worthy loot.
2908The woman still behind you, you turned to pacify her.\n\n"Are you afraid? " You asked.\n\n\tShe replied, " No, I wasn't.  "
2909"I was worried...\n             worried about you...\n                  never to see you again. "\n\n" I.. I do not need status, but \nplease allow me follow and serve you. "
2910" You are free now, could return to your family or stay at the Market. Our lives are different. "   \n\nYou turned around to go to check on the injured men. \nShe stands on the spot motionless.
2911" I would do my best to see no harm comes to you. Perhaps you have skills that would help my men and the village.\nYou are a part of us now.   \nNow go see if the medic needs \nsome help with our injured friends. "
2912From a distance, you turns your head alittle to check if she is still there.\n\nHer back is facing you, as she staggers away slowly, in the direction of the Market.
2913" You will like her, \nshe is very capable with \nher hands, the speed and agility of her bow skills. "
2914One of my favorite.
2915" You will like him, \none who enjoys the nature, speaks and listen to the wild and who wouldn't welcome a medic around. "
2916Healers are great. 
2917The noise from the next table is getting so loud, its starting to be a nuisance.\nTurning around.\nSharp pitch rings in your ears, extreme pain is felt throughout your body, all you could make out is three pairs of eyes staring down at you.\n\nA trio of beautiful ladies had stood up from the next table, likely to have overheard your words and were offended. Now you feel their wraith.\n\nYou and your men fell into a Hex, from the trio of travelling Enchantress.
2918The noise from the next table is getting too loud to be a nuisance.\nTurning around.\nA few small sized goblins were having a merry time over the next table.\nSensing your attention over theirs, looking back toward your table, some whispers among the goblins, \nOne of them walked behind you, while the others gather around the table.\n\nThe Goblin behind is attempting to lift your coin pouch.
2919Unexpectedly,\nthe party were beaten by the attackers.\nFew cuts and tear, hurt but spared, tossed out of the door.\n
2920Regroup at the Square. 
2921The party regroups to the Square, to avoid more tension,\nonly to realise some possessions were loss in the tussle.
2922" \tHate this Market, do you? \nWould you like to uproot this tree from this land, \n\tfor 25 Gold and \n\t\tit shall be done,\n\t\t\tit shall be gone. "
2923Gives 25G.
2924No thanks. 
2925\t" I shall ask you again.\n\n\t\t\tAre you sure ? "
2926I am sure. 
2927I changed my mind. 
2928" Sorry, No refunds . "\n\n\t   " Begone Maggots ! "\n
2929You got teleported out to the World. 
2930" If you insist, let it be so. "\n\n" Did I tell you, the elves and human will attempt to rebuild another once this is gone. "\n\n   \t    " Begone Maggots ! "\n
2931Telling you she was from a noble family of the north, kidnapped, forced to slavery and sold to the Barkeeper who used to be a bandit, now in recluse and tending this Tavern. \n\nShe is to work for him for mere scraps, only to rest and feed late in the night\nNo one to turn to, listens to her, she could only slaved on.\n\nYou start to feel sorry for her.
2932The Elven Loan Ranger.\n" Greetings. Here at Loan Ranger, \nwe credit loan Gold to customers, \n9 Gold loan, 10 Gold repayable. \nIf the village has no reserves, \nthen we aren't confident to lend out.\n\nWe also do debit loan, payable upon the village and exchanging ' On the Spot ' 22 Silver for 10 Gold. "
2933" So what will it be? "\n
2934Borrow 10G.
2935Borrow 50G.
2936Loan 50G.
2937Exchange 22S. 
2938You have borrowed 9G\n10G repayable by village.
2939You have borrowed 45G\n50G repayable by village.
2940You have loaned 50G\n45G payable to village.
2941Sold 30 C Food.\nGoods would be collected from village.
2942She returns shortly and says\n\n" I have tried, those worthy aren't willing or interested in your group this moment. "
2943You exchanged \n22 Silver for 10 Gold.
2944Sold 50 Iron.\nGoods would be collected from village.
2945Sold 30 Food.\nGoods would be collected from village.
2946Bought Assorted Food for 5 Gold.\nGoods would be carted to village. \r\n<ANS>Return to Food Vendor. \r
2947Unexpectedly beaten by the attackers.\nFew cuts and tear, hurt but spared and tossed out of the door.\n
2948You are pretty sure the Well did not grant you the spider.\nTho the offering was lost, the party had a good laugh thinking about the Well, the Wish and the Waiving Webber.
2949The party feels energized after the spider fright. 
2950As you approaches, the mysterious figure disperses infront of you.\n\nA cry from the back was heard, turning around, \none of your men laid on the ground, severely wounded with a slash across the chest.\n\nAt a loss and requires urgent medical help for the wounded, the party hurriedly retreated from the alley.\n
2951The Shady Merchant.
2952Sold 50 Dark Wood.\nGoods would be collected from village.
2953Market - Init Orc
2954An Orgress caught standing at the gates and as guards question her intentions.\nWithout any words, she tosses a letter and left.
2955Letter was convey to the Elder. 
2956In the Meeting Hall, \nthe Elder reads the lettter.\n\n' Orc build big FORT, sell food and things.\n   \tCome Seeeee, Come buuuy. '
2957" Short and straightforward. "\nsaid the Elder.\n\n( The Orcrest Stronghold is a permanent village, friendly to all with no faction penalty.)\n
2958" Scouts, seek out this fort and return with news. "
2959Market - Visit Orc
2960The Orcrest Stronghold, castle ruins on a cliff. Once belonged to the Humans, but was lost in a war against an army of Orcs decades ago.\n\nOn the stone walls and gates, guarded by dozens of Orc Warriors.
2961The Market Square where a huge sized Caravan sits, surrounded by round tents meant for traders to use for businesses while peddlers work by the Caraven wheels.
2962Sell Supplies.
2963Buy Supplies.
2964Materials vendor.
2965The Forge.
2966The Peddlers.
2967Strolling around the tentage, an Ogress tending to a stall offers to buy your food stuffs.
2968Sell 25 Food. (G)
2969Sell 25 Fish. (G)
2970Sell 25 Meat. (G)
2971Sell 25 Mushroom. (G)
2972Sell 25 Sea Weed. (G)
2973Sell 25 Food . (V)
2974Sell 50 C Food . (V)
2975Return to the Material Stall.
2976Bought Assorted Food for 5 Gold.\nGoods would be carted to village.
2977Return to the Supply Seller. 
2978Sold 25 Food.\nGoods would be collected from village.
2979Return to the Supply Buyer. 
2980Sold 25 Food.\nGoods would be collected from group.
2981Sold 25 Fish.\nGoods would be collected from group.
2982Sold 25 Meat.\nGoods would be collected from group.
2983Sold 25 Mushroom.\nGoods would be collected from group.
2984Sell 25 Sea Weed.\nGoods would be collected from group.
2985Within the Caravan displays food, mainly dry rations and meat found on land.\nA large Orge glares at you enters.\nand return to swooping on the flies.
2986Buy Fruit for 3G. (V)
2987Buy Bird Meat for 4G. (V)
2988Slaves dragging carts of rocks and stones passes by you, heading for the  Stronghold gate.\n  " We will send to your village. "\n \t    " Buuuy from us. " \nsays a young Orc, as he touts on you.
2989Buy Granite for 20G. (V)
2990Buy Steel for 28G. (V)
2991Buy Branch for 18G. (V)
2992Sell 50 Bones. (V)
2993Sell 25 Topaz. (V)
2994Sell 25 Cane. (V)
2995Bought Fruit for 3 Gold.\nGoods would be carted to village. 
2996Bought Bird Meat for 4 Gold.\nGoods would be carted to village. 
2997Bought Granite for 20 Gold.\nGoods would be carted to village. 
2998Bought Steel for 28 Gold.\nGoods would be carted to village. 
2999Bought Branches for 18 Gold.\nGoods would be carted to village. 
3000The barkeep shout at you for your orders.
3001Mercenaries. 1G 
3002You approached the barkeep, politely asked if there are any worthy mercenaries for hire.
3003Place 1 Gold infront of the Barkeep. 
3004Forget it. 
3005He reaches out for the Gold.\nPuts it into his pocket,\npoints his big finger at that group of Orcs in the corner. \n\n" 60 Goldzzz, \nyou hire one of the bezzzt fighter. "
3006Pay him.
3007" Too Much. "
3008You handed a pouch to the barkeep,\nwhich he didn't open it, just weighted it out on his hand.\n\nHe calls out in orgish words.
3009A skinny orc brought a few mugs of mead and a large portion of roasted meat to the table, collected the gold and left you be.
3010" A gang of goblinsss disturb the peace around the market recently.\nThey come to Stronghold and steal thingsss to their campsite outside in the woods. \nThey small and fast, Orc hard catch them always. "
3011Not interested today.
3012" You catch them, baztards\n          Orc Market thank you you. "\nbarkeep places a mug of quality ale in front of you.\r\n<ANS>' Goblin Hunting. '\r
3013Humans were busy with goods beside the big wheels.\n\nOne calls out to you, \n"   Hey, I seen you before.\nWe had a Carnival at your village. \nI am post to this Stronghold to trade Caravan's items. Come look at mine "\n\nThe group could use these for the journey.
3014Buy food for 3 Gold. (G) 
3015Bought food with 3 Gold for the party's ration.
3016The Bone Tavern was guarded by two Orcs of massive size.\n\nUpon entering, your men finds the\nfoul smell of rotten meat and sweat rather unbearable.\nOnly few Orcs are over at a corner.
3017The Stronghold is led by the Orcrest Council, peaceful, compared to the other wild tribes.\nStrives to maintain a good relation with other races, opening its door for trade and diplomacy.
3018The Forge is empty when you arrived.\n\nOn the anvil is a note.\n" Urgent trip to Mount Stoney, \t\tHometown in mountains. \n   Will be back when I am back. "\n                   signed Alfrod the D.Smith.
3019The group of Orcs walks over.\n" You want me join you humansss? "\nThe big and muscular Warrior voiced out.\n\n\t  " You win me first. "
3020Agrees and reach out your hand. 
3021Denies and backs off. 
3022The barkeep laughs and mock at you.\n\t\t\n\t\t"  NO REFUNDzzz. "\n
3023Leave the Tavern in shame. 
3024" A Friendly Fight, It'LL BE, \n                             when you ready. "\nThe Orc SLAPS your hand.\n                        and flexes his big axe.
3025' Fight ! '
3026A great fight that could go either end, but you managed to win, earning his respect.\n\n" My honor to fight sssmall man.\nWarrior go hut, take thingsss, and come back. "as he walk steadfully out of the Tavern.
3027He seems excited to join the party. 
3028Moments later, the Warrior returned fully dressed in battle armors.\n\nThe men shrugs to see the Orc in formal,\n" You so eager for battle,\n\t        We are here to relax! "\n\n\n" So whats your name? " you asked.\n
3029An Orc mate has joined us. 
3030You were close to beating the Orc, but he manages to pin you to the ground with his massive size.\n\n    " You Lost! buttttt You Good. "
3031The Orc heads out of the Tavern with his pack 'in disappointment'.\n\nYou had a feeling, he was somehow hoping you would win.\n
3032Rest on table.
3033" A pack of trolls jealous of our glorious walls.\nThey wander the trees near the Stronghold. Bad intentions they have. \nWhen our Warriors depart to seek them, they returns to their hideout in the swamps.\n\t\t\tA nuisanccce. "
3034" You catch them, baztards\n          Orc Market thank you you. "\nbarkeep places a mug of quality ale in front of you.\r\n<ANS>' Troll Hunting. '\r
3035Having a sip of the drink,\nit does taste ' GoooooooOOODDD ', \n\nSensation of a red hot bull invigorates you.
3036" I hate this Fort, do you? \nWould you like to demolish this Fort from the land, \n\tfor 40 Gold and \n\t\tit shall be done,\n\t\t\tit shall be gone. "
3037Gives 40G.
3038No thanks.  
3039" I shall ask you again.\n\n\t\t\tAre you sure ? "
3040You have been teleported out to the World. 
3041" If you insist, let it be so. "\n\n" Did I tell you, the Orcs could easily rebuild what you see here in a matter of time. "\n\n   \t    " Begone Maggots ! "\n
3042The Orc Loan Ranger.\n" Greetings, WE at Loan Ranger ! \nWE credit loan Gold to customers, \n8 Gold loan, 10 Gold is repayable. \nIf the village has no reserves, \nthen we aren't confident to lend out.\n\nWe also do debit loan, payable upon the village and exchanging ' On the Spot ' 25 Silver for 10 Gold. "
3043You have borrowed 8G\n10G repayable by village.
3044You have borrowed 40G\n50G repayable by village.
3045You have loaned 50G\n40G payable to village.
3046" So what you want !!! "\r\n<ANS>Borrow 10G.\r\n<ANS>Borrow 50G.\r\n<ANS>Loan 50G.\r\n<ANS>Exchange 25S.\r\n<ANS>Return to the Square. \r
3047Sold 50 C Food.\nGoods would be collected from village.
3048You exchanged \n25 Silver for 10 Gold.
3049Sold 50 Bones.\nGoods would be collected from village.
3050Return to the Material Stall. 
3051Sold 25 Topaz.\nGoods would be collected from village.
3052Sold 25 Cane.\nGoods would be collected from village.
3053As you approach, the mysterious figure disperses in front of you.\r\n\nA cry from the back of your party was heard, \nturning around, one of your men lay on the ground, severely wounded with a slash across the chest.\r\n\nAt a loss and urgent medical help for the wounded is required, the party hurriedly retreated from the alley.
3054" I heard of a Rusalki and its minion roams not far from here. \nDangerous Being to encounter, even our Orcs daren't cross its path. \n\nWant me to point you the way? "
3055" Good luck on that, its raining outside, a good opportunity to meet her. "\nbarkeep places a mug of quality ale in front of you.\r\n<ANS>' Mermaids aren't always like Angels. '\r
3056A group of 'Angry Orcs' dashed into the Tavern and started wrecking the place.\n\nThe Tavern Owner retreated into his backroom and bolted the door.\n
3057Engage out of Chivalry. 
3058Wait and Watch. 
3059Be a Coward and Dodge your way out. 
3060After thrashing some tables and flinging mugs and barrels across the tavern.\nThe group now turns to you.\n
3061' Prepare for the Inevitable. '
3062A Test of Strength against these large and unreasonable Orcs.
3063After a series of blows, seeing that there is no bargain to either sides, the group of Orc Fighters force retreated out of the tavern.\n\nOnly then does the Tavern Owner reappears and thanking you.
3064On further scout report from the fort, the corpse of your comrade was found cold in a ditch behind the Tavern.
3065Regroup in the World. 
3066" Thoze BULLiess, alwayz looking for trouble and picking on the merchants and hindering businesses. \nPlease accept these zmall token for your help. "\n\n" Now where are thoze Guardz I have outside the Door! "\n
3067" Thoze BULLiess, alwayz looking for trouble and picking on the merchants and hindering businesses. \nPlease accept these small token for your help. "\n\n" Now where are thoze Guardz I have outside the Door! "\n
3068You and your men crouches into the corner and attempt to slip out through a backdoor.\r\n<ANS>UI_EXIT\r
3069Without alerting any of the Orcs, you managed to retreat from the Tavern into the midst of the crowd at the Square.\n\nCowardice crept into your party but at least you saved your skin.
3070On further scout report of the fort, the corpse of your comrades were found cold in a ditch behind the Tavern.
3071A toppled mug on the table alerted the Orcs, \n\tIn a tight spot,\n\t\tIn a corner and \n     with all gazes upon your party.
3072No match for these Orc Fighters, you struggled to muster your men and escape. \n\nThe Orcs chases you til the outskirts of the fort and lost sight of you.\n\nRecollecting your party, two of your men is missing.
3073No match for these Orc Fighters, you struggled to muster your men and escape. \n\nThe Orcs chases you til the outskirts of the fort and lost sight of you.\n\nRecollecting your men, only to find one of them is missing.
3074Market - Init Gob
3075Guards spot a fat Goblin sitting on a mushroom just outside the Meeting Hall, \nseemingly harmless, leaving him be.
3076For hours, he sat on the same spot. 
3077The Elder on returning,\ncurious about the Goblin, stopped to ask.\n\n\t" Greetings, Stranger. \n\t\tWhat are you doing ? "
3078" I forgot why I am here, so I sit here and wait till I remember. " replied the dazed Goblin.\n\nThe Elder ask, " Are you here to find someone or to deliver something? "\nOn hearing that, the Goblin hops off the mushroom and dug into his pouch.
3079" I have THIS, but I FORGOT who it is for. " as the Elder steals a glance and on the wrapped cloth scribbed,\n\n'TO : OLD MAN AT HUMAN TOWN'
3080On seeing those words,\nElder understood and explains to the Fat Goblin that the package should be for him, from his friend, the Gobo Shaman.\n\n" Ahhhh yes, now I remember.\nMaster Shaman ask me give this to old Cleric at Human place! " 
3081' Calls for a guard. '
3082" Are you hungry? "\n\tThe Fat Goblin hops around \n" VERY. "\t\t " me food plzzzz "\n\nElder instruct the guard to bring the Fat Goblin for a meal and a place to rest.
3083In the package are medicinal herbs and a handwritten letter. \n\n" Village at war,  \nbrothers two fighting ALWAYS.\nMe old and weak to stop.\nAsk 'not too' Old Man to help think way for me.\nHome is not safe. I send the goboboy, forgetful fatto in your care. \nHe likes forget, but good worker. "\n\t\t  signed Sayani Shaman.
3084Fat Goblin has joined the village. 
3085" Scout, I need urgent report on the Gobo Village. \nDepart now and return with haste. "
3086The Elder awaits news of his Shaman friend. \n\n( The Gobo Village is a Permanent Village, friendly to all with no faction penalty.)\n
3087Market - Visit Gob
3088Gobo Village.\nPeaceful settlement for worker goblins located deep in the woods. \nMainly loggers, gatherers and taxidermy crafters resides there.
3089Village Square \nSayani and the two late leader's children resides in the central huts.\nMarket area to the left and a Tavern on the right. Beyond are wooden and tree huts that houses other goblins.
3090Materials. 
3091The Tavern. 
3092The Meeting House.
3093An elderly goblin holding a staff greets you..\n   \t  " Do you have any Rats ? "
3094Sell 25 Food. (V)
3095Bought String for 12 Gold.\nGoods would be carted to village.
3096Return to Supply Seller. 
3097Return to Supply Buyer. 
3098Goya and Goyi are bickering and pushing one another at the food store they were left in charge. \r\n<ANS>Buy Fish for 3G. (V)\r\n<ANS>Buy Meat for 3G. (V)\r\n<ANS>Buy Fruits for 3G. (V)\r\n<ANS>Buy Bird Meat for 3G. (V)\r\n<ANS>Buy Mushroom for 3G. (V)\r\n<ANS>Buy Vegetable for 3G. (V)\r\n<ANS>Buy Assort Food for 5G. (V)\r\n<ANS>Return to the Square.\r
3099A stern and grumpy looking goblin took a glance at you.\n\t" Look yourself\n \t\t\t    Nothing much. " \n
3100Buy String for 12G. (V)
3101Buy Web for 26G. (V)
3102Sell 25 Iron. (G)
3103Sell 25 Clay. (G)
3104Sell 25 Bone. (G)
3105Bought Fruits for 3 Gold.\nGoods would be carted to village. 
3106Bought Bird Meat for 3 Gold.\nGoods would be carted to village. 
3107Bought Web for 26 Gold.\nGoods would be carted to village. 
3108An old barkeeper, polishing his mugs.\nA few goblins on a table nearby, giggling and having a merry time.
3109Food and drinks. 1G  
3110You approached the barkeep, \npolitely asked if there are any worthy Mercenaries around.
3111He reaches out for the Gold.\nPuts it into his pocket,\n\n" 50 Gold do you have. "
3112" Nevermind. "
3113You handed a pouch to the barkeep.\nHe started counting it greedily.\n\nHe calls for his helper, \nwhispered in his ears, who departs quickly by the back door.
3114The barkeeper took the Gold.\nReturned shortly with some ale, a dish of fried insects and skewed rats.\n\nFaces of your men turned alittle green with disgust and requests for some vegetarian dishes.\n    " We dont sell Greens here. "\nGiggles were heard from the group next table.
3115" A pack of Orc Warriors patrols frequently pick on our gatherer while working in the woods.\nJudging by our size, we could only run and hide. "\n\n" Would be a good deed if you could help. "
3116" Just teach them a lesson and make them leave our workers alone. \nI don't have much to offer but please take these for your effort. "\nas the barkeep place alittle Gold in front of you.
3117Our duty to help the Weak. 
3118Few Humans were chatting at a food store when one calls out to you, \n\n" Hey, I was at the Carnival at your village with the Caravans some time ago. Been here for a while to trade Caravan's items. Come take a look "
3119Bought ration for group with 3 Gold.\n\nMight be useful for the journey.
3120Under Sayani's govern, the small settlement manages by in trades and good relation with its neighbours.
3121The Meeting House, where Sayani the Shaman resides and conduct her village affairs.
3122After having some of the local ale, looking at the treats on the table.\n\nSome of your ladies in the party, \nstarts feeling unwell.
3123Regreted drinking those ale.  
3124The Gobo village is cared for by High Shaman Sayani after the Leader, once a Great Hunter passed on. \nHe had two children, too young and ambitious.
3125Tavern, a dilapidated hut under a creepy tree on the far right of the village.\r\n<ANS>UI_EXIT\r
3126Some moments later,\na small but stout Goblin Chief enters the Tavern followed by the helper.\n\n" Are you bring me for adventure? I am ready to go KILL something! " says the \nsmall but enthusiatic goblin.\nas he collected the pouch from the barkeep.
3127Goblin Chief has joined the party. 
3128Some moments later,\na Goblin Shaman enters with the helper.\n\n" I am one of Sayani's apprentice, I Bery happy to join your adBentures.\nHad heard alot of stories about the OLD man and the MEN Billage! " says the enthusiatic Shaman.\nas he collected the pouch from the Barkeep.\n\n( This Gobin likes  to use B for V )\n
3129Goblin Shaman has joined the party. 
3130Some moments later,\na pack of goblins entered the tavern,\nfollowed by the helper.\nTogether they approached your table.
3131You were attacked by the pack of Goblins.\nFortunately your men were alert of the danger and took it under control.\n\nThe Goblins were defeated.
3132You approached the barkeep for your gold, \nbut in that same instance,\nthat Goblin Helper skipped behind the bar, stole the gold pouch and \nran out of the tavern.
3133The Gold is Stolen.  
3134You approached the barkeep for your gold, \nhe begged for your forgiveness.\n\nReturning your Gold, he paid more for compensation.
3135You and your men gave chase but lost sight of him within the bushes outside of the village.
3136You hear commotions. 
3137You and your men suffered defeat \nto the overwhelming numbers of goblins.\n\nIn desperation, fled out of the village into the woods.
3138The goblins seems persistent in looking for you.
3139The Elder greets you.\n\n" Welcome MAN.\n   How is the OLD MAN.\n   I mizzed going baiting with him. "
3140Ask About her Problems.
3141Ask for her Blessings. 3G
3142" You are here to \n   hear thiz old Goblin whine? "
3143Whats the Problem?
3144Another time. 
3145Sayani takes a look at you.\n"     For my magic to work.\nI need some gold to work as catalyse.\nWith my powess, I should heal most of your pain, ailments and even some bless for good health.\nIf you want me to start, put them into this pot. "
3146Puts Gold into the Pot. 
3147Another time perhaps. 
3148The Elder made your party sit behind the pot, reaches into a sachet, secretly grabbing some items and places into the pot.\n\nShe chants and dance for alittle and yelled,\t" ITS DONE. "\nas she shoo the party out, so she could have her nap.
3149Exiting the hut, \nthe men does feel refreshed and energized, that even the coughs you had earlier ceased.
3150" BIG Wolves. "\n" Wolves are attacking my gobs,\nwhen they go work in the woods. "\n\n" Would you help us. "
3151" Of course. "
3152" Another time. "
3153" The storage huts are under attack.\n \t       " INFESTATION! "\nRainy season had brought all those \npests into the village and they hid \t where theres most food. "\n
3154" Those two brothers are driving me nutzzz, ever since their father died. They have been angry at each other.\nChallenging at every chance.
3155" Would you look into the matter for me. "\r\n<ANS>Yes. \r\n<ANS>Another time. \r
3156The ground is litter with dead rats and bats,\nSnakes begun to slitter into room for a feast.
3157The rats are taken care of, \nbut more pests appears.\r\n<ANS>UI_EXIT\r
3158Losing the battle, the men retreated out of the village to regroup and rest.\n\nRats could be seen gathering in the distant.
3159Losing the battle, the men retreated out of the village to regroup and rest.\n\nBats could be seen flying in the distant.
3160The last of the pests were slain.\n
3161Return to Sayani.  
3162Losing the battle, the men retreated out of the village to regroup and rest.\n\nSnakes are swarming in the distant.
3163Sayani welcome your return and report of the elimination of the pest crisis.\n\n" GREAT work MEN. \nYou saved much of our resources, \ndeserving a worthy reward for your effort. "\n
3164" Our pleasure to help. "
3165Entering the damp storage room.\nyou could see dozens of small glowing eyes peering at your directions.\n\n" SQUEEEEEAKKK. "
3166   Though I the head of the village, they no listen to me and I cannot bear to hurt them.\n\nElder Goya and younger Goyi, both have their own supporters. \nTwo packs keep fighting. "
3167" Azzz we zpeak, they have gathered their packs near the village and going to fight each other to the death.\n\nCould you help me break their packs up. I can't face their dead father if anything happenzzz to them. "
3168" I will handle this. "
3169" Goya and Warriors are nearby. "\r\n<ANS>UI_EXIT\r
3170" Goyi and Skirmshers are nearby. "\r\n<ANS>UI_EXIT\r
3171" Before this village gets run over ending in a bloodbath. \n\nPleaZzze go fast and Ztop them!\n\n\tAll my hopes are on you MEN! "\n
3172" We will march now. "
3173" Ah yezzz, I do have some issues.\nWhile I really could use some help. \nI can't bother you MEN, I will try to sort them out myself for now. "\n\nShe ponders and goes into deep thoughts.
3174" Alright. "
3175" More goblin groupz from other tribez are approaching from the distant forestz. \nThey might be here to take advantage of this conflict to get rid of our goblinzzz and thizzz village. "
3176" A Horde is amassing from the Northwest !!! "
3177" Hate this greenish village, do you? \nWould you like to rid this village from the land, \n\tfor 30 Gold and\n\t\tit shall be done,\n\t\t\tit shall be gone. "
3178Gives 30G.
3179" If you insist, let it be so. "\n\n" Did I tell you, the Goblins could rebuild what you see here in time. "\n\n   \t    " Begone Maggots ! "\n
3180The Gobo Loan Ranger.\n" Greetingsss, here at Loan Ranger, \nwe credit loan Goldzzz to customerz, \n8 Gold loan, 10 Gold repayable. \nIf the village has no goldzzz, \nthen we aren't confident to lend out.\n\nWe also do debit loan, payable upon the village and exchanging ' On the Spot ' 25 Silver for 10 Gold. "
3181" SSSo what will it bezzz? "
3182Exchange 25S. 
3183Sold 25 Iron.\nGoods would be collected from group.
3184Sold 25 Clay.\nGoods would be collected from group.
3185Sold 25 Bones.\nGoods would be collected from group.
3186file\Adventures\Xas - Mine.txt.txt
3187Cavern - Init
3188Farmers came dashing into the Meeting Hall.
3189Pants and stutters, one points  beyond the hills and said.\n\n" We were cultivating a rubble land behind the farmhouse this day, loud earth cracking noises and a portion of the plot collapsed exposing an underground cavern. "\n\nHe pauses to catch his breathe.
3190" We were too scared, the hole is dark to enter, we could only gather our belongings and returned to the village. "
3191" Sir, please take a look at it. "\n\n" Rest assure, our men will immediately look into it. Avoid the area until investigations are complete. " said the Elder. \n
3192" Send forth the expedition. "
3193Mineral Reserves
3194The party visit the collapsed cavern by the farmhouse.
3195Lit your torches and enter. 
3196Venturing into the dark and errie cavern,\nthe party enters a goosefoot, \npassageways leading into darkness.\n\nBe cautious and,\r\n<ANS>Enter left path.\r\n<ANS>Enter left path.\r\n<ANS>Enter center path.\r\n<ANS>Enter center path.\r\n<ANS>Enter right path.\r\n<ANS>Enter right path.\r\n<ANS>Set up camp.\r\n<ANS>Return Later. \r
3197The gleaming entrance leds you to the mineral reserve,\nfragments of gold and other materials could be seen glittering on cavern walls.\nEager men commenced to pick the rocks off the cavern walls in search of precious metals.
3198Return with what we could find. 
3199After the battle with the Bats.\n\nA wide cave, with only two exit,\nthe passage you came from and another at the far end,\ngleaming glows seems to emit from.
3200The party continues. 
3201After the battle with the Rats.\n\nA wide cave, with only two exit,\nthe passage you came from and another at the far end,\ngleaming glows seems to emit from.
3202The battle was lost, \nthe party desperately escape toward the entrance.\n\nLosing the pursuers.
3203After the battle with the Strigas.\n\nA wide cave, with only two exit,\nthe passage you came from and another at the far end,\ngleaming glows seems to emit from.
3204After the battle with the Goblins.\n\nA wide cave, with only two exit,\nthe passage you came from and another at the far end,\ngleaming glows seems to emit from.
3205After the battle with the Dwarven Bandits.\n\nA wide cave, with only two exit,\nthe passage you came from and another at the far end,\ngleaming glows seems to emit from.
3206After the battle with the Spiders.\n\nA wide cave, with only two exit,\nthe passage you came from and another at the far end,\ngleaming glows seems to emit from.
3207Guards kept watch over the camp,\nmedic giving aids and the weary men took a moment to rest up over the campfire.\n
3208Continues the exploration. 
3209Though losing your pursuers.\nSome of your men suffered injuries.
3210High spirits raises the morale of the men\n
3211Cavern - Exped Nom
3212Journeying through the woods,\nscouts located a collapsed cavern near a stream.
3213Venturing into the dark and errie cavern,\nthe party enters a goosefoot, \npassageways leading into darkness.\n\nBe cautious and,
3214Enter left path.
3215Enter center path.
3216Enter right path.
3217Set up camp.
3218Return Later. 
3219After the battle with the Skellies.\n\nA wide cave, with only two exit,\nthe passage you came from and another at the far end,\ngleaming glows seems to emit from.
3220High spirits raises the morale of the men
3221Guards kept watch over the camp,\nscout dispatched to look into the cavern. \nThe medic give concoctions and \nthe weary men takes a moment to rest up over the campfire.\n\n\nScout returned shortly with details on the cavern.
3222Cavern - Exped Dw
3223Journey through the rocky hills,\nscouts located a collapsed cavern.\n
3224After the battle with the Dwarves.\n\nA wide cave, with only two exit,\nthe passage you came from and another at the far end,\ngleaming glows seems to emit from.
3225Guards kept watch over the camp. The medic tends to the wounded and \nthe weary men takes a moment to rest up over the campfire.
3226file\Adventures\Xas.txt.txt
3227The Wreckage
3228Under closer examining of a creaking floorboard.\nA hidden compartment was found.
3229Check the contents. 
3230Ignore the boat and departs. 
3231Looking at the compartment,
3232Open.
3233Ignore and departs. 
3234Opening the compartment reveals, nothing but a small journal.
3235Reads the content. 
3236Return the journal where it belongs and departs. 
3237The journal, written by a Human Mage, brief words mention of a hidden tower by the water in the distance.\nDescribes his fear of the beings that haunt him, makings of the makeshift boat to escape the tower.\nMost of its last contents were unreadable.\n\nA key jammed between the last few pages, slipped and drops to the ground.
3238Pick up the Key and return to the World. 
3239Hidden well in a corner are a few Gold pieces.
3240Collect the Gold and return to the World. 
3241The journal is a diary, by a farmer about his wife.\nBriefly described his loathesome of her constant naggings and demands, choosing to leave her, to anger her further, he had taken their baby boy and left it to the care of a Woodsman not far from here.
3242Seek out this Woodsman's lodge. 
3243Return the journal and leaves.
3244Making your way through the trees, \nthere were signs of struggles,\nhacking marks on broken trees.\nTracker finds marks of the Orges.\n\nIn the distance, you see smoke and faint lights, a shabby hut, stood among the rubbles and flames. \n\nThe party made their way towards the hut cautiously, no one else could be seen.\n\nYou carefully enter the small hut, which barely had anything in it, except gathered straws and plants.
3245A sudden twitch in the straws started you. \nUsing your sword to gently pry the stack of straw apart reveals a half awake baby, sucking on its thumb and little kicks from its tiny leg.\n\nYour medic hurries over, carrying the child up.
3246As the medic tends to the child,\nyou and the other men made camp,\nstood watch over the area.\n\nFrom night to day, no signs of this Woodman.\n\nCould only presume that Orcs had led an attack on this Woodman's hut,\ncaptured or had him killed.
3247You'll bring the Baby back to village. 
3248Journal marks the story and location of a tower inhabiting a Dragon.\n\nBriefly mentioned how a mage had found a baby dragon, brought it home to nurse it. \nBut as it grew, it became more ferocious till the mage had to trap the dragon in his tower and abandoning it.
3249Dragon wares are always welcomed. 
3250Return the journal and departs. 
3251Journey by the river, scouts discovered a washed up boat, badly damaged by a storm judging by the burn marks and wooden cracks.\n\nThe surrounding of the wreckage are littered with bones, decomposed food and used necessities.
3252Tower-Trolls
3253Walking along the water, \nthe river gets narrower, \na tower stood out in the marshland, enclosed in wild plants and boulders.
3254Water high to the knee,\nthe party waddles cautiously,\ncloser to the Tower, \na metal door could be seen.
3255Unlock the door with Key. 
3256Return to World. 
3257As the door opens,\nscreeches and foot stompings echoed down from the Tower top.\n\nThe party had no idea what was approaching them.\nDrawing swords in formation.
3258Encounter!  
3259Bodies and blood filled the corridor, \nthe last of the swamp trolls fell,\n\nLooking around, the party recollects themselves.
3260Up the Stairs. 
3261Reaching the top,\nseeing piles of Human skulls and corpses.\nThe trolls must have taken the tower, capturing humans there to feed on.
3262Search around.
3263The men gathered up what they could find before making their way out of the tower and the swamp.
3264Outnumbered by the trolls, \nyour men panicked and scrambled out the tower into the trees.\n\nThe swamp trolls chased hard, \nbut losing sight of your men,\nthey returned back to the tower.
3265Tower-Trolls Exped
3266Journey along the water, the river gets narrower, a tower stood out from the marshes, enclosed in wild plants and huge rocks.\n\nThe men treks forward.
3267Water high to the knee, the party waddles onwards cautiously.\nCloser to the Tower, a metal door could be seen.
3268Force the door open. 
3269Leave the place. 
3270As the door opens,\nscreeches and foot stompings echoed down from the Tower top.\n\nNo idea what was approaching them.\nDrawing their swords in formation.
3271Bodies filled the corridor, \nthe last of the swamp trolls fell, blood splatted everywhere.\n\nLooking around, the party recollects themselves.
3272Reaching the top,\nseeing piles of Human skulls and corpses.\nThe trolls must have taken the tower capturing humans here to feed on...
3273The men gathered up what they could find.\n\nMaking their way down the tower, the party exits the swamp.
3274Outnumbered by the trolls, \nyour men panicked and scrambled out the tower into the trees.\n\nThe swamp trolls chased hard, \nbut losing sight of your men,\nthey returned back to the tower disappointed.
3275Tower-Dragon
3276The river gets narrower, a tower stood out from the marshland, enclosed in wild plants and large bones of the remains of the wild beasts.
3277The party treks forth cautiously,\ncloser to the Tower, \na metal door could be seen.
3278Pry the door open. 
3279The door cracks open,\nrawls echoed from the Tower top.\n\nThe party in formation with their arms drawn.
3280As the Dragon falls to the ground.\n\nLooking around, the party recollects themselves.
3281Reaching the top,\n\nShiny coins, bones and skulls lies around the stone floor, a small chest sits on a shelf on the wall.\n
3282The men gathered up what they could find.\n\nMaking their way down the tower, the party exits the terrain.
3283The Dragon is too ferocious for the men to go near.\nYou called for them to retreat out of the tower, closing and jamming the metal gate on the way out. \n\nYou realised one of your men is missing.
3284Tower-Dragon Exped
3285Along the wet grounds, \nthe marshland littered with huge bones and remains of large beasts. \n\nA tower stood out from the distant.
3286The party treks cautiously,\ncloser to the Tower, \na metal door could be seen.
3287As the door breaks open,\nrawls echoed down from the Tower top.\n\nDrawing their swords in formation.
3288As the Dragon falls to the ground.\n\nLooking around, the party recollects themselves,
3289Reaching the top,\n\nBones and skull laid around the stone floor, a small chest sits on a shelf on the wall.\n
3290The men gathered up what they could find.\n\nMaking their way down the tower, the party exit the marshes.\n
3291The Dragon is too ferocious for the men to go near, to prevent casualties, calling the men to retreat out of the tower,\nclosing and jamming the metal gate on the way out.
3292Farm House - Init
3293Scouts reported on news of a Farmhouse not far in the distant over the hills.\n
3294" We should visit this stead. "
3295Farm House
3296Bright and hot.\nFrom the heights on the mountain cliff, a sight of smoke is coming from afar.\n\n" Farmhouse. " exclaims the Scout. \n\nTired and hungry, the men makes haste in that direction.
3297By the time, the party reaches the cottage, the sun is almost ready to set.
3298Knocking on the door,\nan aged woman appears at the door.\nIn a grumpy voice,\n\t\t" What do you want ?? "\n\nPolitely tells the woman you and your band are travellers, \nlooking to set up camp near her stead and perhaps she could offer some hospitality.
3299The old woman ponders\n\n" I can cook you men a hot meal, but you need to go fetch me 20 Food so I can work with. "
3300Oblige to her askings.
3301Reject politely and ask to set up camp over the rocks. 
3302Reject politely and Returns to the World. 
3303As its turning dark, your men quickly retreat a distance and proceed to set camp.\nSome went gathering, few stood guard while the medic and chef cooks over the fire.
3304She replied unwillingly.\n\n" Yes, but you men no come near my house! "
3305You nodded. 
3306Scouting the surroundings.\r\n<ANS>Stay and watch at a distance. \r
3307On a treetop, you watches on.\n\nYou have a strange feeling on that farmhouse, a bad feeling.\n\nCalling a few men to follow,
3308Sneak into the boundary. 
3309Climbing over the fence,\nyou peered through the window.\nYou see only the old woman moving around the room.\n\nShe stirs on a big pot over a fire.
3310Continues to watch. 
3311Not long sooner, walk to the center of the house and open up a hatch on the floorboard, perhaps into a basement.
3312Shortly, her head appears and walking up,\nbut to your astonishment, she was dragging forcefully a young child by the hair up from below.\n\nTying the gagged boy to a table leg and she returned her attention to the pot.\n\nWorries engulfed you.\ninstructing your men to be alert.
3313Two other figures soon appears from the hatchway.\n\nThe woman now holds a big chopper, walking towards the child.\n\n\t   ' Is Baba Yaga! '\n\thesitated in your head.\n
3314Watch on. 
3315Enough !
3316The woman mumbles in a low voice,\nand slashes the chopper on the boy.\n\nThe body lies motionless while she continues heavy chops upon the corpse.\n\nThe other two start moving to begin picking up the body parts and tossing them into the pot.
3317Unbearable at the sight, you draw sword to slay these villains. 
3318Retreat with disgust. 
3319The monstrous Baba Yaga and her minions were slain.\r\nThe boy is dead.\r\n\nMen scours the farmhouse and found some worthy items while the medic buries the boy and have the villains burned.\n\nFeeling dishearted in failing to react earlier.\nYou walked back to camp.
3320A sleepless night. 
3321Your men were defeated by these villains, stronger than expected.\n\nDespite our retreat, the Baba Yaga ignored us, returning to her pot of body parts.\n\nCamp packed, \nthe party hurried to leave the stead.
3322Retreat defeated. 
3323Bow... \nArrow...\nSplit second...\n
3324A shot through the window, \npiercing through one of the minion's shoulder and knocked the chopper out of the Baba Yaga's hand onto the wooden floor.
3325Charges.
3326Change your mind and retreats. 
3327The monstrous Baba Yaga and her minions were slain.\r\n\nMen scours the farmhouse and found some worthy items and a good storage of dry foodstuff,\nwhile the medic took care of the young child.
3328The house is briefly cleaned,\nso the camp could move into the shelter.\n\tA roof, good food and \n     a new found little apprentice. \n\nThe boy is an active and joyous one, running among the adults bring much laughter to the faces.
3329Glad you managed to save the little soul.\n
3330Your men were defeated by these villians, stronger than expected.\n\nDespite our retreat, the Baba Yaga ignored us, returning to her task on the child and the pot.\n\nCamp packed, \nparty hurried to leave the stead.
3331Upset you abandoned the boy. 
3332Your men were defeated by these villians, stronger than expected.\n\nDespite our retreat, the Baba Yaga ignored us, returning to her pot of body parts.\n\nCamp packed, \nparty hurried to leave the stead.
3333You knocked on her door again and offered the 20 food.\n\nShe peers through the latch, reached for the food and slams the door.
3334Returns to Camp. 
3335You knocked on her door again, \nand offered the 20 food she requested.\n\nShe peers through the latch, reached for the food and slams the door.
3336Hours had gone by,\nthe old woman did not appear nor called upon you.\nNot to be deem calculative with the aged, the party ate on the simple rations the medic prepared.\n\nThe night passed peacefully, the men did had a proper rest.\nWhen day breaks.
3337Some moments later back with your men.\n\nA little boy appears down the path pulling on a cart from the stead.\nWaving his hands for you to help.\n\nYou hurried over to lend a hand.
3338You see a feast of cooked food on it.\n\n" MAMA, say me to carry to you. BUT TOO MANY, i VERY smart use this wheel wheel, BUT too heavy. " laughing his head off, the boy sprints toward the campfire, leaving you alone with the cart.
3339An Adorable Boy. 
3340For the safety of your men, unsure of the number of minions down in that hatch,\nyou vented your anger with an arrow and forced a retreat.\n\nCalling for camp to be packed and hastily return to the World,\nknow that the boy is dead,\nknow that it will be a sleepless night.
3341Filled with anger and disgust, \nyou stalked the head of the Baba Yaga on the porch of the stead.
3342Spits on the Head. 
3343Morning breaks, the group feels great and sense of soothing.\n\nLooking over in the direction of the farm.\n" The The FarmHHHouse is Gone !! "\nYou called out.
3344A Mystery. 
3345The evening at the camp was joyous having the little one running around the camp poking the adults.\n\nThe meal prepared by the old woman was delicious and hearty.\n\n" BOOOY, come HOME. " \na voice echoed from the distance, as the boy begun his sprint again.
3346Everyone had a good night. 
3347Your decision and action casted a shadow on you and your men.
3348On the horizon, \nthere were no traces of any farmhouse or path, \nnot even cart tracks of the little boy.
3349Blessed or Watched over. 
3350Farm House - Exped
3351Travelling on a mountain cliff, this day is extremely bright and hot.\nFrom the heights, a sight of smoke is coming from afar.\n\n" A farmhouse. " from the Scout.\n\nTired and hungry, the men make haste in that direction.
3352Knocking on the door,\nan aged woman appears at the door.\nIn a grumpy voice,\n\t" What do you want ?? "\n\nPolitely tells the woman you and your band are travellers, \nlooking to set up camp near her stead and perhaps she could offer some hospitality.
3353The old woman ponders,\n\n" I can cook you men a hot meal, but you need to go fetch me 20 Food so I can cook with. "
3354Reject politely and return to the World. 
3355As its turning dark,\nyour men quickly retreat a distance and proceed to set camp.\nSome went gathering, few stood guard while the medic and chef cooks over the fire.
3356You scout the surroundings of the camp.
3357Stay and watch at a distance. 
3358Climbing over the fence,\nyou peered through the window.\nYou see only the old woman moving around the room.\n\nShe proceed to stir on a big pot over a fire.
3359Not long sooner, she walk and open up a hatch on the floorboard in the center of the room, perhaps into a basement.
3360Shortly, her head appears and walking up,\nbut to your astonishment, she was dragging a young child forcefully up by the hair.\n\nGagged the boy, tying him to a table leg and returning her attention to the pot.\n\nWorries engulfed you.\ninstructing your men to be alert.
3361Two other figures soon appears from the hatchway.\n\nThe woman now holds a big chopper, walking towards the child.\n\n\t   ' Is she Baba Yaga! '\n\thesitated in your head.\n
3362The woman mumbles in a low voice,\nand slashes the chopper on the boy.\nThe body lies motionless, as she continues heavy choppings on the corpse.\n\nThe other two start moving to begin picking up the body parts and tossing them into the pot,
3363A shot through the window, \npiercing through one of the minion's shoulder and knocking the chopper out of the Baba Yaga's hand onto the wooden floor.
3364Changes your mind and retreats. 
3365Glad you managed to save the little soul.
3366Your men were defeated by these villains, stronger than expected.\n\nDespite our retreat, the Baba Yaga ignored us, returning to her task on the child and the pot.\n\nCamp packed, \nthe party hurried to leave the stead.
3367You knocked on her door again, and offered the 20 food.\n\nShe peers through the latch, reached for the food and slams the door.
3368Return to the Camp. 
3369You knocked on her door again and offered 20 food she asked for.\n\nShe peers through the latch, reached for the food and slams the door.
3370Hours gone by,\nthe old woman does not appear nor called on you.\nNot to be deem calculative with the aged, you and the men simply ate on the rations the medic prepared.\n\nThe night passed peacefully, the men did had a proper rest.\nWhen day breaks.
3371Some moments later back at camp,\na little boy appears, pulling on a cart down the path from the stead.\n\nWaving his hands for you to help.\n\nHurrying over to lend a hand.
3372For the safety of your men, unsure of the number of minions down in that hatch,\nyou vented your anger, and forced a retreat.\n\nCalling for camp to be packed and hastily return to the World,\nknow that the boy is dead,\nknow that it will be a sleepless night.
3373Filled with anger and disgust,\nyou stalked the \nhead of the Baba Yaga \non the porch of the stead.
3374Morning breaks, the group feels great and sense of soothing.\n\nYou looked over in the direction of the farm.\n" The The FarmHHHouse is Gone !! "\nYou called out.
3375The evening at the camp was joyous having the little one running around the camp poking the adults.\n\nThe meal prepared by the old woman was delicious and hearty.\n\n" BOOOY, come HOME. " \nthe woman shouted from the distance.\nas the boy begun his sprint again.
3376Sighting - Skeletons
3377Scout sent news in a parchment.
3378' The region was well known, for the countless battles ceded to it. '
3379" We must immediately send our best to root these Evil aggressors. " says the Elder.\n
3380Send forth our Men. 
3381' Undead gathering on a wastelands at the distant horizon. ' 
3382' Numbers are increasing, \nmovement of bearings indicates the small roaming packs are possibly moving in the direction of the village. '
3383Spawn - Skeletons
3384A small pack of Undead is spotted roaming towards the direction of the village.\n\nComposed of mainly skeletons risen from the battlefields.
3385Main Group to Encounter. 
3386Co-Op with Village Defence. 
3387Village Defence would be suffice. 
3388While the Main group head on against the first wave, the remaining Undead forces march towards the village.\n\nThe Village prepares and braced themselves for the incoming.
3389Village Defence on Guard !
3390Hard fought fight as the Village Defence unable to gain any upper hand against the first wave, \nresulted in many wounded, and one had fallen victim to the Undead.\n\nOnly resort was to quickly retreat back to the walls, expecting at larger incursion.
3391Sharing the burden of the incoming Undead, the Village Defence managed to slay the last of the aggressors.\n\nA moment of relief for the Village.\n\nThe villagers clears and scavenge the remains outside the village and found much useful material.
3392' Defence were delighted. '
3393A moment of relief as the Village Defence defeats the last of the intruders.\n\nThe villagers clears and scavenge the remains outside the village and found much useful material.
3394Failing to stop the Undead in its path, \nsome did not make it as wounded men struggled to find safety.\n\nAll could only watch as the amassed Undead marches onward.
3395A moment of relief for the last of the approaching aggressors were slain.\n\nYour men scavenge the remains on the battlefield and found useful materials.
3396' Men were delighted. '
3397Though there might still be more of these Undead close by, \na quick camp was called for, for the men were weary after the day's ordeal.
3398Guards were posted around the camp and report sent back to the village.\r\n\nThe victory and a short rest boosted the morale of the men, as the party gets set to continue.
3399Despite losing, the Main group has managed to deter the first wave, reducing majority of its numbers.\n\nAt the expense of wounds and some inventory losses, your men retreated from the field.
3400Though there might still be more of these undead close by, a report was sent to the Main group about the nullified incomings.\n\nEveryone took the opportunity to take a quick rest over the victory.
3401Guards were posted around the camp and report sent back to the village.\r\n\nThe victory and a short rest boosted the morale of the men, as the party gets set to continue while the villagers rejoice at their defence in protecting the walls.
3402The villagers armed themselves, even the women had joined in, in the defences of their home.\n\nA defensive line on the outskirts of the village, lines the Village Defence in wait of the incoming aggressors.
3403The Undead force advances closer towards the Village.
3404Hard fought fight, \nbut the Village Defence prevails.\n\nElder orders that all quickly retreat back to the walls, expecting at larger incursion.
3405Though there might still be more of these undead close by, \na report was sent to the Main group about the nullified incomings.\n\nEveryone took the opportunity to take a quick rest over the victory.
3406Defences were in vain as the Village fails in stopping the Undead in its path, as part of the wall cracked and fell upon the villagers.\n\nWounded and dead lies under the debris.
3407The first wave of the skeleton falls but more of them emerges, rushing towards the weary men.\n\nIncoming looks more intimidating.
3408Upon the wasteland, Tracker spots prints of the Undead. \n\nThe party crept forth cautiously.
3409Sweeping into the village causing damage and resource losses.\n\nThe adversaries could still be seen roaming on the outskirts.
3410Helplessly watches as the amassed aggressors swept through the village, causing damage and resource losses.\n\nThe adversaries could still be seen roaming on the outskirts.
3411Failing to stop the Undead in its path, some did not make it as wounded men struggled to find safety.\n\nAll could only watch as the amassed Undead marches onward.
3412Defences were in vain as the Village failed to stop the Undead in its path.
3413Helplessly watch as the amassed Undead swept through the village causing damage and resource losses.\n\nThe adversaries could still be seen roaming on the outskirts.
3414Incoming - Skeletons
3415Report of small packs of Undead in the distant and heading towards your village!
3416Main group for Encounter. 
3417Failing to stop the Undead in its path, \nsome did not make it as wounded men struggled to find safety.
3418Though there might still be more of these undead in the vicinity, \na quick camp was called for, \nfor the men are weary.
3419Though there might still be more of these undead close by, \na report was sent to the Main group about the nullified incomings.\n\nThe men took the opportunity to take a quick rest over the victory.
3420Guards were posted around the camp and report sent back to the village.\r\n\nThe victory and a short rest boosted the morale of the men, as the party gets set to continue while the villagers rejoice at their defence in protecting the walls.\n
3421All could only watch as the amassed Undead marches onward, sweeping into the village causing damage and resource losses.\n\nThe adversaries could still be seen roaming on the outskirts.
3422Sight - Skelly 01
3423A traveller enters the village and requested to speak to the Elder.\n\n\n[Prelude - Skellies have Risen]\r\n<ANS>UI_EXIT\r
3424" Good Sir, I came from afar, a village over the horizon. What once was a peaceful settlement had become desolated and now in ruins. "
3425"  Heard about in the past, I set foot for this sanctuary, splitting a few skulls with my axe on the way here.\n\nKind sir, now that I am here, \nI wish to offer my service as a Hunter in hope to finding a new life and bidding you to please do something about these risen dead. "
3426" It all started when villagers started getting sick and the death toll kept increasing, NO ONE is getting well. Some including myself, left the village and those who stayed on too falls to illnesses over the time.\nI had moved to a stead not too far from the village over a lake to avoid the sickness. "
3427" Awoken by bangings on the walls a few nights ago, looking out the window, decompose heads were looking at me. \nDozens of skeletons were outside my hut trying to get in and a matter of time before they do.\nWith little consider, I packed some belongings, lit the house on fire and escaped through a small window on the roof. "
3428" Making my way from the burning hut, I tried to seek shelter at the village while hiding in the shadows.\nOnly to see the buried dead are climbing out from their graves. "
3429Hearing the man's plight, Elder gladly receives his assistance, arranging his lodging and future duties.\n\n" We shall send forth our men together with you to clear these evil spawnings. " \n\nMore details on this Undead infested village is collected.\n
3430[ Unknowingly the Plague for the Rising Dead begins... ]
3431Sight - Skelly 02
3432Villagers dashed into the Meeting Hall.\n" Elder !!! Skkkeletttons are seen roaming near the crop land that we, the farmers are working on. \n\nFew followed us and might already reached the outer walls."
3433" Gather our men immediately, for we shall smite these Undead from our boundary. " as the fiery old man cracks an edge off the table with his mace.
3434Sight - Skelly 03
3435Shoutings and commotion coming from the Village Square this rainy night.\n\nThe Elder and you emerges from the Meeting Hall to see the ongoings.
3436" Aye , gather our men immediately, what luck to choose this wet and nasty evening to reanimate, they shall be BANISHeddddd! "
3437' Hot Headed Elder. '
3438" Sir, take heed there might be more than just a few.
3439III...I saw dozens, MANY pairs of red eyes staring at me before escaping. \nI am now afraid and worried I 'may' have led a few towards the village. "
3440" THE GRAVVVvvvEYARDDD !!! "\n\n" III..II..I was returning from the fields, in the rain walking by the fences of the yard. \nCurious of the scuffles of moving stones and footstep sounds waddling across the muddy ground, \nI climbed the fence to take a peek and saw \nCOOOORPESsss are crawling out from their grave.\nI ran all the way back here. " the man tried to catch his breathe.
3441Sight - Skelly 04
3442Scouts sent news in a parchment.
3443" We must immediately send our best to root these Evil aggressors. " says the Elder.
3444' Numbers are increasing, \nmovement of bearings indicates the roaming packs are possibly moving in the direction of the Village. '
3445Sight - Skelly 05
3446Scouts sent urgent news in a parchment.
3447Further news reveal that decades ago, a group of Necromancers was put to death during that reign for acts of Evil Magic in Reanimations.\n\nSomehow created a vortex causing the dead to walk again.
3448" For fear of this gathering aggravating into an Event of No Hope.\nWe must send our best to put a stop to this anomally immediately. "\r\n<ANS>Send forth our Men. \r
3449' Large congelation of Undead activities around a pile of ruins at the distant horizon. '
3450Numbers are multiplying rapidly, \nmovement of bearings indicate the roaming packs are possibly moving in the direction of the Village.
3451Sight - Skelly 06
3452Scouts sent urgent report in a parchment.
3453Further report reveals that decades ago, a group of Necromancers was put to death during that reign for acts of Evil Magic in Reanimations.\n\nSomehow created a vortex causing the dead to walk again.
3454" For fear of this congelation aggravating into an Event of No Hope.\nWe must send our best to root this spawn of Evil immediately. "
3455SS - SPAWN
3456TEST\r\n<ANS>UI_EXIT\r
3457SS - Skelly 01
3458The quietness was short lived as the party's presence are soon discovered by the Undead, \nthey staggers towards you.
3459Draw to Engage. 
3460Arriving onto the vicinity of the desolated village ruin.\r\n<ANS>UI_EXIT\r
3461The Undead not a match for your party, crumbles to the ground. \nThe commotion attracted more, emerging from within the walls attempting to flank on the party.
3462Not at all fazed by these Undead, the party prevails by parting the skulls from their spines.\n
3463Cleared of Undead for now, the men set up a camp and scavenge for any useable resource. \n\nGuards appointed to keep a lookout as there are likely more of these Undead close by. The medic tends to the wounded while the men had a short rest before continuing.
3464The men narrowly escaped the Undead's surprise, continues to cut down the aggressors.\n
3465Falling to the surprised flank, few suffered some minor wounds, but continues to cut down the aggressors.
3466The party is overwhelmed by the numbers of the Undead.\n\nTo prevent more casualties, you chose lead the men to abandon the field, scattering into the woods for safety.
3467Torn apart lodges, dried up well and decomposing corpses everywhere.\n\nQuiet and bad stench fills the air.
3468SS - Skelly 01 I
3469Undead are lingering at every corner. \r\n<ANS>Draw to Engage. \r
3470The Undead not a match for your party, crumbles to the ground.\n
3471The party manages to defeat the aggressor, but wounds are raking up on the men.\n\nRecollecting themselves,\r\n<ANS>Return to the World. \r
3472SS - Skelly 01 II
3473After the recent purge, \nUndead sightings have become more frequent. \n\nThis day the Party crossed path with the Risen Dead, advancing towards the Market and Village.\n\n\nWith little time to consider.
3474Main group to Engage. 
3475The Party lies in wait among the bushes, an ambush on the incoming Undead.
3476The Undead falls into the ambush and their numbers are greatly reduced.
3477Last of the approaching aggressor is slain,  relieving the threat on the village. \n\nYour men scavenge the remains on the battlefield and found some useful material.
3478The Party fails to stop the aggressor's in its path.\n\nDefeated and escaping for your life, the party retreated with losses.
3479News of the victory from afar, the villagers rejoice over at the bar.
3480The ambush was disrupted by the Party's discovered presence, \nfailing to capitalize, some of the men gotten hurt trapped in the bushes.
3481The Undead marched through the village causing damage and resource losses.\n\nThe aggressors could still be seen roaming on the outskirts.
3482While your Main group lies in wait for the ambush, \nthe Village armed themselves in bracing for the incoming.
3483Collaboration between the men worked well as the Village Defence diminishes the aggressors at the village walls, ridding the threat. \n\nThe villagers clears and scavenge the remains outside the village and found some useful material.
3484All could only watch helplessly as the overwhelming Undead swept through the village, causing damage and resource losses.\n\nThe aggressors could still be seen roaming on the outskirts.
3485Defences fail to stop the Undead, crumble just like the portion of the village walls, \ncrumbling and fell onto one of the villagers.
3486Receiving news of the victory from afar, the men rejoice over at the bar.
3487A defensive line on the outskirts of the village, \nthe Village Defence in wait of the approaching Undead.
3488Effective in detecting the arrival of the Undead, the Village Defence tossing large boulders and projectiles at the aggressors, greatly reducing their numbers.\n\nA retreat to seek the advantage of being under wall protections is called.
3489Failing to realise the Undead are already upon them, one of the villagers caught by surprise suffers a death dealing blow to the head.\n\nSeeing this, a retreat back to the walls is called.
3490The Village Defence failed as part of the wall cracked and fell.\n\nMany lies wounded under the debris.
3491Overrun by the amassed intruders, the villagers escaped in watch as the Undead swept through the village, causing damage and resource losses.\n\nThe adversaries could still be seen roaming on the outskirts.
3492The battle ceases as the last of the Undead crumbles under the walls.\n\nThe villagers clears and scavenge the remains outside the village and found some useful material.
3493Morale of the village is great with \nnews of the nullified threat.
3494SS - Skelly 01 III C
3495Scouts sent report,\n' This day the risen dead in the vicinity gathers again and heading towards the bearing of the village. Be prepared and brace for the incomings ! ' \n\n\nLittle time to consider, you have been thrown into battle.
3496EC - Skelly 01
3497The quietness was short lived as the party's presence are discovered by the Undead, as they staggers towards you.\r\n<ANS>Draw to Engage. \r
3498Arriving onto the vicinity of a desolated village ruin.
3499The Undead not a match for your party, crumbles to the ground, the commotion attracted more, as several others emerge from within the walls to flank the party. \r\n<ANS>UI_EXIT\r
3500Cleared of Undead for now, the men set up a camp and scavenge for any usable resource. \n\nGuards appointed to keep a lookout as there are likely more of these Undead close by. The medic tend to the wounded while the men had a short rest before continuing.
3501The men narrowly escaped the Undead's flank and continues to cut down the aggressors.\n
3502EC - Skelly 01 I
3503" Everywhere we go, they follows! " \r\n<ANS>Draw to Engage. \r
3504EC - Skelly 01 II
3505After the recent purge of the ruins, Undead sightings have become more frequent. \n\nThis day the Party crossed path with the Risen Dead, advancing towards the Market and Village.\n\nWith little time to consider,
3506EC - Skelly 01 III C
3507Scout sent urgent report,\n\n' This day the raised dead in the outskirts gathered again. From the speed and direction they are moving, likely to be heading towards the village or already close by.\nBy the time you receive this, it might be too late. \nBrace for the incomings for you would not have the time to prepare or choose your defenders! \n\t\tgood luck, Comrade. ' 
3508SS - Skelly 02
3509Its getting dark, accompanied by torches the Party surveys the outer walls of the village.
3510One of the village hound is discovered, twitching and lying on the dirt.\n\nBleeding profusely from bite marks, almost out of its breathe.
3511Put it out of misery. 
3512Try to save it.
3513Leave it alone. 
3514Just as you were about to give it a quick death with your sword, to save it from further pain, \na shadow pounced onto you from the bushes.
3515A minor bite wound inflicted upon your arm as the shadow, a Skeleton clings onto you.\nManaging to pin the Skeleton onto the ground, you viciously plucked the skull off its spine,\n\nThe party has fallen into the baited trap by the Undead.\nSkeletons surround the party.
3516The ambush was nullified, \nlooking upon the dead hound, now the ground littered with carcasses, bones and skulls.
3517Further scouring shows the portion of the wall should be safe for now.\nThe medic buries the hound under a tree, while the men stood guard and forage for any useable.
3518Brief moment of rest for the Party. 
3519The shadow, a Skeleton clings onto you, taking a chunk off with a deep bite onto your tights, blood gushed out of your bad wound.\nEnduring pain, you managed to pin the Skeleton onto the ground, viciously plucked the skull off its spine.\n\nThe party has fallen into the baited trap by the Undead.\nSkeletons surround the party.
3520The ambush overwhelms and split the party. \nWhile you lead the larger group to safety, two others whom got separated, scattered into the woods chased by the Undead.
3521You need Medical help for your bad wound. 
3522Medic attends to you.\n\n\n" I did my best, it will still bleed if you work yourself. "
3523Deciding to return into the inner walls, you led your men towards the village Gate.
3524[ Commotions up front ]
3525After running a distance, you and the remaining men stopped to take a breather.\nFrom the bushes emerged one of your missing comrade falling onto the ground, covered in blood.\n" The other is gone, Undead got him."\n \nThe medic rushed to his aid, " badly wounded, but should live for now. "
3526The ambush overwhelm and splitted the party. \nWhile you lead the larger group to safety, two others whom got separated, scattered into the woods chased by the Undead.
3527After running a distance, you and the remaining men stopped to take a breather.\nFrom the bushes emerged one of your missing comrade falling onto the ground, covered in blood.\n" The other is gone, Undead got him."\n \nThe medic rushed to his aid," badly wounded, but should live for now. "
3528Deciding to return into the inner walls, you led your men towards the village Gate.\r
3529A swarm of skeletons is trying to break the barricaded gate from outside the village.
3530Signaling to those over the upper walls, a combine defence against these Undead.
3531The combined effort worked with grace as the men outside the village fought valiantly while those above the walls, shoots steadfastly on the undead below.
3532" With HASTE, comrades.\nThere has to be more of them out on the fields. Do what you have to do, and get back into the walls before more of these malefic skulls comes again. "
3533The combined effort worked well as the men outside the village fought valiantly but a stray arrow shot from the walls accidentally struck one of the men.
3534The gate finally broke and the Undead dashed onto the streets causing havoc.\nSevere damages to the storage and buildings. 
3535Back within the walls, the villagers were glad the ordeal is over.\n\nA proper rest is in need for the weary men for the night...\n\n\n\nYet they aren't aware the Undead beyond the walls aren't going to bed just yet.
3536" Could try to stabilize its condition.\nif we have have 8 herbs, 4 wood and 2 meat."
3537Let me see if we have the items here. 
3538" Everything looks in order. "\n\n\n" Now we could only leave it to fate if it lives. "
3539Some moments later. 
3540" That should do it!\n\tThe condition is stable now. \n\nIt's alive and kicking but still rather weak. "\n\nThe dog stood up with its wobbly legs, took a look at the party and staggers on the small path, the familiar path back to its home.
3541" Sorry I had tried my best, \nbut it didn't work well as intended.\nI am a medic for 'Humans', not for animals. \n\n\tDoubt it can live past the night. \nPerhaps, you should put it out of its misery. "
3542" We are missing something.\n\t\n\tDoubt it can live past the night. \nPerhaps, you should put it out of its misery. "
3543The Party seeing the animal is well again. \nHeartfelt warmness flows within the men, especially the Medic.
3544Time to move on. 
3545Couldn't bear to knife the hound you often see wandering on the streets in the village.\n\nYou chose to turn away.\nLeading your men onwards for the patrol.
3546Back on the path by the Walls,\na sudden shadow pounced onto you from the bushes.
3547The combined effort of all the villagers had failed in stopping the Undead rush onto the gate ...\n\nportion of the fallen walls toppled and crushed one of your men, killing him on the spot.
3548The combined effort of all the villagers had failed in stopping the Undead rush onto the gate ...\n\nportion of the fallen walls knocked over the watchtower, toppled and crushed onto one of your men.
3549The wounded villagers scattered into the shadows while the Party regroup into the World, in bid of time to reclaim the village. 
3550SS - Skelly 02 A
3551Been days since the loss at the  village gates, the Undead now roam the streets of your homeland.\n
3552The villagers in hiding among the shadows in their own home, \n\nthe Party stranded in the outskirts.
3553The Elder recollects the men, an attempt to summon courage to reclaim the village.\n\n" We shall no more live in the shadows of our own home. Pick up your arms this moment and we shall Smite and Banish these hideous beings from our land. "\n\n\nMorale was high, for all the villagers shall participate in this charge to reclaim their home.
3554' The Village Defender. '
3555Seek Blessings from your Deity. 
3556From the outskirts, Undead are seen loitering the village entrance.\n\nFortunate news came forth that the amassed gathering seemingly had dispersed into smaller and individual packs.\n\n\nYou lead the Village Defender onward, to the gates.
3557Success in sneaking pass the few at the gate, the men were able to take down several of the Undead, swiftly with their backs turned. 
3558Unable to sneak pass the few at the gate, one caught sight of the crouching men, sprang an attack, alarming the others, more of the Undead emerges.
3559Having taken the entrance, some were assigned to guard the higher walls while the men barricades the gate.
3560The men fought bravely cutting down the Undead beings in a fierce fight at the gate.\n\nOne by one, the Undead fell.\n\nThe Gate is recovered.
3561A stronger foothold for the men as they prepare to step forth to clear the remaining aggressors in the village.
3562" Onward we shall march. "
3563Take an opportunity to rest. 
3564Archers ready at their higher points,\nthe men lit a blazing flame at the Village Square, banging and knocking their weapons to attract the Undead' attention.
3565The plan worked well, seeing the Undead reined into the Square, crumbling to the rain of arrows.
3566The combined effort worked with grace.\n\nBefore the Village Defenders is all there is that stands in the way to reclaim the village.\n
3567' Charge. '
3568Fighting for their lives and their home, nothing stands in their way, not this day for piles of bones and skulls now scatters the Village Square.\n\nThe Village is Reclaimed.
3569" Most of us have lost something among these wreckage, but now is not the time to mourn for the Undead still roams beyond these walls. \nWith haste we need to rebuild the village to prevent the same situation from happening. "
3570The plan worked well, seeing the Undead reined into the Square, crumbling to the rain of arrows.\n\nUnfortunately one misguided arrow found the wrong target and struck one of the men.
3571Fighting for their lives and their home, nothing stands in their way, not this day, for piles of bones and skulls now scatters the Village Square.\n\nThe Village is Reclaimed, \nas the men pauses to mourn upon one of their fallen comrade.
3572Some in their bed while some they ate, \na night of peace, the villagers had miss. 
3573The men fought bravely cutting down the Undead beings in a fierce fight at the gate.\n\nMajority of the Undead have fallen but so did one of the valiant men, sacrificing the body as a shield  against the incoming blows onto the comrades.\n\nThe Gate is recovered.
3574\t\tMore Incoming.\r\n<ANS>UI_EXIT\r
3575Guards scours the village to make sure the inner walls are completely safe.\n\nMuch has been lost as villagers go through the rubbles of the fallen buildings. 
3576The villagers in hiding among the shadows in your own home, \n\nthe Party stranded in the outskirts.
3577SS - Skelly 02 I
3578These Undead are persistent, appearing and loitering at every corner. 
3579The Undead not a match for your party, crumbles to the ground.
3580The party manages to defeat the aggressors, but wounds are raking up on the men.\n\nRecollecting themselves,
3581SS - Skelly 02 II
3582After the purge around the village, the risen dead roams the outskirts near the Market.\n\nThis day yet again they turned towards the bearing of the village.
3583SS - Skelly 02 III C
3584You are under attack!\n\n\nYou do not have time to make any decision, immediately thrown into the battle.
3585EC - Skelly 02
3586The Party assigned to patrol the outer walls of the village this evening.
3587The sky is getting dark. 
3588One of the village hound is discovered, \ntwitching and lying on the dirt.\n\nBleeding profusely from bite marks, almost out of its breathe.
3589The gate finally broke and the Undead rushed into and roam the streets causing havoc.\nSevere damages to the storage and buildings. 
3590The combined effort of all the villagers had failed in stopping the Undead' rush on the gate...\n\nportion of the fallen walls knocked over a tower, toppled and crushed onto one of your men, killing him on the spot.
3591The combined effort of all the villagers had failed in stopping the Undead' rush onto the gate ...\n\nportion of the fallen walls knocked over the watchtower, \ntoppled and crushed one of your men, killed on the spot.
3592EC - Skelly 02 I
3593Few skeletons emerged from the corner in the woods.
3594The party unable to defeat the aggressors, struggled to escape.\n\nWounds are raking up on the Party with the Undead on your tail.
3595EC - Skelly 02 II
3596After the purge around the village, the risen dead now roams the outskirts close to the Market.\n\nThis day yet again they turned towards the bearing of the village.
3597EC - Skelly 02 III C
3598SS - Skelly 03
3599The fog gradually dissipates.\n\nA gated Tomb stands before all. \nYou are most certain that, that wasn't there before the mist clouded the party.
3600[  sudden rush of scuffling noises ]\r\n<ANS>UI_EXIT\r
3601The party is surrounded by Undead.\n
3602Draw to Engage
3603SS - Skelly 03 A
3604\n[ Requirement : Clear all Surrounding Undeads ]\n
3605Skeleton Group One
3606Skeleton Group Two
3607Skeleton Group Three
3608Skeleton Group Four
3609The Tomb.
3610Escape in Fear. 
3611Surrounded by the Undead, the party could only draw their weapons and engage the beings in order to survive.
3612The first batch of skeletons were taken down swiftly.\n\nNo time for even a breather, as more swarmed closer.
3613Brace for the Next Encounter. 
3614Beaten and bruised by the first batch of the Undead. \nOne of your men sacrifice himself to lure the Undead away, while the wounded party scrambled to retreat out of the foggy terrain. \n\n\nBeen running for a moment, yet unable to find the right path, \nyou dropped trails of food to the ground to indicate your bearings.
3615Move on quickly.
3616Having finally found the entrance to this maze,\nlooking back, you hear shuffles and drew your weapon.\n\nThe heroic comrade emerged, dashing toward the party.\n" SOooo LUCKY, I followed these food trails or I would be so dead. "\n\nWith Undeads surround the vicinity.\nA hard fight to get out of this fix.
3617Having finally made your way to the entrance of this maze, \nlooking back, you hear shuffles.\n\nUNDEAD have found you again, throwing stakes and stones towards the party.\n\nWith Undeads surround the vicinity.\nA hard fight to get out of this fix.
3618The second batch of skeletons weren't a match as well.
3619Unable to gain a foothold, battered and bruised the party fought desperately to get out of the predicament.\n\nThe men are beginning to show signs of weariness.
3620Looking at the Undead remains scattered all around the party.\n\nWeary but brought a morale boost for the valiant warriors .
3621Without a doubt, the party emerges victorious.\nThe number of the Undead seems to have lessened after this last fight.
3622One of the warriors finally succumbs to exhaustion, unable to even lift his weapon. The party unable to defend him in time, the Undead took the opportunity to pounce onto him, shredding him to pieces.\n\nLosing the comrade, the party fought harder to avenge their loss.
3623Blocking the entrance to the Tomb, stands before the party is a larger batch of Skeleton Warriors.\n\nDozens of glowing red eyes stare down onto the men.
3624For the Glory!
3625The gated Tomb is in sight, all around are the crumbling remains of the Undead.\n\nFinally, a moment to take a breather.\nFew of the men kneed with weariness.
3626" Everyone takes turns to rest, keep guard on the perimeter, lit a fire and medic please tend to the wounded. " \nyou called out for a rest as it is much needed for the various fights the men had endured.
3627What worries you most at this moment is what would to expect beyond those gate of the Tomb.
3628One of the warriors finally succumbs to the exhaustion, falls to the ground, unable to move. \nThe Undead took the opportunity in claiming his live.\n\nLosing the comrade, the party is fought harder to avenge his death.
3629The gated Tomb is in sight, all around are the crumbling remains of the Undead.\n\nFinally, a moment to take a breather.\nFew of the men kneed to the weariness.
3630Path to the Tomb is now clear.\n
3631Fear and darkness surrounds the men, dropping their possessions, they frantically and mindlessly fleed from the tomb.
3632SS - Skelly 03 B
3633A large skull in the middle and many other strange symbols were carved on the stone door.\n\nOn closely examining, you noticed an object within the skull's mouth, skeptically reaching in, a lever, which you pulled...\n\nThe door shakes and started moving...
3634Change your mind and return to the World. 
3635The party enters the Tomb, \ncautiously down a stair, \na huge stone door stands before them.
3636Glows shines from within as the door opens.\n\nGolden coins and wares filled the room as the party stares in awe.
3637The find was delightful after all the trouble on the surface.\r\n\nLoading up all that could be scavenged, the men had a brief rest over the fire.
3638Dark passage way stands before you.\n\nTorches by the sides suddenly lit by themselves...\nA figure in the distance could be vaguely made out in the glow...
3639You were attacked by Evil Forces.
3640You were attacked.
3641The Striga's ambush failed as the party bravely cuts them down.
3642Further down the passage, the men enter a smaller room.\n\nGolden coins and wares littered the ground as the party stares in awe.
3643The find was delightful. \n\nLoading up all that could be scavenged, the men had a brief rest over the fire.
3644The party fell defeated to the dark magic.\nDazed and nausea, you fall onto your knees as you watch the dark figure drifts closer, towards you and the bodies of your companions, \nyou soon passes out.
3645Familiar voices of your men awoken you, regaining conscious, you found yourself lying on the surface of the foggy hillside, desperately you look around for your men, some still unconscious while few are moaning in pain, one of the men is missing along with the belongings in his care.
3646The gated Tomb could no longer be found, along with your missing companion.
3647The Striga's ambush failed as the party's strong will stayed unfazed.\n
3648The Striga impressed with the party spoke.\n\n" You... men.. fought well.\nI have been guarding this passage for decades and many have come seeking the treasures within and none have managed it pass me. "\n\n" You... are.. the first ... . . . "
3649" Since you have beaten me. . . my duty is fulfil . . .\n\nNow ANSWER ME!\n\nWhat lies behind me is yours to keep and my duty is fulfil. . . or \n\nWould you like to form an affliation with me.
3650" We wish to claim what lies beyond. "
3651" We seek an affliation with you. "
3652" You may now pass. "\r\n<ANS>UI_EXIT\r
3653" Your answer pleases me for I shall be freed from this tomb, finally after all these years. "
3654" Though what lies beyond will not be yours to claim, I believe I would prove to be a better ally in what lies ahead in your journey. "\n\n" Now close your eyes, ALL of you. "
3655Bright glow of light shines as the Striga and your party now stands on the foggy hillside, the Striga says\n" Long time since I seen this sky and sight, I thank you again for setting me freeing from that tomb. "
3656Striga has joined the party. 
3657Familiar voices of your men awoken you, regaining conscious, you found yourself lying on the surface of the foggy hillside, desperately you look around for your men, some still unconscious while few are moaning in pain, two were missing along with the belongings in their care.
3658The gated Tomb could no longer be found, along with your missing companions.
3659The Striga's ambush failed as the party valiantly cuts them down.
3660The Striga Mistress overwhelms the party.\nDazed and nausea, you fall onto your knees as you watch the dark figure drifts closer, towards you and the bodies of your companions, \nyou soon passes out.
3661Familiar voices of your men awoken you, regaining conscious, you found yourself lying on the surface of the foggy hillside, desperately you look around for your men, some still unconscious while few are moaning in pain, three were missing along with the belongings in their care.
3662Projectiles shoots out from beyond the stone door.\r\n<ANS>UI_EXIT\r\n<ANS>UI_EXIT\r\n<ANS>UI_EXIT\r
3663The party narrowly escaped the trap beyond the door, a dark cavern reveals a chest filled with some gold and weapons.
3664The rain of bolts struck several of your men, killing three of your men.\n\nThe cavern started shaking with a quake, with little to consider, the remaining of the party desperately escapes to the surface.
3665The party watches on the rubbled terrain after the quake,\nmourns for the fallen comrades,\nhuge loss to the party.
3666The dark cavern reveals a chest filled with some gold and a weapon.
3667The party manages to dodge the trapped doorway only to see a pack of Undead on the passageway beyond the door.
3668Hard fought fight as the Undead crumbles to the ground in front of the unwavering party.
3669Beyond the passage way, \na small chest lies on a rock pedestal.\n\nStrange glows seep through the gap of the lid.
3670One of the men step forth to open the chest.\r\n\nThe glow shone onto your comrade, imbuing positive strength upon.
3671The party set up camp thereafter, resting and listening to your comrade sharing the bestowed knowledge.
3672The rain of bolts struck several of your men, killing two of your men.\n\nThe cavern started shaking with a quake, with little to consider, the remaining of the party desperately escapes to the surface.
3673The rain of bolts strucked, wounding several and killing one of your men.
3674SS - Skelly 03 I
3675Undead pack crept out of the ditches in the path of the party.
3676SS - Skelly 03 II
3677Undead pack crept out of the shadows in the path of the party.
3678The party manage to defeat the aggressors, but many were wounded while one of the men suffered a fatal blow, lies dead on the ground.\n\nRecollecting themselves.
3679SS - Skelly 03 III C
3680The Undead are moving towards the settlements.\n\nYou do not have time to make any decision, immediately thrown into the battle.
3681The Party hides in wait among the shadows, an ambush on the incoming Undead.
3682EC - Skelly 03
3683EC - Skelly 03 I
3684Undead swarm crept out of the dark corners in the path of the party.
3685EC - Skelly 03 II
3686EC - Skelly 03 III C
3687Undead movements indicate they are moving toward the bearings of the village\n\nYou do not have time to make any decision, immediately thrown into the battle.
3688SS - Skelly 04
3689Undead emerges from the underground on the path infront of the party.
3690The Undead not a match for your party, crumbles to the ground.\n\nAnother pack crawls out from the hole.
3691The party manages to defeat the aggressor, but wounds are raking up on the men.\n\nAnother Undead pack crawls out from the hole.
3692The second pack too falls shortly to the group.\n\nSeeing the battle was over, the men scavenge for worthy loot from the remains.
3693The second pack too falls shortly to the group but one of the Undead Skeleton stood motionless and harmless on the spot throughout the battle.\n\nSeeing the battle was over, the men scavenge for worthy loot from the remains, leaving the Undead Being standing among the crumbled bones.
3694The Skeleton spoke\n" We were warriors, killed during the battles here long ago. \nRaised by a passing elven necromancer, cursed to wander this part of the terrain. \nI have been awaiting the necromancer's return so I could lay a strike on him, but he never came again, nor do I wish to participate in killing the innocent passerbys and so I seek Death again, but why aren't you people striking me down while I stand here. "
3695" Perhaps you could travel with our men, we could use the extra helper and our village is also a sanctuary for peaceful Undead Beings. \nAnd if we do find this evil Necromancer, we might be able to aid you against him. "
3696" That seems like a viable choice as now I am all alone, haven't been in contact with mortal beings for a long time, but I would try to make myself useful for a solace place in your sanctuary. "\n\n\nA Skeleton has joined the Party. 
3697" No!!! I shall not be fooled again by sweeten words from mortal beings !! " as the skeleton darts into the shadow of the bushes.\n\nSeeing you were unable to persuade the Undead Being,
3698The party failed to defeat the aggressor, watches as another larger pack crawls out from the hole, tearing one of the men apart infront of you.\nIn fear of being surrounded, you and the men chose to flee the fields.
3699Escape to the World. 
3700The party failed to defeat the aggressors, watches as another larger pack crawls out from the hole, tearing two of the men apart infront of you.\nIn fear of being surrounded, you and the men chose to flee the fields.
3701SS - Skelly 04 I
3702The party manages to defeat the aggressor, but wounds are raking up on the men.\n\nAnother pack crawls out from the hole.
3703" No! I shall not be fooled again by sweeten words from mortal beings !! " as the skeleton darts into the shadow of the bushes.\n\nSeeing you were unable to persuade the Undead being,
3704SS - Skelly 04 II
3705EC - Skelly 04
3706EC - Skelly 04 I
3707EC - Skelly 04 II
3708Inv - Skeletons 0
3709Urgent news received in a parchment.\n\n\n( Invasion of the Undead. )
3710" Sir,  Ske.. Skel.. etons are appearing on the field on the village outskirts. "
3711Gather the men !
3712" For fear of this gathering aggravating and turning into an Event of No Hope.\n\nWe must send our best to eliminate these Evil immediately. " says the Elder.
3713Send forth our Expedition. 
3714' Several congelation of Undead activities in the distant horizon. Likely to be heading towards the Market or the Village. \n\nTake Heed and be prepared. OLD MAN '\n\tsigned Sayani The Shaman
3715As the Elder reads the parchment from his dear friend, another Scout appears. 
3716Numbers are multiplying rapidly, as more spawn follows. \nMovement of bearings indicate the roaming packs are possibly moving in the direction of the Village.
3717Movement of bearings indicate the roaming packs are possibly moving in the direction of the Village.
3718Inv - Skeletons 1A
3719A gruesome battle as you managed to defeat the Striga Mistress of this legion. \n\nShortly after, the last of these approaching intruders were slained, a moment of relief for you and for the village.\n\nYour men scavenge the remains on the battlefield and found much useful material.
3720The expedition group falls,\nmany wounded, struggling and lying amidst their own blood. \n\nYou watches the amassed enemy marched and swept into the village causing damages and resource losses to your home and people.\n\nThe congelations remain to roaming on the outskirts of the village.\n\nYou struggle to breathe and live. 
3721Encounter with the Undead.\n\n\n(Warning, dont be Conceit...)
3722Having taken down the Undead vanguards, more appears ...
3723Another huddle down, yet more appears ...
3724After the last skeleton infront of you fell, a short moment of breather.\n\nThese undead seems endlessly charging for you and your men.\n\nYou need to seek a solution to stop this, NOW!
3725Catching sight of a more distincted Undead, directing the others, possibly the leader of this force.\n\nPerhaps taking it down, would put an end to this encounter. \n\nFew of your men close by follows you, an attempting to outflank this Leader.
3726' Do Or Die. ' 
3727Short rest is very much needed as your men made camp to rest their weary bodies from this blooded encounter.\n\nBut there are likely more of such congelations close by.
3728Men were delighted for this victory and had a good rest for now. 
3729You managed to cut down the surrounding skeletons, but failed to do any harm to the Leader.\n\nThe Leader now stands before you, pointing its sword straight at you.\n\nIts a Striga Mistress.
3730Fight with your last breathe. 
3731Retreat like a Coward. 
3732The swarm of Undead amassed out on the fields, likely to head in the direction of the village.\n\nIn the distant, more packs are heading to join the congelation.\n\nComposed of mainly skeletons risen from the battlefields.\n\n\nYou have little time to waste.
3733Get ready for Battle. 
3734Be a Coward and Withdraw. 
3735Inv - Skeletons 1B
3736A gruesome battle as you managed to defeat the Striga Master of this legion. \n\nShortly after, the last of these approaching intruders were slained, a moment of relief for you and for the village.\n\nYour men scavenge the remains on the battlefield and found much useful material.
3737Encounter with the Undead.\n\n\n\n(Warning, dont be Conceit...)
3738Having taken down the skeleton vanguard, more appears ...
3739A short rest is very much needed as your men made camp to rest their weary bodies from this blooded encounter.\n\nBut there are more congelations on the outskirts.
3740The men were delighted for this victory and had a good rest for now. 
3741You managed to cut down the surrounding skeletons, but failed to do any harm to the Leader.\n\nThe Leader now stands before you, pointing its sword straight at you.\n\nIts a Striga Master.
3742Inv - Skeletons 1
3743Swarm of Undeads are amassing out on the fields.\nComposed of mainly skeletons risen from the battlefields.\n\n\nYou have little time to waste.
3744Last of these approaching undead were slained, a moment of relief for your expedition group.\n\nYour men scavenges the remains on the battlefield and found much useful materials.
3745An encounter with the Undead.\n\n
3746Having taken down the first skeleton pack, more appears ...
3747After the last skeleton infront of you fell, a short moment of breather.\n\nThese undead seems endlessly charging for you and your men.\n\nYou need a solution to stop this, NOW!\n
3748You caught sight of a more distincted Undead, directing the others, possibly the leader of this force.\n\nPerhaps taking it down, would put an end to this encounter. \n\nFew of your men close to you follows attempting to outflank this Leader.\n
3749Do Or Die. 
3750A short rest is very much needed as your men made camp to rest their weary bodies from this blooded encounter.\n
3751Sighting - Bandits
3752Scouts sent urgent news in a parchment.\n\nThe Elder quickly goes through it.
3753' News speculates that the Merchants had denounced their unhappiness about 'the Market's low prices in providing the needs of the nearby settlements. '\n\n' Intends to summon their army to bring the Market to ruins.'
3754You and your men, together with the scout, look through the report and seek to devise a tactical plan for this incoming Bandit Army.
3755' A group of Merchants is desperately employing a great number of bandits, raiders and mercenaries to a Tower in the distant. '
3756' The army is still growing but\nmovement of bearings indicate the army had divided into several groups, few have already begun moving in the direction of the Market . '
3757' Massive amount of metallic materials were moving up to the Tower Fort, where blacksmiths are working day and night forging weaponaries. '
3758' These shady and rowdy men had since been terrorizing the nearby trade routes and homesteads.\nBullying and plundering all they wishes, livestocks, valuables and even women from the helpless. '
3759' The Market had too receive the same news and had begun preparation in their defences. '
3760The Elder angrily bangs on the table.\n\n" We shall not stand by and do nothing to such Acts of Terror. "\n\tGather our men, and \nprepare an expedition to this Tower.\n\tDO WHAT WE CAN, even if it cost our lives, if we do die, we'll bring a bunch of them with us to the ground.\n\t\t\t   For the Honor ! "
3761Spawn - Bandits
3762A long and hard fight, as the last of the approaching army were slained, a moment of relief from the men.\n\nYour men scavenge the remains on the battlefield and found much useful materials.\n\n" We still have some Merchants to take care of. " \nYou shouted, pointing your sword to the Tower as rain starts to pour.
3763Men were delighted over the various Victories. 
3764The Main group out by the Tower faced a hard fought defeat when more bandits marches from the Tower. Leaving the group scattered.\n\nMeanwhile even with help from the Market, Village Defence were in vain at the outskirts. 
3765The Main group had faced another hard fought defeat when more bandits marches from the Tower.\nLeaving the group scattering out of the fields.\nMeanwhile even with help from the Market, Village Defence were in vain at the outskirts.
3766The Main group disappointingly failed on the first hurdle, escaping and hiding into the shadow.
3767Sharing the burden, the last of the approaching army were defeated.\n\nThe villagers commence to clear and scavenge the remains by the village walls and found much useful materials.
3768Moment of relief for the village. 
3769Moment of relief, for the village had unbelievably defeated the massive threat.\n\nThe villagers commence to clear and scavenge the remains by the village walls and found much useful materials.
3770Men were delighted. 
3771A long trek up the mountains,\nthe Tower Fort could be seen by the edge of a cliff, a narrow path leads down from its gate.
3772Men were pacing along the yard, the gate and up and down the path of the fort, from what it seems like the forges, chimmeys are busy pouring out smoke.
3773First wave of the bandits were taken care of.\n\nYour men quickly scavenge the remains and move back into the woods to lay an ambush.
3774One Down. 
3775Second batch of the army fail to react to your ambush and had fallen to your blades.\n\nYour men quickly scavenge the remains and move back into the swamp in wait for the larger and stronger incoming.
3776Two Down. 
3777The second wave proves too much for the men to handle as few fell on the field while others escape and hid into the shadows.
3778The final wave took the weary men down with ease, left wounded and bleeding on the fields.
3779Entering the gates of the Tower Fort, expecting resistance,\nthe inner yard is deserted.\nScouts relay over the walls that a dozen horses are riding northeast down the mountain, \ntoo far and fast to catch up.
3780Enter the Tower.
3781Into the Tower and down at the basement, few unarmed blacksmiths sat under the stairs.\nDirty, tired and haggard they look.\n\n" We are workers from the nearby steads. These bandit took alot of us folk by force and made us slave over the fire making weapons, many died, only the few of us left... \nAre they gone now? \nYou here to force us to work more? "\nsaid one of older men.
3782" No, old sir. \nWe came here under the orders of our Elder to stop this warband of bandits from reaching our village and the Market, to prevent more harm to the neighboring lands from all the doings we heard these bandits commited.\nYou are free now, free to go home to your family.\nIf you have nowhere to go, our village could take care of you till you decide to leave. "\n\nHearing these, the old men spoke with lighten hearts, thanking the party and getting ready to leave.
3783One stayed behind and in his eyes shows he has no destination.\n" My farm, was burnt down, my only wife taken by the bandits, last I heard, she was buried with the rest who died here. I have nowhere to go, I could only repay you for freeing me with my hands and skills. "\n\nThe men surrounds the sadden man to welcome him in joining the campaign.
3784Send forth a messenger, a report of the Tower to the Village. 
3785Further scavenging on the higher floors of the Tower reveals small caches of raw materials.\n\nAs the night is falling, the men made camp to rest up after the long and tiring day.
3786While your Main group heads on the first wave of the army, a larger second wave avoided the battlefield and is marching straight toward the Village.\n\nThe villagers armed themselves, even the ladies had joined in to put up a defence. An ambush in the outskirts awaits.
3787Incoming at Village! 
3788The Main group has failed on the first hurdle, escaping and hiding into the shadow of the woods,\nwatching the amassed enemy march towards the village.\nHopes are on the Village Defence. \n\nSeeing the mountain path clear, the men returns to the mountain path to scavenge through the remains. \n\nLaying traps in wait for more approaching enemies.
3789Main Group standby for news. 
3790In response to the village' help, the Market sent Elven Archers to support the Village Defence line.\n\nSecond batch of the incoming army soon falls to the ambush of the raining arrows.\n\nThe villagers quickly scavenge the remains and move back into the walls in wait for more stronger incomings.
3791Follow us Elven Archers. 
3792The Main group had faced another hard fought defeat when more bandits marches from the Tower.\nLeaving the group scattering out of the fields.\nMeanwhile even with help from the Market, Village Defence were in vain by the village walls.
3793Elder Cleric is giving aids to the wounded.\n\n" Elder, if I may, I would like to stay here. " voice behind the Elder is heard, turning around, from one of the Elven Archer.
3794" I am moved by the village' brave acts to send out expeditions to oppose and to put up a defence between the two settlement when the Market is being threatened.\n\nI seek to be a part of such village, to help others in need, rather than to stay on the tree all day, watching the gates. "
3795Elder thought for a few seconds about the situation of the Main group. 
3796" For now I have a task for you.\n\nYou are welcomed to stay,\nbut depart immediately to meet up with the Main group and relay the news that the threat here is dealt with.\n\nThe Main group is to head forth to the Tower and apprehend the Merchants who unleashed this battle. "\n\nThe Elf bows and took off.\n\n" Other Elven Archers who came to aid us, do rest here for the night and you may return to the Market when daybreaks. "
3797The Elder returns to helping the wounded. 
3798Some moments later.\nThe Elf tracked down the Main group. \nJoining up and relay the report on the village battle.\n\n" You all heard it, we have some Merchants to apprehend. "\npointing your sword at the Tower in the distant.\n\n" The welcoming feast can wait. "
3799Move On!
3800Second wave of the army soon falls to the ambush and raining arrows.\n\nThe villagers quickly scavenge the remains and move back into the walls in wait for the stronger incoming.
3801While the Main group, lays in ambush outside the Tower. \nHopes are on the Village Defence.\n\nThe village arms themselves for the incoming threat from the massive army, even the ladies had joined in the defences of their home.\n\nIn response to the village' help, the Market sent Elven Archers to support the Village Defence line on the outskirts between the two settlement.
3802Villagers on Guard !
3803The Village Defence put up a good fight against the weaker Bandits.\n\nThe villagers quickly scavenge the remains and retreated further into the woods in wait for the stronger incoming.
3804The Main group out by the Tower faced a hard fought defeat when more bandits marches from the Tower. Leaving the group scattered.\n\nMeanwhile even with help from the Market, Village Defence were in vain in the woods.
3805The Main group out by the Tower faced a hard fought defeat when more bandits marches from the Tower. Leaving the group scattered out of the fields.\n\nMeanwhile even with help from the Market, Village Defence were in vain by the village walls.
3806As the group spies on from a distance, the army had already assembled, divided into few groups and marching down the mountain towards the Market.\n\nTime is running out.
3807Main group for Encounter on the mountain path. 
3808Share burden with Village Defence. 
3809The army continued marching on and swept into the Village and Market causing damages and resource losses.\n\nThe adversaries still roams the outskirts seeking more actions.
3810The amassed army swept through the defence lines, the village and finally The Market, causing damages and resource losses.\n\nThe adversaries could still be seen roaming on the outskirts.
3811Incoming - Bandits
3812Up on a mountain,\na Tower Fort could be seen by the edge of a cliff.
3813Further Scouting. 
3814Entering the gates of the Tower Fort, expecting resistance, the inner yard is deserted.\n\nScouts relay over the walls that a dozen horses are riding northeast down the mountain, \ntoo far and fast to catch up.
3815A group of Merchants employing a great number of bandits, raiders and mercenaries to the Tower.\n\nTerrorizing the neighbouring lands and plans to move the army towards the Market with ill intent.
3816Despatch messenger with report to Village and Market on this Tower. 
3817Sighting - Trolls
3818Scouts sent urgent news on behalf of Gobo' Sayani the Shaman.
3819Elder reads the parchment from his gobo friend. 
3820" From the writings could see Sayani sees a real threat from these Swamp Trolls and the village is in mighty danger. "
3821Send messenger to Market to relay about this Troll invasion heading this way. 
3822" Call forth our best, prepare an expedition group to deter or eliminate any smaller groups of Swamp Trolls heading this way. \nWe need to slow or stop their advances until we are certain of their numbers. "\n\n" Beware on going near or enter this lair, I believe none or any of us are a match for this King Bing by Sayani' graceful description. "
3823May God be with you. 
3824" OLD MAN, Zwamp Troll King. \nKing Bing want attack Human towns.\nDanger. Many Troll going from Zwamp. \nKing Bing Big, BERY BIG.\nZayani scared OLD MAN die, zend gobo to help fazt. "
3825So a Swamp Troll King intends to attacking the village ...
3826" We must never let a Troll of that massive size step near our village or there would countless casualties.\n\nBut for now, what we need are more reports on this lair. "
3827Scouts, depart to gather details on this King Bing and the lair. 
3828Spawn - Trolls
3829As the group spies on from a distance, several trolls walks out from the cavern, with hyenas by their side.\nGrunting and pointing, they seem to be leaving the cave, you could only assume they are moving towards the village.\n\nTime is running out.
3830Main group for Encounter on the slope where small traps were laid. 
3831Share the burden with your Village Defence. 
3832The men fought valiantly against the \nnumbers, long and hard fight, despite outnumbered, one by one the trolls falls against the unified party, combined effort on holding the ground. \n\nThe Minature Troll remained stand there watching.
3833Stand Ground !
3834The Main group fail to capitalize on the ambush.\n\nA large troll dashes straight at the party, one of the men in front frozed in its path ...
3835Nooooo !
3836Seeing that the Giant is finally motionless, the men and villages rushes to release and recover those poor surviving cattles.\nMany lies dead, but they had died for the cause, saving the village from this Giant.\n\nElder calls " Hurry up, get those cattles out of here or leave them be. More trolls might be on the way.  " \n\nAs few worked to chops the ropes, some slaughters those that are hurt and dying, while the folks moved and scavenge whatever they could retrieve from the bloody mess.
3837" Retreat back to the gates. "
3838Arriving into a thick marshland.\nTracker detects large number of troll prints and scattered in the vicinity are of all sorts of remains, bones and decomposing carcasses.\n\n\n( This is not a simple event. )
3839Some of the men got alittle worried, looking at the scene knowing these trolls does feed on cannibalism.\n\n\n( Warning. Losing results in member and resources losses )
3840Prepare to move deeper into the swamp. 
3841Return to the World for now. 
3842The ambush worked well, the aggressors fell victim to the traps and your blades.\n\nGoing through the corpses, useful resources and ration were found, together with a map drawn on skinned leather, which resemble the location of our village.\n\n" So with the rations and map, they are indeed heading to the village. " 
3843At same moment, Scout whistled, signaling there are movements. 
3844The men were at a loss, trying to fend off the bigger trolls and yet getting distracted by the hyenas. \n\nA large troll dashes straight at the party, one of the men in front frozed in its path ...
3845The men fought valiantly against the \nnumbers, long and hard fight, one by one the trolls fall, yet outnumbered, a large troll made a sudden dash straight at the party, \none of the men in front frozed in its path ...
3846Nooooo !!!
3847Entering the Cave, its the same cavern you saw earlier from the hole. Looking up, a small hole, gleams with a shard of light.\n\nLarge area with only rocks and bones scattered around, absolute quietness other than occassional sounds of dripping water.\n\nA smaller hole at one side of the cave.
3848Investigate this hole. 
3849Moving onward, the men came to a small hole on the ground. \nFaint light glares from it, peering down, a large cavern and some trolls could be seen pacing around down below.\n\n" This must be the Lair, search around, there must be an entrance. "
3850" IIII SMELL MEAT. " loud words heard from above. The party \nlooks up, as a large chubby Troll leaps down from the low tree.\n\nThe Troll dashes toward the nearest group member.
3851Draw your Swords !
3852Though the Troll had caught the party by surprise, fortunate for the combined effort, the large creature lays slain on the muddy ground.\n\nThe men searches the troll for any valuables and catches their breathe.
3853Return to the World for now.
3854The Troll had caught the men by surprise, \nwatching as one of their comrade got dragged by his leg and had a large chunk of his neck bitten off as the troll continues chewing.\n\nThe troll engrossed with his meal on the dead member, \nthe group shakened and in despair, races out towards the swamp entrance.
3855" Men, we should retreat for now,\nthere is too much risk at stake here, of the unknown about these swamps.\n\nRegroup and return when we are more confident. "
3856" Over here. " whispered one of the men, behind some trees, a large sized Cavern Entrance.\n\n" Spread out and hide into the shadow. We need to observe more about these trolls before considering entering. Elder had instructed, not to go in yet. "\n\n\n( Final Warning. Choose Wisely )
3857Having scouted the surroundings, the men gathered over a small hill looking upon the entrance. 
3858Having known about the Lair entrance. Return to the World for now. 
3859" Bring news to the Village and Market, that there are over a dozen Trolls here at the Lair, a few or smaller packs that had left the Lair earlier roams the surrounding fields, perhaps are already heading in the direction of our home. "\n\n" Seek instruction from Elder on what we should do now. " as the scout left in the direction of the village. 
3860The men took turns resting while keeping watch at the entrance and its ongoing. 
3861The troll had caught the men by surprise, \nwatching as one of their comrade got dragged by his leg and had a large chunk of his neck bitten off as the troll continue chewing on.\n\nWhile the troll is too engross with his feast on the dead member, \nthe group shakened and in despair, abandoned the fight and races desperately at the swamp entrance.
3862Meanwhile, back at the Cavern ,\nthe other band of trolls had moved out towards the village. \nTaken by surprise, the village falls to the warband shortly,\nstorming and sacking through the village, grabbing all the food they see.\n\nWhen the trolls are pleased with their pickings, ignored the humans for now, moved out of the walls.\n\nThey might have found a new location for a new lair, feasting on the fields just by the settlement.
3863The troll had caught the men by surprise, watches as one of their comrade got dragged by his leg and had a large chunk of his neck bitten off as the troll continue chewing on.\n\nWhile the troll is too engross with his feast on the dead member, \nthe group shakened and in despair, abandoned the fight and races desperately at the swamp entrance.
3864The troll had caught the men by surprise, \nwatching as one of their comrade got dragged by his leg and had a large chunk of his neck bitten off.\n\nWhile the troll continues with his feast on the dead member, \nthe group shakened and in despair, abandoned the fight and scattered desperately at the swamp entrance.
3865You have been spotted by more of those pet hyenas, and several more troll appears from the Cavern charging towards the men.
3866Draw your Swords and stand guard among these trees. 
3867Good fight for the men,\nagainst the mismatched size, yet prevailing by cutting down the hyenas first. With agile movements between those trees, the trolls had trouble attacking in the tight space.\n\nSoon the trolls too falls to the thrusts and slashes from the men.\nYour men quickly scavenge the remains and move back within the swamp in wait.
3868Scout whistled, signaling there is movement ahead. 
3869" Look at that. Do they ever come in small package? "one of the men pointed, a Gigantic troll emerges while the men watches in the shadow, \nno one dares to utter a word.\n\nThe Giant took a few steps from the Cavern and stopped. Sniffing ... and continue staggering. \n\n" He is big but he walks slow, and using that treelike walking stick to support his weight " as you thought.
3870Signals the men to gather up. You have a plan. 
3871Mere moments later,\nrustling and rumblings comes from behind the trees, large pack of troll roams the patch of marshland by the corpse of their Giant just a distance away. 
3872A rough but soft voice is heard, " III I I know you are out there, come out, we can smell youuu. " an old and wicked looking troll walks out. \nUnlike the others, this troll is small. \nA minature troll standing in front of the others.\n\nThe men still in hiding crept in the low bushes, cautious not to alert the numbers and sizes lined up infront of them.
3873" Perhaps this is the real King Bing, a small troll shaman. " thoughts in your head.
3874With a point of his staff, the pack of troll behind that troll charges forward, in the bearings your men.\n\nThese trolls unlike those before, they are slim and fit, figures of a man, just slightly larger and very agile.
3875" Formation ! "\n
3876- Splitting into three groups, First to distract the giant freehand, Second and Third to climb up the walking stick, while Third move upwards to the head, Second will attack its hand, making the giant drops its stick, after both groups are on the giant, the First would dangerously attack on the giant' legs, hoping its overweight could be toppled, by then Second and Third would dealt relentless attacks onto the giant' head. -
3877' The Plan '
3878Chances aren't high for this dangerous plan but it succeeded with a stroke of luck, when the Giant loses its balance and fell, it pierced its head into a short tree trunk. Letting out a thunderous growl and died by ' Head on a Stake. ' \n\nFortunately, the few men on the giant were agile enough to grab hold on the dangling chains on the giant during the fall to escape much injuries.\n\nWasn't much on the giant, the men could find nor carry.
3879The plan hadn't exactly worked as planned tho a stroke of luck, when the Giant loses its balance, it fell and pierced its head into a short tree trunk, killing it instantly but one of the men, failing to grab hold on the dangling chains on the giant, fell from great height. \n\nGravely injured, the poor man passed on shortly.
3880A moment of mourn to the fallen. 
3881Retreating into a grove, a distance from the giant's corpse, the men took a brief moment to recollect themselves and to rest up their weary bodies from the string of battles they have had.\n\nSome were still shaken from the battle against the Giant, few took the opportunity to shut their eyelids just for that mere moments.
3882A short breather. 
3883Retreating into a grove, a distance from the giant's corpse, the men took a brief moment to mourn for their dead comrade, recollect themselves and to rest up the weary bodies from the string of battles they have had.\n\nSome were still shaken from the battle against the Giant, few took the opportunity to shut their eyelids just for that mere moments.
3884Seeing most of its kins had fallen, the Minature Troll, stepped back alittle,\nraising it' staff in the air, it started mumbling and chanting.\n\n' The ground shook and shifts ' as the mumbling continues, the men trying to stand still, corpse fell through cracks down below.\n\n" Seeeee King Bing's Creation, Humansssss. " \nfrom the crack on ground, rose yet another Giant, a misty rock giant, glowing in faint blue light.
3885One of the men, closest to the foot of the Giant, attempts to slash at it, but were just slashes through thin air.\n\n" Its could be an illusion.\n\t\tFocus your minds !,"
3886The Giant punches down its fist towards the men on the ground, as chunks of rocks, rubbles and dust fills the air.\n\nThe men were able to dodges the blow of the slow fists, but are at a loss against this Monster. \n\nHuge and slow with it blindly punches, yet he is indestructable to your weapons.
3887Turning your head, King Bing is still on the spot chanting.\n\nWithout hesistation, you charges at him. \n\nFrom the corner of its eyes, unfazed, he raises his left hand, in your direction.
3888' Few of your men around you entered an Hex. '
3889For a sheer moment, an opportunity appears for you,\na thrust of the spear found its target on the Minature Troll.\n\nThe Monster instantly vanished into the air, and the troll, stumbles and fall several feet away. \n\n" NOOO... .. . "\nBefore he could utter another word.\n\nThe anger and fustration for the day' ordeal took over you.
3890You severed its head from the body without the slightest consideration. 
3891Caught in the Hex, you and your men were helpless to the Trolls magic, frozed, unable to move from your spot, slowly losing your stance watching the other men gradually falling to the plumage from the Monster. \n\nThe only thought in your mind as you blacked out for a moment,
3892" Is this the end. "
3893Brief moment of blackness fills you, darkness infusing into your mind.\n \nDesperately trying to stay focus...\n\n\nYou opened your eyes...\n\nAnger empowered you, the sight of your men lying in pools of their own blood.
3894Recollect yourself !
3895For a sheer moment, an opportunity appears for you,\na thrust of the spear found its target on the Minature troll.\n\nThe Monster instantly vanished into the air, and the troll, stumbles and fall several feet away. \n\n" NOOO... .. . "\nBefore he could utter another word.\n\nThe anger and fustration for the day' ordeal took over you.\r\n<ANS>You severed its head from the body without the slightest consideration. \r
3896" There might be more. \n\t\t\tHopefully not. "
3897Gathering and led your men into the Cavern. 
3898Looking over the corpses and carcasses all around.\n\n\t\t" Is it over ! "\nare the only words the surviving party could think of.
3899Looking over the corpses and carcasses all around.\n\n\t\t" Is it over ! "\nare the only words the surviving party could think of.\n\nWatching the dead comrades, \ntears in your eyes, \ntears from your body, \nfor all the weariness of the day.
3900" This is no time to mourn. " 
3901Through the hole, seemingly a storage room.\n\nThe men looks through the rubbles, \ngathering what could be useful,\n\nsome dried rations, raw materials, little of values.
3902Through the hole, gold scattered on the ground of the smaller room, a few chest or valuables and a weapon protrudes from a pile of coins.\n\nThe men gathers what they could.\n\nPulling out the weapon, a fine piece in your hand.
3903Through the hole, a smaller room, filled with decaying corpses, \nhalf a dozen children were gagged and bounded to a large tree root protruding from the walls. \n\nDirty and in despair, they did not even realise you entrance.\n\nYour medic and men rushes to free them. \nThe children doesn't make a sound, just looks on with sadden eyes, one tried to speak but only coarse sound could only be made out. \n\nTaking out some food from your sachet, you shown them to the little ones who hungrily reaches for it.
3904Seeing that the surrounding is safe, and the sky is darkening,\nCamp is called.\n\nMen took turns standing guard by the entrance, medic and the cook working on meals.\n\nSitting by the children, they are obedient, quiet and mostly looking down. Expressionless on their faces since we saved them.\nYou felt a little sadden about what they might have been through, locked up with perhaps their families among that pile of corpses not sure for how long.\n\nYou took a deep breathe recollecting the events of the day and coming across these young ones.\n\n" Did we make the right choice. "
3905" Messenger, rush back to the village, inform Elder our situation and that the threat from the trolls were dealt with. \nTake heed and beware there might still be wandering troll packs that had left this lair. "\n\n" Scouts, track the surroundings, we need some rest and a clear path home, some of the men are still unfit for battle. "
3906"Now, rest well men, for we shall head home when daybreaks. " 
3907Seeing that the surrounding is safe, and the sky is darkening,\nCamp is called.\n\nMen took turns standing guard by the entrance, medic and the cook working on meals.\n\nYou took a moment recollecting the events of the day.\nLooking over the chests of findings.\n\n" Did we make the right choice. "
3908Seeing that the surrounding is safe, and the sky is darkening,\nCamp is called.\n\nMen took turns standing guard by the entrance, medic and the cook working on meals.\n\nYou took a moment recollecting the events of the day.\nLooking over the crates of resources.\n\n" Did we make the right choice. "
3909The ambush worked well, the pack of trolls and their pet fell victim to the traps and your blades.\n\nGoing through the corpses, useful resources and rations were found, together with a skinned leather, drawn on it like a map, which resembles the location of our village.\n\n" So with the rations and map, they are really heading to the village. " 
3910At same moment, Scout whistled, signaling there is movement ahead. 
3911The Main group failed to capitalize on the ambush.\n\nA large troll dashes straight at the party, one of the men in front frozed in its path ...
3912Regroup at the swamp entance. 
3913You have been spotted by more of those pet hyenas, and several more trolls appears from the Cavern charging towards you.
3914Good fight for the men,\nagainst the mismatched size, yet prevailing by cutting down the hyenas first. \nWith agile movements between those trees, the trolls had trouble attacking in the tight space.\nSoon the trolls too falls to the thrusts and slashes from the men.\n\nYour men quickly scavenge the remains and move back into the swamp in wait for what might be a larger and stronger incoming.
3915" Look at that. Do they ever come in small packages? " one of the men pointed, a Gigantic troll emerges.\n\nWhile the men watches in the shadow, no one dares to utter a word.\n\nThe Giant took a few steps from the Cavern and stopped. Sniffing ... and continue staggering. \n\nThe sheer size of this Giant had shaken the men, a haste call for the party to retreat back to the swamp entrance. 
3916While the Main group were facing the earlier rush of the trolls, \ngoblin raiders from Gobo village arrived on command from Sayani.\n\nThe village on receiving the reports from the frontline, prepares to put up a defence against the incoming trolls.\n\nMarket had too sent support of a few archers to help fend the neighbour.\nThe villagers arms themselves, even the ladies had joined in to put up a defence.\n\nWith little time left, at the outskirts, the elfs and goblins builds traps and devices among the trees, while the villagers dug ditches to lay pikes and stake traps.
3917' The Village Defence ! '
3918While the Troll is kept busy, the worker rushes to seek the other folks to gather all the cattles and wagon in the village, linking thick ropes around the necks of the cattles and neatly herding them out to the outskirts.
3919Laying in wait at the outskirts, hours had passed. \nAll in wait are over-excited or nervous, as sudden rustling leaves, trees being pryed apart and stomps were heard in the near distant, echoing through the trees.\n\nEmerging among the trees, the Gigantic troll had reach the vicinity.\n\nThe Defence were astonished of the size of this Giant, shakened before the battle even begun.\nEveryone were at a loss, expecting trolls, but not one of this size.
3920As the Giant staggers nearer, the elven archers and goblins could only commence firing their bows and slings relentlessly at it\n\nThe Giant unfazed by the projectiles, simply brushes the pellets and arrows aside while it stood on the spot still holding onto its treelike walking stick and the trees next to it.\n\nObserving from the distant, Elder saw the weakness of the Giant, ' slow and weak on the foot, relying on the walking stick to actually move, the sheer size of the Giant is overbearing to even itself. '\n\nElder calls for a worker and whispers into his ears instructing him quickly.
3921" Now Go Quickly "
3922Seeing all that is needed had arrived.\nElder disregardly hopped on to the wagon and command the men to beat on the cattles hard.\n\nThe men follows, as the cattles lets out loud and sharp shrieks and started running straight in the direction of the Giant.\n\nSeeing this from above the trees, most by now understood the Elder' intention. \n\nWatching in awe as the old man, whipping and steering the wagon leading an army of cattles right at the Giant.
3923' A brilliant plan or a dead old man. '
3924A Brilliant plan, for the large herd of cattles with thick ropes entangles all around the Giant's feet, shrieks from those poor animals desperately trying to struggle free, further tightens the entanglement. \n\nElder had lept to the sides and directed all to attack.\n\nThe Giant is dazed at its own predicament of trying to stay balance while keeping its attackers at bay, and soon the walking stick slips from its's hand.\n\nUnbalanced, the Giant fell backwards onto the trees on its right side, accidentally imbedded its head onto several low tree trunks, \nblood gushes out onto the trees and surroundings in a sea of redness.\n\nThe elfs and goblins jumps from the trees onto the Giant and started slashing and thrusting at the Giant, disregarding if it alive or dead.
3925The Giant has been toppled. 
3926A Brilliant plan, for the large herd of cattles with thick ropes entangles all around the Giant's feet, shrieks from those poor animals desperately trying to struggle free, further tightens the entanglement. \n\nElder had lept to the sides and directed all to attack.\n\nThe Giant is dazed at its own predicament of staying balance while keeping its attackers at bay, and soon the walking stick slips from its's hand.\n\nUnbalanced, the Giant fell backwards to its right side of trees, and accidentally imbedded its head onto several low tree trunks, \nblood gushes onto the trees and surroundings in a sea of redness.\n\nA moment to cheer for but some were rushing to where the giant's feet were, one of the men got trapped when the Giant fell, crushed under the giant corpse, only a partial of his upper body is visible in the red and bloody mess.
3927Moment of mourning for the warrior. 
3928" The warrior is dead, and nothing can bring him back, for now, we have more Trolls to worry about. Someone release those shrieking cattles and get to work, we need to move back to the walls before more trolls appear. " as the Elder chants a short pray.\n\nFew worked to chops the ropes, some slaughterd those that are hurt and dying, while the folks moved and scavenge whatever they could retrieve from the bloody mess.
3929Moments had passed, the Village Defence had retreated back to the walls. One of the elven archer remained and hidden in the tree keeping watch on the area. \n\nRustling and rumblings came from beyond the trees, a pack of troll emerged and scours over the dead giant. Anger and fustration could be sensed from these trolls as they grunt and growl, looking over the gigantic corpse.\n\nThe elf decides to retreat and moves silently through the branches, towards the village, to inform the Elder, 
3930the Trolls are coming.\n
3931On the other hand, while the village were encounters the Giant.\n\nThe Main group had regrouped at the hole overlooking the Troll Lair.\nThe cavern below seems quieter, after packs of troll had departed.\n\nJust that moment, turning around, from the bushes, a pet hyena stood there grining at the party.\n\nBefore you could silenced it, it started whooping frantically, calling to its master.
3932Draw for Incoming !
3933The lesser pack wasn't your match, slained on the ground.\n\nYour men quickly scavenge the remains and prepare to sneak back towards the Cavern entrance.
3934' To the Cavern '
3935A hard fought battle, when all the trolls were slained, two of the pet hyenas on losing their masters, darted at one of your men, one tearing loose his sachet and the other ran off into the woods with it.\n\nThere wasn't any valuables in it but a good amount of food were lost.\nYour men quickly scavenge the remains and prepare to sneak back towards the Cavern entrance.
3936The trolls could smell the presense of the hidden elf, as the scent fades away, more of the agile trolls emerge from the bushes. \nGathered upon the dead giant now is a large swarm of trolls.\nAn old and small sized troll pushes his way through the bigger sized towards the giant and places his small palm on the giant' face.\n\nAll at once, the other trolls kneeled.\nThe small and Minature Troll, is none other than King Bing, \nthe King of the Trolls.\n\n( Little is known about the King other than his knowledge on magic, shorter than a human, unlike his kins.\nThe King appeared here to look for his servant, the close servant whom carries the King on his back most of the time, now watching his dead corpse. )
3937King Bing raises his staff and points, the army of troll charges forth in the direction of the village.\n\nA handful of them stood behind the King, as he turns back slowly leading them back towards the lair.
3938Back at the village, a barracaded gate, upon the walls armed with bows and arrows, lined the men, awaiting for the incoming trolls.\n\n" Bring more Oil ! "\n\t\t\t" More Stones! "\n" More Arrows here !! "\nshoutings are heard in preparation.
3939The trolls arrived on the horizon in smaller packs, from different direction, as the Village Defence watches from the walls.\n\nThe first, \nattempts to knock down the gates.
3940' Prepare for Tactic ! ' 
3941Trolls piled upon one another pushing on the gates, while some attempts to climb onto the wall.\n\n" Pour the Oil ! " the Elder called.  Pots of oil were thrown from the wall, injuring those below and breaking onto and gushes of oil flows. \nSeeing the trolls drenched in oil. The elven archers starts shooting flame arrows. \n\n" Bring the water for the gate, and More Oil over here ! " as men splashes water onto the gates for fear the whole wall would catch fire.\n\nSea of fire looms over the front of the gate, coarse cries echoed the plain from those burning in pain.
3942" BURN you Beasts ! "
3943The trolls piled upon one another pushing on the gates, while some attempts to climb onto the wall.\n\n" Pour down the Oil ! " the Elder called.  Pots of oil were thrown from the wall, injuring and breaking onto  those below. \n\nSeeing the trolls are now drenched in oil. The elven archers starts shooting flaming arrows. \n\n" Bring the water for the gate, and More Oil over here ! " as men splashes water onto the gates for fear the whole wall would catch fire.\n\nOne of the men handling the oil, slipped and fell off the wall. \nTrapped with the burning trolls below, helpless and death awaits. \n\nA sea of fire looms in front of the gate, coarse cries echoed the village from those burning in pain.
3944In the distant, another pack of trolls were throwing rocks, spears and wooden stakes at the men on the wall.\n\n" Archers, on the right ! ! ! "
3945' Prepare for Hunting ! ' 
3946With the height advantage and shielding of the walls, the trolls were picked off one by one by the men' expertise in their ranged skills.
3947With the height advantage and shielding of the walls, the trolls were picked off one by one by the men' expertise in their bow skills.\n\nTwo of the men separately got pierced on the shoulder and arm, although not fatal and still able to join the fight, the wound causes excruciating pain for the warriors.
3948As the final swarm of trolls looks on from the treelines.\n\nElder called out " Open the Gates ! "\nthe men followed but with wonders.\n\nNo doubt the trolls on seeing an opened gate, they emerges from the treeline and approaches slowly.
3949" Wait for them to come nearer. " \n
3950Although the trolls moved closer, they seem wary of the danger, pausing on the path, onlooking at the gate again.\n\nA stalemate between the two forces.\n\n" Bring forth a few cattles and release them out the gates. "\n\nIndeed a few trolls' will is shaken seeing cattles wandering out of the gate. \n\nBut still, remains the distance.
3951" Now bring all the cattles, arm your spears and hide among the cattles, release a few at a time slowly. \n\nWe shall bring the fight to them this time. ! "\n\nThe cattles released slowly, yet the trolls are unfazed, so the men crept onwards, slowly approaching the trolls among the grazing cattles.\n\nUnleashing a line of spearmen, the \t      Village Defence \n\n"\t     C  H  A  R  G  E  S !\t\t"\n\n \tfor the deciding battle.
3952' This old man sure have alot of ideas '
3953Victory for the Village Defence. 
3954Looking across the field, filled with\ncorpses of burnt and slained trolls.\n\n" Scout the vicinity for any more threats, send a messenger to the locate the Main group, and someone go catch those cattles back. " \n\nMen and villagers start to clear the mess outside the village, scavenging the remains and burning the corpses. \n\nThe medic and Elder tending to the wounded, \n\n" What a day we all had, all this bloodshed. Wonder hows the Main group, are they safe and well. "
3955( Earlier)
3956Looking across the field, filled with\ncorpses of burnt and slained trolls.\n\n" Scout the vicinity for any more threats, send a messenger to the locate the Main group, and someone go catch those cattles back. " \n\nMen and villagers started to clear the mess outside the village, scavenging the remains and burning the corpses.\n\nThe medic and Elder tending to the wounded, \n\n" What a day we all had, all this bloodshed. Wonder hows the Main group, are they safe and well. "
3957During the heat of the battle at the village, the Main group had returned upon the Lair entrance once again, \n\nstill in hiding among the bushes.
3958Before you could decide whether or not to attempt to advance into the lair, \n\na pack of trolls is seen returning to the cavern.
3959The party had a rest and the night went by.\n\nBefore setting off on your journey home, you ordered for wood to be stacked over the corpses,\n \na blaze looms from the cavern.
3960Your men moved closer among the trees near the laid traps, in hopes to spring an ambush .\n\nWatching the approaching trolls moving forth, the hyenas caught by surprise, fell into the shallow ditches the men dug and many were staked to death. \n\nThe larger Trolls however escaped with minor wounds to their feet.
3961Charge !
3962Your men moved closer among the trees near the laid traps, in wait for the ambush .\n\nWatching the approaching trolls moving forth, the hyenas caught by surprise fell into the shallow ditches the men dug and many were stalked to death. \n\nThe larger Trolls however escaped with minor wounds to their feet.
3963Through the hole, a dark figure sits on a stone chair at a corner.\n\nA smaller and skinny Troll spoke,\n" Do not hurt me, \nunlike my other kins, I have no wish to hurt the innocent or attack the Humans. Thats why I was kept here in this cavern for quite awhile. \nHow did you get here, did all the others left? Are they all dead? "
3964" Yes, we had to kill your kins to protect our sanctuary and neighbors from the harm your kins are going to cause. "\n\n" You may follow our campaign to lend us your hand and seek a place in our village if you wish since there isn't much here for you. "
3965" I am sorry.\nAlthough I am all alone now, I am used to living these woods.\nThank you for releasing me and take this as a gift. " as the Troll leaves the cavern.
3966" Thank you, I am all alone now, \nif you trust me, I might just do that. "
3967A Swamp Troll has joined the party. 
3968Incoming - Trolls
3969file\Adventures\XenoReavers Events V1.txt.txt
3970Village Well
3971Since today has been a good one you wonder if maybe the well has anything extra to give to you today.
3972Well lets see what's there.
3973It's been a long day, lets just try tomorrow.
3974You wind up the bucket and find some treasures but due to your greed the men who wheeled up the bucket feels their strength seeping away.
3975What a mixed outcome.
3976Well that was disappointing but since the well has already delivered today it's of no surprise.
3977Oh well, better luck next time.
3978Necromancer
3979A man dressed in a black robe comes to your village and asks for permission to rest the night before continuing on his way tomorrow. You allow him and the next day as thanks he offers to use his magic to raise a skeleton as a loyal servant.
3980Why not, let him.
3981Doesn't sound safe, let him be on his way.
3982The magic goes well and you now have a skeleton servant to aid your village. You thank the traveller and he departs.
3983Well, not so bad.
3984The magic doesn't go well, or so it seems. More than a few undead raise up and attack your people. The man laughs insanely and runs off leaving his minions to deal with you.
3985To arms!! [Fight].
3986Sword in the Stone
3987You come across a sword stuck in a stone. This is weird but the sword looks as though it's in good condition. It also doesnt seem to be stuck and looks loose. Should you take it?
3988Yeah lets take it.
3989Just a sword, who needs it. Leave.
3990You pull the sword from the stone and its appearance changes instantly and into a weapon that is much better than what originally appeared.
3991This was pretty good.
3992You pull the sword from the stone and its appearance changes instantly and into a weapon that is much worse than what originally appeared.
3993Well that was unfortunate.
3994You pull the sword from the stone and its appearance changes instantly and into a weapon that appears to be of about the same quality as what was before.
3995Well that was interesting.
3996Rusalka
3997You decide to stop and rest for a bit by a stream and to refill your water supply. When you're about to leave a woman emerges from the water, a Rusalka. She says she doesn't like being lonely in the stream and wishes to belong somewhere with people. She wishes to know if she may come with you. What do you think?
3998Sure why not, welcome her.
3999What is a Rusalka?
4000This doesn't feel right, lets just leave.
4001The Rusalka is so excited that she hugs everyone, getting everyones clothes and armour wet and happily comes along with your group.
4002Great, except for the wet clothes and armour.
4003The Rusalka shows her true nature and attacks, her minions appearing from thin air to join her.
4004Well damn [Fight].
4005The Rusalka was always thought to be a water nymph. They were friendly and in the spring would come from the waters to help bring life into crops. Well this is how they used to be seen.\n\nNow they are unquiet, dangerous spirits. The Rusalka comes to be when a young woman commits suicide by drowning herself due to an unhappy marriage or were violently drowned against their will, however some believe this may not be the case.\n\nSome say the Rusalka is incapable of leaving contact with water while some claim to of seen them climbs trees to sit and sings songs, sit on docks with their feet submerged and comb their hair or even join with other Rusalki to dance in fields. Most of these tales come during the summer season.\n\nHaunting the waterway they died in the Rusalka isn't initially malevolent and can die in peace if her death is avenged. Her main goal is to seduce young men into the water with her voice or looks and entangle them at the bottom with her hair. Escape becomes impossible as her body becomes slippery to the touch and the young man is unable to climb free. She will then wait for them to down, or in soem cases tickle him while laughing herself.\n\nSome say the Rusalka is capable of changing her appearance to match the visual tastes of the man she plans to make her next victim, but it is agreed upon that a Rusalka is a natural beauty and are therefore highly feared yet respected.
4006Well ok, welcome her.
4007Still doesn't feel right, lets just leave quickly.
4008Orcs and Goblins
4009You've come across the scene of a battle, Orcs and Goblins fighting each other. Neither side has noticed you yet, do you want to help one of the factions or not get involved?
4010Lets help the Orcs [Fight].
4011Lets help the Goblins [Fight].
4012Lets Help the Goblins [Fight].
4013Orcs and goblins fighting, lets just leave.
4014The battle is won, the goblins are all either dead or routed.\n\nThe Orcs come forward and thank you for your assistance. They give you a share of the loot and a single Witch steps forward and speaks to you. "I have lost all of my band in the fight and have nothing else. For proving yourself such warriors I shall join your tribe".\n\nYou get the idea this was something you can't say no to.
4015Welcome her and leave.
4016The battle is won and the Orcs are all dead.\n\nThe remaining Goblins all come forward and thank you for your assistance. They as thanks give you a share of the loot and one of their Shamans, impressed leaves his fellows to join you.\n\nIt doesn't seem to be up for negotiation.
4017Welcome him and leave.
4018The battle is won and the goblins are all either dead or fleeing.\n\nThe Orcs come forward and thank you for your assistance. They give you a share of the loot and leave.
4019Great, time to leave.
4020The battle is won and the Orcs are all dead.\n\nThe remaining Goblins all come forward and thank you for your assistance. As thanks they give you a good share of the loot before moving on.
4021Bannik
4022Word spreads that a Bannik is inhabiting a bathhouse in the village. Banniks are said to predict the future and people can receive a prediction by standing with their back facing the half-opened door of the bath.
4023Lets see what's in store for us.
4024What is a Bannik?
4025Lets not test fate
4026One of your villagers stands with their back to the half-opened door and can feel their back being lightly stroked. This is a good sign and over the coming days the villager can feel their health improving.
4027Well excellent.
4028One of your villagers stands with their back to the half-opened door and feels their back slashed at with the Bannik's claws. As if it wasn't obvious, this is a bad sign.
4029Oh no.
4030Over the coming days your villager becomes cursed.
4031Well damn.
4032The Bannik is a bathhouse spirit. Each bathhouse always had a third, unused bath which was reserved for the use of the Bannik, to whom he would invite demons and other spirits to join and bathe with him. Religious icongraphy was not allowed to be kept in the bathhouse as it would usually offend the Banniks guests. If they became offended then the Bannik would pour boiling water on them , suffocate them in the steam or strangle them to death.\n\nPeasants thus avoided bringing religious icons with them as did they avoid bathing alone at night. When a child is born in the bathhouse the mother and baby are watched carefully by everyone as to keep the Bannik from stealing away the infant.\n\nTha Bannik has the ability to predict the future. One could consult the Bannik by standing with their back exposed to the half-open door of the bath. If all was well then the Bannik would stroke their back lightly, if trouble was ahead then the Bannik would strike with its claws.\n\nTowards the end of the year girls and young women would gather to get their fortune told for the new year. A light warm touch to the back meant happiness was coming in the new year while a cold prickly touch meant ill fortune instead. \n\nPleasing the Bannik was very important and peasants usually left offerings of soap, water or fir branches.
4033Lets test fate then.
4034Lets not test fate.
4035Domovoi
4036Word spreads that a Domovoi is inhabiting one of the houses in the village. Domovoi are seen as guardians of the house they inhabit and are also oracles, when one is touched by him their future is told.
4037Guess we'll see what happens.
4038What is a Domovoi?
4039As your people sleep the villager whose house is inhabited feels a warm hand touch theirs during the night. This is a good omen and the next day your villager feels stronger than they previously were.
4040As your people sleep the villager whose house is inhabited feels a ice cold hand touch their own during the night. This is a bad omen and the next day your villager feels weaker than they previously were.
4041The Domovoi is a protective house spirit. The Domovoi usually has a wife, a Kikimora.\n\nDomovoi are masculine, typically small, bearded and sometimes covered all over in hair. According to some the Domovoi take on the appearance of the curent or former owners of the house but with a grey beard and sometimes little tails or horns. There are tales of people their neighbour out in the yard while they are in fact inside sleeping in bed. The Domovoi has also been said to take the form of cats or dogs. The Domovoi is also more often heard than seen and its voice is said to be hollow and harsh.\n\nTraditionally, every house has its own Domovoi who lives either under the threshold, in the cattle shed or in the stables. The center of the house is also said to be their domain. He is the homes guardian and if he is kept happy he maintains peace and order and rewards the household by helping with household chores and fieldwork. To stay in his good graces the family will leave him gifts such as milk, porridge, tobacco, bread and salt.\n\nIf angered by disrespect or abuse, the domovoi acts in a way such as a misbehaving ghost but is rarely ever harmful. In some cases the Domovoi would leave the house and this was seen as a great catastrophe as his benevolence was essential to the livelihood of the household. In the worst of situations he would pinch the arms of the family in their sleep. If the bruises that appeared weren't painful then there was no meaning, however if the bruises were painful then it meant the spirit wanted to drive them from the house.\n\nThe Domovoi is also an oracle and his behaviour foretells or forewarns about the future. If he laughs, sings, jokes or dances then good times can be expected. If he strums a comb there is a wedding in the future, but if he wails at night, extinguishes a candle or makes himself visible then it means a member of the family, usually the head of the household will die. The touch of the Domovoi is also a harbringer, if his furry hand feels warm then good fortune is indicated, but if his hand is icy cold then misfortune is coming.
4042Nothing to do but wait now.
4043Kikimora
4044Word spreads that a Kikimora is inhabiting one of the houses in the village. The Kikimora is said be trouble but only if the house they inhabit is not in order, if the house is in order then they can be helpful doing various chores while the owner is out. 
4045Lets see how the owner of the house has been doing.
4046What is a Kikimora?
4047The house was kept in good order and the Kikimora, while the villager was out, did various housework leaving the villager feeling very ease of mind. The Kikimora also span some silk and left it to the villager.
4048That's excellent.
4049The house was not kept in good order and the Kikimora spent the night whistling, breaking dishes and making other loud noises keeping the villager up all night. In the morning your villager feels mentally drained.
4050The Kikimora is a legendary creature, a house spirit.\n\nWhen the Kikimora inhabits a house she usually lives in the cellar and makes noises similar to those of a mouse in order to obtain food.\n\nOne belief is that the Kikimora are the souls of people who leave their body during the night. Another belief is that the Kikimora is a dark spirit that takes the form of a beautiful woman and visits men in their dreams, torturing them with desire and dragging the life out of them.\n\nIt's common belief that a Kikimora enters a room through a keyhole, sits on the chests of sleepers and tries to strangle them. To repel them children are advised to look at the window or to turn their pillow and make a sign of a cross on it. other methods said to work are to leave a broom upside down behind the door, put a belt on top of their sheets, or saying elaborate prayer poems before sleep.\n\nThere are two different kinds of Kikimora, one that comes from the forest and is married to the Domovoi and the other comes from the swamp and is married to the Leshy. Once inside a home is can be very hard to make the Kikimora leave.\n\nWhen a house is in order the Kikimora looks after chickens and does housework. If not she whistles, breaks dishes and makes noises at night. She also comes out at night to spin thread.
4051Guess we'll see how the owner is doing.
4052Elves and Orcs
4053You've come across the scene of a battle, Elves and Orcs fighting each other. Neither side has noticed you yet, do you want to help one of the factions?
4054Lets help the Elves [Fight].
4055Lets leave before anyone notices us.
4056The battle is won, the Elves are all either dead or routed.\n\nThe Orcs come forward and thank you for your assistance. They give you a share of the loot and a single Warrior, impressed with your strength steps forward joins your group.\n\nYou get the idea this was something you can't say no to.
4057Welcome the Orc and leave.
4058The battle is won and the Orcs are all dead.\n\nThe remaining Elves all come forward and thank you for your assistance. They as thanks give you a share of the loot and one of their Druids, impressed leaves his fellows to join you.\n\nIt doesn't seem to be up for negotiation.
4059The battle is won and the Elves are all either dead or fleeing.\n\nThe Orcs come forward and thank you for your assistance. They give you a share of the loot and leave.
4060The battle is won and the Orcs are all dead.\n\nThe remaining Elves all come forward and thank you for your assistance. As thanks they give you a good share of the loot before moving on.
4061Devana
4062Before you shines a bright light and as it fades a representation of the goddess Devana is standing before you.\n\n" Mortals, if you meet my challenge I shall reward your bravery, what do you say? "
4063We accept your challenge Devana.
4064Who is Devana?
4065Sorry we say no.
4066" A pity " she says and disappears in a flash of bright light.
4067How uneventful.
4068"Excellent, it approaches now" she says and with that disappears in a bright light.\n\nJust barely recovering from the bright light you hear noises of animals amongst the trees. Devana must want you to prove your youself again the beasts of nature.
4069Lets begin [Fight].
4070You have failed to meet Devana's challenge.
4071Darn
4072Devana appears again in a bright light. " Well done mortals you have met my challenge. As promised your bravery is to be rewarded. You have a choice of an ally of nature, weapons to hunt or a blessing to your skills. Which do you chose? "
4073We'll take the blessing.
4074The weapons to hunt.
4075We'll take the ally.
4076" It shall be so " and with that Devana disappears once again in a bright light. \n\nOnce your people again recover from the bright light a few of your people feel Devana's blessing upon them.
4077Wonderful.
4078" It shall be so " and with that Devana disappears once again in a bright light. \n\nOnce your people again recover from the bright light there is a small number of spears and bows.
4079" It shall be so " and with that Devana disappears once again in a bright light. \n\nOnce your people again recover from the bright light there is a bear covered in armour waiting. The bear moves happily towards your people and joins them.
4080Devana is the goddess of the hunt, the moon and nature being associated with wild animals, the woodland and having the power to talk to and control animals.
4081Ok we'll accept the challenge.
4082Sorry we can't accept this challenge.
4083The Deserter
4084A bandit comes to the village saying that he have left their gang, unable to stomach robbing and killing people any more. Wishes to refuge for the night before moving on tomorrow.
4085Let him stay the night.
4086Bandits may come for their deserter, turn him away.
4087The bandit scowls and shouts "NOW!" and with that a number of people leap from the nearby undergrowth and attack.
4088To arms!!! [Fight].
4089Your people are beaten and bloodied while the scavengers raid your food stocks before taking off.
4090Damnit!!
4091The scavengers are defeated and those whom are dying are quickly finished off. You collect what belongings they had and discover their leader had rare weapons and armour on him which you claim.
4092Pretty good.
4093The bandit thanks you for your hospitality. The next day he thanks you again and leaves you his weapon before finally leaving.
4094Farewell friend.
4095The bandit thanks you for your hospitality. The next day he thanks you again and decides to remain in your village.
4096Welcome friend.
4097Sirin
4098While traversing the terrain your people start to hear singing. The singing is beautiful and all so heavenly. Your people feel drawn to it and make their way through the brush coming through to a small clearling with a huge tree. In the tree on some of its branches are Sirin. You're being lured into a trap, you don't have much time left before the Sirin attack.
4099Must resist the singing! [Hex].
4100What are Sirin?
4101Your people manage to resist the lure of the song and quickly make a break for it.
4102RUN!
4103You managed to get away from the Sirin and their song. A couple of your people feel stronger having managed to resist the song.
4104We were lucky today, lets continue.
4105You fail to resist the song of the Sirin and your people close in around the tree. Most of the Sirin stop their song leaving only a couple singing to keep your people distracted. This allows some of your people to snap out of their trance and start helping the others though tragically not before most of the Sirin swoop down onto one of your people and start tearing into them.
4106While the Sirin are devouring your comrade you manage to escape. Later you're able to come back and recover your fallen comrades belongings.
4107A shame this happened.
4108The Sirin are a mythological creature with the head and chest of a woman and with the body of a bird, usually an owl.\n\nThese half-woman half-birds are usually portrayed wearing a crown or with a nimbus. They sang beautiful songs foretelling future joys. For mortals the birds are dangerous. Men who heard them would forget everything and follow them, ultimately to their death.\n\nPeople would attempt to save themselves by ringing bells and making other loud noises to scare them off.
4109We must resist their singing [Hex].
4110Berehynia
4111Word around your village is that a dark figure is seen around one of the houses. No one ever sees this being directly and only from the corner of their eyes. Since the sightings the health of the person whom inhabbits the house has been getting worse. First just a cold and some sleepless nights and gradually building to the feeling of being touched in the night, the feeling of eyes on them while they aren't looking and even being pushed by someone who isn't there.
4112Pray to Berehynia, hearth mother and protectoress of the home.
4113Who is Berehynia?
4114Berehynia answers your prayers and during the night a bright light can be seen in the villagers house. The presence is gone and people no longer see the being. The villager themself starts to feel better and over time their health returns. The villager also finds a package that seems to be a gift from Berehynia herself.
4115Praise be to Berehynia.
4116Berehynia does not answer your prayers and the villager slowly suffers at the hands of this dark being.
4117Tragic, but lets try something ourselves [Hex].
4118Your people manage to purge the being and it's presence is no longer felt inside the village. The villager is still weak from their time at the hands of the being but at least they can now start to recover.
4119It's something.
4120The being is too strong to be purged from the village by your people and the villager now has to suffer even more at the hands of the dark being.
4121We tried but it just wasn't enough
4122Berehynia is a female spiri who came to be regarded as a goddess and known as the hearth mother, protectoress of the home.
4123Bolotnik
4124Trudging through the swamp you remember tales that a Bolotnik lives here. It's said that the Bolotnik hates noise and taking a moment to listen around you hear that there is no noise here. You aren't certain if this is a good thing or a bad thing.
4125Lets continue but lets go through as quietly as we can just in case [Sneak].
4126It's nothing but a tale to scare people, lets continue.
4127What is the Bolotnik?
4128Taking care in moving nice and slow your people manage to find a little bundle with some resources in it. You manage to cross the swamp making no noise and some of your people have become more agile as a result.
4129Lets leave this place.
4130Your people were unable to move quietly and made a lot of noise. For the rest of the trip through you feel a heavy presence on you and one of your people has become cursed.
4131Damnit, lets just go quickly
4132You carry on trudging through the swamp until you come to a huge swampy lake. There are some stepping stones making a path that crosses to the other side and given the size of the lake it would take many hours to go around.
4133We have no choice, lets cross the stones.
4134While stepping across the stones one of the stones suddenly sinks into the swampy lake and the person who had stepped on it falls into the lake and starts screaming as they yell that something has grabbed them and pulling them down.
4135Grab them quickly! [Physical].
4136Your people quickly grab hold of your comrade and with a firm grip and strong muscles pull them from the dirty water. Riding from the water with their feet is a disgusting face that snarls before sinking back into the water and vanishing from sight. \n\nSome of your people have become stronger from helping save their comrade.
4137Lets get out of here.
4138You are unable to pull your comrade free and they are pulled under the water screaming and within moments they are gone. Everything is calm and quiet again. Just as your people are about to move on, after what seemed hours but was only minutes the person resurfaces choking and spitting out water. The foul and dirty water has done them some damage but they are alive. \n\nThen from the side of the lake where you'd just come the creature crawls out of the water and onto the shore, turns to your people and screetches.\n\nYou grab your comrade and make a  break for it. They will live but they are scarred by this experience and the filthy swamp water in their lungs has caused some permanent damage to their health.
4139We got lucky this time.
4140The Bolotnik is usually portrayed  as a man or as and elderly man who is covered with dirt, algae and fish scales. Some say he has long arms and a tail. He would appear as a full-bellied, naked man with frog-like arms and buggy eyes. He doesn't tolerate loud noises so one has to be cautious when passing through his swamp.\n\nThe Bolotnik likes to pretend he's a stepping stone in the marshes so unsuspecting people will step on his back. He then slips away from beneath them and lets them sink into the thick, murky water until they drown.  Seeing people clucth for help gives him more pleasure as they struggle.
4141The Lady Lada
4142One of the women in your village has had a vision of the Goddess Lada and has recieved a blessing from her.
4143Such a wonderous event.
4144Who is Lada?
4145The woman finds a child whom she takes in and can feel herself becoming more beautiful.
4146What a great day.
4147Lada is the goddess of harmony, merriment, youth, love and beauty. Lada's name is often mentioned in wedding and folk songs, particularly during summer festivals.
4148Morana's Test
4149While traversing the snow a sudden storm picks up making seeing very difficult. Ahead you're able to see a woman, Morana, she turns and walks away.
4150Lets follow her.
4151Lets just get out of this snow.
4152Who is Morana?
4153You follow Morana for a while until she stops by the base of a tree and gets down on her knees disappearing into the snow and from sight.\n\nYou all rush over but she is indeed gone. She guided you here for a reason but why?
4154We can figure this out [Intellect].
4155You could not figure out what Morana wanted and leave questioning what you had to do.
4156Darn.
4157We need to dig, that's got to be it and so you start digging. It doesn't take long for your people to move the snow and you find the body of a person, they're alive and extremely cold. However they quickly fade away and die.\n\nA mist rises from the dead person and moves along the surface of the tree and goes into a hole in the side of it. Suddenly from within a raven comes out. It flies down and perches on one of your peoples arms. It also has a charm which it places in one of your peoples hands.
4158Welcome again friend.
4159Moranan a goddess associated with seasonal rites based on the idea of death and rebirth of nature. She is an ancient goddess associated with winter's death and rebirth, and dreams.